The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutC A Rasmussen Inc; 1998-03-11; 3215qgq - 07 9 d 5591 Lgg--Liu. f-J& ~ lglgql ---I 7 z 2 t *- (I 3-3 r- p Q Recording requested by: 1 ijFFlCl$L RE?%@S 1 Eg&uf&f LTq $flfH& C,g#TY ~@-jpjjI CITY OF CARLSBAD 1 When recorded mail to: 1 FEES z 0.130 ) 1 C$! DIEGO CQJHrf gEC@DER r S OFF: ad ai L City Clerk City of Carlsbad Space above this line for Recorder's NOTICE OF COMPLETION -& ,$k 1,. Notice is hereby given that: 1. The undersigned is owner of the interest or estate stated below in the property described. 2. The full name of the undersigned is City of Carlsbad, a municipal corporation. 3. The full address of the undersigned is 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad 92008. 4. The nature of the title of the undersigned is: In fee. 5. A work of improvement on the property hereinafter described was completed on 20, 1999. 6. The name of the contractor, if any, for such work of improvement is C.A. Rasmu: 7. The property on which said work of improvement was completed is in the City c County of San Diego, State of California, and is described as the La Costa Aveni from El Camino Real to Interstate 5, Project No. 3215. 8. The address of said property is within the limits of the City of Carisbad. VERIFICATION OF CITY CLERK I, the undersigned, say: I am the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad, 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive California, 92008; the City Council of said City on , 1999, a( above described work as completed and ordered that a Notice of Completion be filec November 9 I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on November 10 , 1999, at Carlsbad, California. CITY OF CARLSBAD YAREN R.. KUNDTZ, Assistant Project: #3215, LA COSTA AVENUE WIDENING PROJECT Date Routed: Reasons for change: Public Works Director/City Engineer Engineering Inspection Finance Director City Manager/Mayor Engineering Inspection Item 1 Additional hydro-seeding is required due to additions and changes in the areas of work. Contingency monies encumbered (City) ........................................ 358,703.00 Contingency increase or decrease ................................................. $ 893,730.00 Contingency Subtotal............ ..... ............ .... ................................... $ 1,252,433.00 Total c/o's to date.................. .... ...... .... .. ...... .............. ........ ............ 1,176,848.17 Contingency Balance ............ .......... .............................................. 75,584.83 Contingency monies encumbered (LCWD) .......... .......... ............ .... $ Contingency increase or decrease................................................. $ Contingency Subtotal .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . .. . .. .. .. . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. $ Total c/o's to date.................. .... ............................. ....................... $ Contingency Balance .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. . .. Contingency monies encumbered (CMWD) ...... ...................... ....... Contingency increase or decrease................................................. $ Contingency Subtotal ............ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ Total c/o's to date.................. . ......... ............. ........... ......... ............. Contingency Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237,513.00 500,000.00 737,513.00 730,751.48 6,761.52 45,000.00 0.00 45,000.00 33,464.43 11,535.57 d) CITY OF CARLSBAD San Diego County California CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPEC PROVISIONS FOR a LA COSTA AVENUE WIDENING EL CAMINO REAL TO INTERSTATE CONTRACT NO. 3215 (RE-BID) December 17,1997 * e- A %# 2l26197 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 1 ( TABLE OF CONTENTS *iteJl - Pi NOTICE INVITING BIDS ......................................................................................................... CONTRACTORS PROPOSAL ................................................................................................ BID SECURITY FORM ............................................................................................................ BIDDERS BOND TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL ................................................................... GUIDELINES FOR COMPLETING THE "DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID" AND "DESIGNATION OF OWNER OPERATOWLESSOR & AMOUNT OF OWNER OPERATOWLESSOR WORK" FORMS ........................................ DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR & AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID .......... DESIGNATION OF OWNER OPERATOWLESSOR & AMOUNT OF OWNER OPERATOWLESSOR WORK ................................................................................................ BIDDERS STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL RESPONSlBlLl TY .................................................. BIDDERS STATEMENT OF TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE ................................ BIDDERS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE FOR GENERAL LIABILITY, EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY, AUTOMOTIVE LIABILITY AND WORKERS' COMPENSATION ........................... BIDDER' S STATEMENT OF RE-DEBARMENT ..................................................................... BIDDERS DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD ................................................... NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID ............................................................................... CONTRACT PUBLIC WORKS ................................................................................................. LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND ............................................................................................ FAITHFUL PERFORMANCUWARRANTY BOND ................................................................... REPRESENTATION AND CERTIFICATION .......................................................................... ESCROW AGREEMENT FOR SURETY DEPOSITS IN LIEU OF RETENTION (OPTIONAL) ............................................................... SPECIAL PROVISIONS SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 1, GENERAL PROVISIONS ............................................................. SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 2, CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS .............. SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORH CONSTRUCTION PART 3, CONSTRUCTION METHODS ................................................... 1 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS FOR LEUCADIA SEWERLINE .......................................... 1 APPENDIX A NOISE CONTOURS * APPENDIX B ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS APPENDIX C STANDARD DRAWINGS QW p.$ U26f97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 2 of : m CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA * NOTICE INVITING BIDS Sealed bids will be received at the Office of the Purchasing Officer, City Hall, 1200 Carlsbac Drive, Carlsbad, California 92008-1989, until 4:OO P.M. on the 22nd day of January, 1998, i time they will be opened and read, for performing the work as follows: LA COSTA AVENUE WIDENING EL CAMINO REAL TO INTERSTATE 5 CONTRACT NO. 3215 The work shall be performed in strict conformity with the specifications as approved by Council of the City of Carlsbad on file with the Engineering Department. The specifications work include the Standard SDecifications for Public Works Construction, 1997 Edition, he1 designated "SSPWC" as issued by the Southern California Chapter of the American Public Association and as amended by the special provisions sections of this contract. Reference is made to the specifications for full particulars and description of the work. The City of Carlsbad encourages the participation of minority and women-owned businesses The City of Carbbad encourages all bidders, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators and con to utilize recycled and recyclable materials when available, appropriate and approved Engineer. The City of Carlsbad may disqualify a contractor or subcontractor from participating in biddin a contractor or subcontractor has been debarred by the City of Carlsbad or another jurisdi the State of California as an irresponsible bidder. No bid will be received unless it is made on a proposal form furnished by the Pur Department. Each bid must be accompanied by security in a form and amount required t The bidder's security of the second and third next lowest responsive bidders may be withhc the Contract has been fully executed. The security submitted by all other unsuccessful bidde be returned to them, or deemed void, within ten (10) days after the Contract is awarded. P to the provisions of law (Public Contract Code section 10263), appropriate securities I substituted for any obligation required by this notice or for any monies withheld by the City to performance under this Contract. section 10263 of the Public Contract Code requires mc securities to be deposited with the City or a state or federally chartered bank in California escrow agent. The escrow agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and omis! the agent in connection with the handling of retentions under this section in an amount not le $1 00,000 per contract. The documents which comprise the Bidder's proposal and that must be completed, I: executed and notarized are: e e- p.a 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 3 of 1. Contractor's Proposal 3. Non-Collusion Affidavit 4. Designation of Subcontractors 5. Designation of Owner Operator/Lessors & 6. Bidder's Statement of Financial 7. Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability All bids will be compared on the basis of the Engineer's Estimate. The estimated quanti approximate and serve solely as a basis for the comparison of bids. The Engineer's Estin $4 million for Schedule "A" and $1.75 million for Schedule "B". No bid shall be accepted from a contractor who is not licensed in accordance with the provik California state law. The contractor shall state their license number, expiration da classification in the proposal, under penalty of perjury. The following classifications are acc for this contract: "A" in accordance with the provisions of state law. If the Contractor intends to utilize the escrow agreement included in the contract document: of the usual 10% retention from each payment, these documents must be completed and sul with the signed contract. The escrow agreement may not be substituted at a later date. Sets of plans, special provisions, and Contract documents may be obtained at the Pur( Department, City Hall, 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California, for a non-refundablt $50.00 per set. If plans and specifications are to be mailed, the cost for postage should be a( The City of Carlsbad reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any minor irregul informality in such bids. The general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the C shall be those as determined by the Director of Industrial Relations pursuant to the section: 1773, and 1773.1 of the Labor Code. Pursuant to section 1773.2 of the Labor Code, a curre of applicable wage rates is on file in the Office of the City Engineer. The Contractor to wh Contract is awarded shall not pay less than the said specified prevailing rates of wage! workers employed by him or her in the execution of the Contract. The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for insuring compliance with provisions of section of the Labor Code and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code, "Sublettir Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The City Engineer is the City's "duly authorized officer" purposes of section 41 07 and 41 07.5. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, of the Labor Code commencing with section 1720 shall a the Contract for work. A mandatory pre-bid meeting will be held at the City of Carlsbad, at the intersection of La Avenue and Saxony Road on January 8, 1998 at 1O:OO a.m. Bids received and openel Contractors who have not attended the pre-bid meeting shall be considered unresponsive a 8. Certificate of Insurance 1O.Bidder's Disclosure Of Discipline Record 1 1 .Purchasing DepartmFnt Representation l Certification 12.Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits (optional, must be completed if the Bidde wishes to use the Escrow Agreement for e 2. Bidder'sBond 9. Bidder's Statement Re Debarment and Amount of Subcontractor Bid Amount of Owner Operator/Lessor Work Responsibility Security) and Experience e 0 be rejected. 4- \? 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 4 of i All bids are to be computed on the basis of the given estimated quantities of work, as indil this proposal, times the unit price as submitted by the bidder. In case of a discrepancy t words and figures, the words shall prevail. In case of an error in the extension of a unit pi corrected extension shall be calculated and the bids will be computed as indicated abc compared on the basis of the corrected totals. All prices must be in ink or typewritten. Changes or corrections may be crossed out and t written in with ink and must be initialed in ink by a person authorized to sign for the Contractc Bidders are advised to verify the issuance of all addenda and receipt thereof one day bidding. Submission of bids without acknowledgment of addenda may be cause of rejection Bonds to secure faithful performance and warranty of the work and payment of labon materials suppliers, in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) and fifty percent respectively, of the Contract price will be required for work on this project. These bonds ! kept in full force and effect during the course of this project, and shall extend in full force an and be retained by the City until they are released as stated in the Special Provisions sectior contract. All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and author transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilitie: amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to contain the fc documents: 1) An original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, by I; other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. 2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the ins commissioner. If the bid is accepted, the City may require copies of the insurer's most recent annual statemc quarterly statement filed with the Department of Insurance pursuant to Article IO (commend section 900) of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of Division 1 of the Insurance Code, within 10 calendar ' the insurer's receipt of a request to submit the statements. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that have (1) a rating in the most recent Best's Key Guide of at least A-:VI and (2) are admitted and authorized to transact the business of insur the State of California by the Insurance Commissioner. Auto policies offered to mt specification of this contract must (1) meet the conditions stated above for all insurance con and (2) cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, VI owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. The auto ins certificate must state the coverage is for "any auto" and cannot be limited in any manner. Workers' compensation insurance required under this contract must be offered by a co meeting the above standards with the exception that the Best's rating condition is waived. TI does accept policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meeting the requirement for w compensation insurance. 0 0 0 ** GQ a26197 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 5 of 2 The Contractor shall be required to maintain insurance as specified in the Contract. Any a cost of said insurance shall be included in the bid price. The award of the contract by the City Council is contingent upon the Contractor submil required bonds and insurance, as described in the contract, within twenty days of bid openir Contractor fails to comply with these requirements, the City may award the contract to the sg third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited. The prime contractor and all subcontractors are required to have and maintain a valid Carlsbad Business License for the duration of the contract. Approved by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, California, by Resolution No. 97-723, on the 16” day of December, 1997. e la! Ill99 I +&.i Date Aletha t. Rautenkranz, City Clerk 0 0 e- p.$ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 6 of: I i CITY OF CARLSBAD LA COSTA AVENUE WIDENING EL CAMINO REAL TO INTERSTATE 5 I. I CONTRACT NO. 3215 CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSAL 1 I 1 1 I )e I I I 1 I 1 City Council City of Carlsbad 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive Carlsbad, California 92008 The undersigned declares he/she has carefully examined the location of the work, read tt Inviting Bids, examined the Plans, Specifications, Special Provisions and addenda the1 hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and services re do all the work to complete Contract No. 3215 in accordance with the Plans, Specifications Provisions and addenda thereto and that he/she will take in full payment therefor the follo prices for each item complete, to wit: SCHEDULE "A" ROAD IMPROVEMENTS Approximate Item Quantity Unit No. DescriDtion and Unit Price Total A-I Mobilization t Not to Exceed \5c3q ~LC., \5c?! c<z 1 $150,000 i > +- $ - &e /x,Afk?i d-rzyi.Lo OM /j(*4 JJ i$,!$ hyr rc $ 3 /7[- -- A-2 Clearing & Grubbing at LS B 33pf-y- ;->; , CL % Dollars (Lump Sum) d' YZh4hZJ SQW!d 4 -"r- kJ\3" pL -P -7 E $ Dollars (Lump Sum) (F) A-3 Unclassified Excavation at 73,400 CY Dollars (Lump Sum) A4 Construction schedule at $40,000 $40.000 $40,000 6/X/ 760LiJ d I Dollars (Lump Sum) 4- 1. I %? 2126197 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 7 ( I 1 I I I 1 1 1 1. 1 1 I I I 1 I Approximate Item Quantity Unit No. DescriDtion and Unit Price Total A-5 Traffic Control Including LS ,b - 9 - 2-q Ted :?-.ifi5 'zq 2 i (](; 5 - Temporary Railing (Type K) and Crash Cushion Assemblies at 1' 1. A hg,WLLa bo t-LMJQ -I Dollars (Lump Sum) +- 9s G -- (F) A-6 Imported Borrow Material 26,300 CY L- I ey;lr 7 ,e -$. p\ 2% * q- A-7 Asphalt Pavement 217,000 SF 'k/ "Jb j9 Removal (6'' or 8" P Thick) Complete at /lA=4-l/53!€ A+3 --F $ --," -Bdttws per Square Foot A-8 Asphalt Concrete 27,900 TON ,3 4- 'iL i /-+4 , 11 + .25 A-9 Curb & Gutter per 16,667 LF ( p / 1- I A-IO Modified 8" Concrete 4,436 LF [i--- &a\ , Pavement at 3 ,----- n,& j'r3iC-d- - $: Dollars per Ton SDRS G-2 at - I I 4 -sk Dl\ b UA 3 Jw~& M 1 - 4 25- 9l> Dollars per Lineal Foot c-A-- I i Median Curb & Gutter as Shown on the Plans at t .S& D,i& 3 7-$/ <w &4rr"s 5J i "'q - s / t:z* Dollars per Lineal Foot A-I I Modified 8" Concrete 13,369 LF /- YL v I G - Median Curb as Shown 1 on the Plans at S>X Dollars per Lineal Foot ew I. I rr@ 2126197 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 8 ( I 1 I i 1 I I 1 1 1 i j5L- I I <;x u 2 I I Approximate Item Quantity Unit Price <$ - Description and Unit \ cy5 Total <- SDRS G-7 at J Dollars per Square Foot k .. % S;ik L Jd 6-g;. ‘‘f“ qThq-( 4 L &- rP -.& c\ u (1’ Dollars per Square Foot L%4 f?>c- d .$ -“cri i-f? \5y1 f A-I2 4 PCC Sidewalk per 43,732 SF c9- c / a3 I. No. ‘1 1- -,? .& E /- 1 9Lyp,~ A-I 3 Pedestrian Access per 3 EA t. t - /, SDRS G-27 Ramp at S/\ C>Ci Dollars Each I #++ “i - - _- + A-I4 4“ Colored Concrete 154 SF i‘ i _- li ‘ ., 1 Police Ramp per Plans at 6-d Gii//ws &5fl/ &* -- -- A-I 5 7-1/2” Concrete Driveway 120 SF 1 ‘ b per SDRS G-14A at L2hi-r +&Ah Dollars per Square Foot -< 4- A-I 6 4” Stamped Colored 38,750 SF 1. ni i Concrete Median Pavin at / 64 DfbQLf /& Lk ,- - Dollars per Square Foot 5- -c < A-I7 PCC Cross-Gutter per 940 SF /LC 1 A3f c/’ \ i/j J‘ SDRS G-12 at 4- .s <,> Dollars per Square Foot per SDRS M-10 t +y-)L IC - f x;+/- A-I 8 Street Survey Monument 14 EA ’. 2, - x-” _” *3“_ g- /--- !--- 6- Dollars Each A-I9 Record of Surv LS L-.) , PI f7y) A. , , /J d 1, L-1 6w- 7% J- J Dollars (Lump Sum) e= I. I p,s 2126197 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 9 c I l Bo No. I j7LL I 1 1 fiq/ 1 I 1 i I 1 1 I 1 Approximate Item Quantity Unit DescriPtion and Unit Price Total -$ - c/- J J“ *- + f?<(>--- 3 ./A , qjc I I A-20 Wood Post, Metal Beam 189 LF Guard Rail per SDRS M-34 at 2 t p\ . & 1 c., -f Dollars per Lineal Foot SF5 I”, A-21 24” RCP (2000-D) at 327 LF :2[& TJ!. 2 A-22 18” RCP (2000-D) at 160 LF ,/]p . IC/ - ,4> *d ai ,<>x Dollars per Lineal Foot /\ / - e * /i q /Til .$ / L,J<”/ < -qt?,? ,-)i y -7 Q‘L i/ ‘x Dollars per Lineal Foot A-23 30” RCP (2000-D) at 766 LF ! &3 /I L7- hi{ 7‘ L-w-ee ’ I- < -r I 5 Dollars per Lineal Foot 1 !A(--- 10 LF !t ..-A i 10 A-24 42” RCP 1350-D) at 0.Y ,hjdfi&. 6x- Dollars per Lineal Foot Extension and Modification per SDRS D-76A and D-76B Sta. 63 + 85.90 North and South Side .$ 1 (>$“$ 93- qr3 (74 ; LA./, *1/ =+l A-25 10’ x 6’ RC Box Culvert LS <>\< 1 .?L/ I1 1 3mplete at /W%L nap %HJ&J \ .4; 35 Dollars (Lump Sum) 12’ x 8’ RC Box Culvert per SDRS D-76A and D-76B Comppte at Dollars (Lump Sum) A-26 LS -P 0- ,-I I ! I ; Y p?- JL Ai\,l i / lr/32 /-LfiJd L3e‘W $%5& 0@1e /M ew I. i p,s 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 10 I I I \c I I i 1 I. I I L cc $ 3 //&&.y&--- 1 :7 7 B A-33 Type “A” Cleanout per 3 EA Ji , I:, J. (/ 1 I’ K / ,p A-34 Type “F” Catch Basin per 2 EA 9 f7” d 3d 1, kk-2 I a Approxi mate Item Quantity Unit DescriPtion and Unit . Price Y-. k- A-27 Concrete Drainage 435 LF /-/+:2 1 L Channel b=2’, h=2’ z=2) d per SDRS D-70 at 1. No. ?--- /-- / 4. L-7 ,< *T1 Dollars per Lineal Foot A-28 Channel Cutoff Wall per 1 EA 33d A-29 5’ Type “A Curb Inlet per 1 EA * -- y-y .-by -\\ ‘“ “>\/I\-> SDRS D-72 at $-e %4d tG+ Dollars Each k p;‘ 4 -F /A A i- A/? SDRSD-1 t A4d L K Dollars Each 4 1 A-30 5’ Type “B” Curb Inlet per 13 EA SDRS D-2 at 4 L/LJLiyc$ G& A-31 7’ Type “B” Curb Inlet per 3 EA \ \ \&f) u :I: f.jJ,ZQ $ Dollars Each 5 -1 p SDRS D-2 at 1 Dollars Each %M %d’d d fi& JM & f-- /j< (-J-\$h=- $A, i 1( \*i c I 1’7 \ R “X\ ”,-.. %- A-32 8’ Type “B” Curb Inlet per 2 EA $ L- i ,k/ SPS D-2 t 1’ I f2045d / DL/- 1 Dollars Each 3 ”s, ,i a” Ll.;;22 -$ Dollars Each 1 /-- SDRS D-7 at TLi -@&Sad +&A+ h Dollars Each em 1. I r.# 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 11 c I I I I I SDRS D-30 at 4 6 I I I. I I I I I I Approximate Item Quantity Unit Price Descrbtion and Unit Total 3$ - $- < >z A-35 Reverse Type “A” Curb 6 EA i ia ‘> {--y%q - h4 ! 1. , f!43 \ Outlet per SDRS D-25 at d J MUA*d1 ow $2 oe? #dfl.ts I. No. \ - <q \?Ex 4 6 Dollars Each J I A-36 Pipe Collar per SDRS 7 EA .- -4 %q -yy)‘??- &AF?< 12 A-38 Wing Headwall per 1 EA 3- --yy<? -2% zi_: ! b’\ A, A-37 Type “A Headwall per 15 EA u); <3 14 /?- p EL.-, Dollars Each .#- d. 5- - pe, 1\-- A-39 PCC Brow Ditch Type “B” 5,540 LF \, LJ per SDRS D-75 (All Depths) at 7-zz 5 rC $ g Dollars per Lineal Foot /& 4Ttf A-40 Rip-Rap Energy LS *4> - i.7-L I I -A !, /h Dissipators Type 2 per SDRS D-40 at 6L-e %0&%4d - I Dollars (Lump Sum) 4; $&y. A-41 Reinforced Concrete LS Cribwall Complete In Place and Per Plans & Spe s a t I 6%hi & ked! hdJd I* Dollars (Lump Sum) 4% I r.$ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 12 I I I I I I I 1 I. I I I 1 I Approximate Item Quantity Unit Description and Unit - Price Total -?-I $- Saxony & La Costa I --$ (> A42 Traffic Signal System at LS (&\D2Ly> gl.0 ,\Q I. No. Avenue Complete In Place g& ,$;x 3-0 L&J k. < 12 5- 4( hz c7$--[9”- Dollars (Lump Sum) ri\TC c A-43 Street Lighs Complete 20 EA 2 s-.-J\.- &./---X I Jj x 5 .- ‘(1 - SO‘ A-44 Traffic Striping, signing & LS --+J pJ&>-~ -3 { 12CY Reflective pavement I II 2 arkers Marking at X( 1% &.e -72 04 Q .% Dollars (Lump Sum) In Place at & 7TQ‘ r--J:~cG &2j6+ A-45 Landscaping Complete LS ?-.- - TL &.&d&J %iVY$JjX .J %dW>&& z z Q -- &-I -;tr Dollars (Lump Sum) -4 c2 b\ us 5&\ LY 1 J’ A-46 Furnish & Install Portable 2 EA Changeable Message Signs & Transfer Ownership to the City at d Iw4Y SJX %e UJ / Dollars Each ,A/ \?> t>f---3 A-47 Furnish & Install Project 2 EA , 1 \ vy’-- i-r, LA 2 $ LxJ +$ \ -4 OKe &d Signs at - SJCi-’ L-6 4. #.+“ Dollars Each -/ -3 j /\ A-48 Irrigation Complete LS CA? L%,13-L I LlacmJ I Dollars (Lump Sum) %%OWS&d , I MU 4- I. I r.# 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 13 I I I I 1 I I 1 I x I I B 1 I 1 Approximate Item Quantity Unit Description and Unit - Price Total 4- rs wa, j) /x+y 3T,,*?,Cl A-50 Wingwall Type A per 2 EA ‘7-.<7& ”:r x q-4 (--o A49 Class A Field Office at 12 Months / -’ -ttm ?fiIV%wkA 1 i I cy\, g ~“q.\:\\[Al&-YA -A ;sin;ps 1. No. 4 Per month &.? Jy.p SDRS D-79A at 1 -r\(3f~ ~\fi I\ -- b:~ c ++\/I <,c t .L < X-=\ Dollars Each s -i - 3 A-51 Erosion control at LS /!I ~ 3(”’ J T;y vyi - bg ,(- +\Q I>))’U >fibqd h j J 4 Dollars (Lump Sum) Strip per SDRS L-3 at .$ A-52 12” Median Mowing LS J\ ~!?>/ /,;y J--\ ,5 G J r’ ’&A Ah\ Dollars (Lump Sum) L,J of bid in words for Schedule “A: 6 VL b\i LA-! e ~1 j GY?GT 2- CaC, ,T \yln?, ~ t41 1 k>)-3L= h Fr>c (2- cx > \.A. .p&c; 4% li0 -,E\!\? ;..I\ k-1 ~ F i- d c -\ t Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule “A”: $ 5. -4 i. / \ %, cALY-+ p. 3-52 e= I. I r.$ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 14 I I I I I 1 1 1 TdREE khfv 0RcF-n I 1. I I I 1 i 1 I SCHEDULE "B" LEUCADIA SEWER LINE Approximate Item Quantity Unit - No. DescriDtion and Unit Price Total 4 B-1 24 Ductile Iron Restrained 840 LF $I-LLm \44,47f B-2 24" Ductile Iron Restrained 240 LF $3mc?z2 1 3- j c3c< 1. Joint Pipe Class 50 with Polyurethane Coating and Coal Tar Epoxy Lining Complete In Place at T&i2 DOlA-dJL< Dollars per Lineal Foot QlVE wtzl\/r>/l_m 5C'LILW- rl Joint Pipe class 50 with Polyurethane Coating and Lining, Complete In Place at +- Dollars per Lineal Foot B-3 24" Ductile Iron Restrained 2 EA 3, \ b'5Tu ( Oj 33(- Joint Class 50, 45O El Polyurethane Lined and Coated Complete in Place at rwgtE mC.egp;rwo uwe- /+,&/vane% SIXpl -Fl li'e Dollars Each B-4 24" Ductile Iron Restrained Joint 22.5 El Polyurethane Lined and Coated Complete in Place at rm nfu7/r~;/afl/~, . N//L'c hlvw~ IL/AdrJt ?& Dollars Each 6 EA + ~%oc0 \a ;4 7/$J50s 2C-q:: I B-5 24" Ductile Iron Restrained 10 EA Joint 11.25O Elbow Polyurethane Lined and Coated Complete In Place at T&il mbk54wo rib% ffUWd@FO Sc'VpVM -Ffs'e Dollars Each 4- 1. I p,s 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 15 c I I I &/bf+W I 1 I 1 I 1 1 1 1 i I Approximate Item Quantity Unit DescriDtion and Unit Price Total $- k@Q% d 5~ c B-6 24” Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe 7,335 LF SDR 18 Complete In Place at J I. No. 6 Dollars Per Lineal Foot 4 EA - \? fyJy q,qj B-9 Modify and relocate 3 EA 4 \$400 3-4jz( 3 EA + 11 R 1 ()/I a2 %)i;?X B-7 24” Eccentric Plug Valve Complete In Place at d/n/&j-m’ RS@-VSAWo E/’/c.d~ h~dk2W Dollars Each B-8 16” Eccentric Plug Valve 2 EA p7j0>52 415)4 Complete In Place at S&W mLts,aw./o cmt” Hzin/unc-o Dollars Each I a4 existing 6” Blowoffs on the 24” Leucadia Force Main Complete at 5i.E3Jmj ntLhS4ND Dollars Each FO&~ ljMir/~cm B-IO Installation of New Sewage 1. I Combination Air Valve i! Assemblies on the existing Leucadia 24” force main Complete at 5lgtXIW aFrUQ5440, 5VF *WdfiLrn Dollars Each s; B-I 1 Abandonment of Existing 11 EA Blowoffs and Air Release Valve Assemblies Complete at El 6.w I Dollars Each Fu&tn ~Lt.;Ar\/A, 7“WU *fvd&a ‘ ew I. 1 rrs 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 16 c I I I I I I I 1 I I I 1 0 Approximate Item Quantity Unit DescriDtion and Unit B-I 2 Relocation of Corrosion 7EA \j&.L7L %;%? - Price Total $ --a -$ c q. 6 Test Stations Complete at 9Q/E TtnnrsAd9, mu ttlkfvorrm 3. No. SiW -FtVS Dollars Each B-13 Saxony Pump Station LS \lco,m3= !bo) Connection Including bypass plan and all Piping Complete and In Place at DNC d-mMoeLm GrTy mOusAwn +- $ 1 Dollars Lump Sum B-14 Modify and relocate 2EA 711m9 \??)je existing 4” blowoffs on the Leucadia 12” Failsafe Force Main Complete at Sam nftnzSAd0. sewm t-te woe=n Dollars Each \ I) QrLY2 4 ’@ B-15 Installation of new blowoffs 4 EA on the new Leucadia Parallel 24 Force Main Complete at ELLIZEW %ul%frJ A 1 Dollars Each %2; ce $ B-16 Installation of new sewage 3EA combination Air Valve Assemblies on the Failsafe 12” Failsafe Force Main FO~L-~ TtfDhsdND LS $ &oy \ 725““ 71 bL0; 1’ Dollars Each B-I 7 Dewatering Including All Equipment, Permits and Labor at SlrPq - .5/ !i OA/F *&/01L60 g #,;rr-l-FJL‘e- nt-oM sdfiz3 Dollars (Lump Sum) e* 1. I +# 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 17 I 5 I I I I I I Approximate I tem Quantity - No. DescriDtion and Unit - Total B-18 Installation of new sewage 4 EA 4 19. ( combination Air Valve P fl,,ck -7LbQk34A N31.4 assemblies on the new Leucadia Parallel 24” Force Main Complete at I. t+/%beA Ddb3 4 3 Dollars Each B-I 9 Furnishing, installation and LS soj:y”” m;i testing of cathodic protection system including corrosion test stations, anodes and bonding pipe complete and in place at r;& -lL.Q.U&J Ovlc Gz $ l\,m \\i‘?oc -Ip B-20 Sheeting, shoring, and LS bracing, including all labor & equipment, submittals of structural design Complete at ,E I /e% &e54.&Q LLb3 1. +4)5D[ 8-22 Hydrostatic testing, LS 4 “;i lL0(xf~ iD5p2 4, I Dollars Lump Sum B-21 No. 4 Crushed Rock for 100 CY 41;” pipe bedding including materials and geotextile fabric Complete a I I Gb h- ve Y 1iu-r I I I 1 Dollars Cubic Yard including all materials and em I. I r,s 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 18 I I 1 I I I -* - 1 1 Approxi mate Item Quantity Unit - No. Descrbtion and Unit - Price 4- B-23 Adjust Manhole Frame and LS $2;-ia-s \A,ai I. Cover to Grade at yp.3.3 u" c- +,q&%D&\ Lfh 3113dfTd Dollars (Lump Sum) Total amount of bid in words including Schedule "A and Schedule "B": 5\-% L\a\se\Gd p Total amount of bid in numbers including Schedule "A and Schedule "B": !§ !, D , /J?J~ l 1 The basis of award will be the sum of Schedule "A" and "B" unless bids for Schedule rejected, in which case the basis of award will be Schedule "A" only. Price@) given above are firm for 90 days after date of bid opening. Addendum(a) No(s). 0 hadhave been received and idare include The Undersigned has carefully checked all of the above figures and understands that the not be responsible for any error or omission on the part of the Undersigned in preparing this The Undersigned agrees that in case of default in executing the required Contract with nc bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by Council of the City of Carlsbad, the City may administratively authorize award of the contr: second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited. The Undersigned bidder declares, under penalty of perjury, that the undersigned is licens business or act in the capacit of a contractor within the State of Calif ia, validly licensc license number , 254681 7 , classification "A" 9"1 which e: , and that this statement is true and correct and has the legal an affidavit. A bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursua Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected bj 3 7028.15(e). invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. Hot the time the contract is awarded, the contractor shall be properly licensed. Public Contrac § 20104. - &\;Q 13- c;)? i \\ ,zran *ec g- \ \~<;<%~>a i S 3 X +I >id c-p-~ ;c) a, I,.Q~~~~~~\~ - qde U 5, I, d 1. proposal. 1 I I 1 I I I r 5/31/99 J In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted r /- .5 \ - */9/ L LC I em QL' 1. I fS 2126197 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 19 ( I li I I I 1 1 . . .. 1 1. I .... I I I .... I @ i The Undersigned bidder hereby represents as follows: 1. That no Council member, officer agent, or employee of the City of Carlsbad is pc interested, directly or indirectly, in this Contract, or the compensation to be paid hereundei representation, oral or in writing, of the City Council, its officers, agents, or employees has him/her to enter into this Contract, excepting only those contained in this form of Contracl papers made a part hereof by its terms; and 2. That this bid is made without connection with any person, firm, or corporation making the same work, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. Accompanying this proposal is BID BOND (Cash, Certified Chec or Cashier's Check) for ten percent (10%) of the amount bid. The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of section 3700 of the Labor Code which requir employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insi accordance with the provisions of that code, and agrees to comply with such provision commencing the performance of the work of this Contract and continue to comply until the is complete. I. .... .... .... .... .... . . .. . . .. .... . . .. . . .. .... .... .... .... ** I. 1 rrs 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 20 ( I I I 8 I 1 The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of the Labor Code, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2 to the general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to ex€ Contract and agrees to comply with its provisions. IF A SOLE OWNER OR SOLE CONTRACTOR SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted (2) Signature (given and surname) of proprietor (3) Place of Business E (Street and Number) City and State (4) Zip Code Telephone No. IF A PARTNERSHIP, SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted (2) Signature (given and surname and character of partner) (Note: Signature must be m, I I general partner) (3) Place of Business (Street and Number) City and State (4) Zip Code Telephone No. IF A CORPORATION, SIGN HERE: 1. I I I I I I I (1) Name under which business is conducted C.A. RASMUSSEN. INC. 2360 SHASTA WAY 0 A/- SIMI VALLEY, CA 93065 (2) 6' " re) Jmm& %ELNG (Title) DIVISION MANAGER impress Corporate Seal e= 1. 1 p,s 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 21 c I I (3) Incorporated under the laws of the State of CALIFORNIA (4) Place of Business 2360 SHASTA WAY (Street and Number) 3 SIMI VALLEY, CA 93065 City and State I* E (5) Zip Code 93065 Telephone No. (805) 527-9330 NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MI ATTACHED I E ill 1 1. I I E 1 II I I List below names of president, vice president, secretary and assistant secretary, if a torpor( partnership, list names of all general partners, and managing partners: 1 C. DEAN RASMUSSEN - PRESIDENT RICHARD S. GREENBERG - TREASURER CHARLES RASMUSSEN - VICE PRESIDENT MICHAEL A. TENNER - SECRETARY 4- I. i 6# 2126197 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 22 ( CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CALIFORNIA SAN DIEGO On 1/22/98 before me, CARLA LEE FRENCH, NOTARY PUBLIC Date Name and Title of Officer (e g Jane Doe Notary Public ) Nameis) of Signer(s) personally appeared JAMES L, FLEM1NG g personally known to me - OR - C proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the perso whose name(s) idare subscribed to the within instrun and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and tha his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the persor or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) ac executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Though the information below IS not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prei fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: 1/22/98 Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: BID DOCUMENTS Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer’s Name: JAMES L. FLEMING 0 Individual 0 Corporate Officer Partner - 0 Limited C General 0 Individual 0 Attorney-in-Fact C Guardian or Conservator 0 Guardian or Conservator B Other: cow. D IV. MGR. Signer Is Representing: C .A. RASMI;S:;EN, INC . Signer Is Representing: Prod No 5907 Reorder Call Toll-F 0 1995 National Notary Association. 8236 Rrmmet Ave PO Box 7184 * Canoga Park CA 91309-7184 1 I II I D 1 I 1. BID SECURITY FORM (Check to Accompany Bid) (NOTE: The following form shall be used if check accompanies bid.) I. Accompanying this proposal is a *Certified *Cashiers check payable to the order of ( CARLSBAD, in the sum of I dollars ($ this amount being ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid. The proceeds of this chc become the property of the City provided this proposal shall be accepted by the City throug of its legally constituted contracting authorities and the undersigned shall fail to execute a and furnish the required Performance, Warranty and Payment Bonds and proof of iv coverage within the stipulated time; otherwise, the check shall be returned to the undersigi proceeds of this check shall also become the property of the City if the undersigned shall \ his or her bid within the period of fifteen (15) days after the date set for the opening thereo otherwise required by law, and notwithstanding the award of the contract to another bidder. li BIDDER I I E I I 1 *Delete the inapplicable word. (Note: If the Bidder desires to use a bond instead of check, the Bid Bond form on the pages shall be executed--the sum of this bond shall be not less than ten percent (10%) of amount of the bid.) 4iw I* 1 r,@ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 23 c cg J!h@ mJa,BxcmBBENv XNCm @EWERAL E”?EERXN@ COlNTRAC%@OR e I hereby certify that C. A. RASMUSSEN, INC., is a duly organized an existing corporation which has the power to take the action called fc by the following resolution. I further certify that JAMES L. FLEMING is a Division Manager of C. 1 RASMUSSEN, INC., and has the authority to execute bid bonds and bi submittals on behalf of the corporation, as stated in the minutes of tt- Board of Directors‘ meeting of C. A. RASMUSSEN, INC., held April 2L 1997. In witness where of, I have affixed my hand and seal of said corporatic this 28th day of April, 1997. 0 \ * 2360 Shasta Way Simi Valley, California 93065 (805) 527-9330 Fax (805) 527-21 10 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CALIFORNIA SAN DIEGO On 1/22/98 before me, CARLA LEE FRENCH. NOTARY PUBLIC Date Name and Tale of Officer (e g ”Jane Doe Notary Public”) Name@) of Signer@) personally appeared JAMES L - nEM1NG a personally known to me - OR - 0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the perso whose name(s) idare subscribed to the within instrun and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and tha his/her/their signature@) on the instrument the persor or the entity upon behalf of which the personts) ac executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Though the Information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could pre fraudulent removal and reattachment of th/s form to another document Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: BID DOCUMENTS Number of Pages: 1/22/98 Document Date: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer’s Name: JAMES L. J?LEMING 3 Individual 0 Individual 5 Corporate Officer 3 Partner - 0 Limited C General C Partner - 3 Limited 3 General D Attorney-in-Fact 0 Attorney-in-Fact 3 Guardian or Conservator C Guardian or Conservator fi Other: cw. DIV. MGR. 0 Corporate Officer Title(s): Signer Is Representing: Signer Is Representing: C.A. RASMUSSEN, INC. Reorder Call Toll-F 0 1995 National Notary Association * 8236 Remrnet Ave PO Box 7184 * Canoga Park CA 91309-7184 Prod No 5907 BID SECURITY FORM * (Check to Accompany Bid) (NOTE: The following form shall be used if check accompanies bid.) Accompanying this proposal is a *Certified *Cashiers check payable to the order of ( CARLSBAD, in the sum of this amount being ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid. The proceeds of this chc become the property of the City provided this proposal shall be accepted by the City throug of its legally constituted contracting authorities and the undersigned shall fail to execute a and furnish the required Performance, Warranty and Payment Bonds and proof of ir coverage within the stipulated time; otherwise, the check shall be returned to the undersig proceeds of this check shall also become the property of the City if the undersigned shall his or her bid within the period of fifteen (15) days after the date set for the opening therec otherwise required by law, and notwithstanding the award of the contract to another bidder. dollars ($ e h BIDDER J *Delete the inapplicable word. (Note: If the Bidder desires to use a bond instead of check, the Bid Bond form on the pages shall be executed-the sum of this bond shall be not less than ten percent (10%) 01 amount of the bid.) II! q 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 23 ( 1' B BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, C.A. RASMUSSEN, INC. , as Principal, and ASSURANCE COMPAN as Surety are held and firmly bound unto the City of Caq;\jl$&m, 1s gg,ar-pjp%@ (must be at least ten percent (10%) of the bid am0unt)TOTAL AMOUNT B16 - - - payment, well and truly made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and admin successors or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the proposal of thi bounden Principal for: AMERICAN HOME (. 4 t 1 1 1 1 I 1. .... 1 Q I .... I I m .... 1 LA COSTA AVENUE WIDENING EL CAMINO REAL TO INTERSTATE 5 CONTRACT NO. 3215 in the City of Carlsbad, is accepted by the City Council, and if the Principal shall duly enter execute a Contract including required bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days date of award of Contract by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, being duly notifiec award, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in and effect, and the amount specified herein shall be forfeited to the said City. .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... e- I. I rr# 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 24 c r In the event Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. Executed by PRINCIPAL this znd Executed by SURETY this 22nd dayof Januarv , 19 98 . January ,1998 . PRINCIPAL: SURETY: 1 I. C.A. FGiEMUSSEN, INC. AMERICAN HOME ASSURANCE COMI .-- I 1 1 1 I I (rzama of Principal) (name of Surety) 121 Spear Street San Francisco, CA 94105 (address of Surety) %: J2B-P- (sign here) (print name here) Dean Rasmussen (415) 836-2700 Patrick T. Moughan (printed name of Attorney-in-Fact) i 10 en= (Attach corporate resolution showing I power of attorney.) Secretary, C. A. Rasmussen, Inc. (title and organization of signatory) (Proper notarial acknowledge of execution by PRINCIPAL and SURETY must be attached.) (President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporation: one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: RONALD R. BALL City Attorney I il I I I 8 e* I. 1 p,s 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 25 c CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT California County of VentUra On January 20, 1998 before me, Lorilla M. Schultz personally appeared Dean Rasmussen 3 personally known to me - OR - 0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the perso whose name(s) idare subscribed to the within instrun and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and th2 his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the persor or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) ac executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Date Name and Title of Officer (e g 'Jane Doe, Notary Public') Narne(s) of Signer@) Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could pre fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: January 22, 1998 Number of Pages: 2 Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: 7 Bid Bond Contract 3215 - LaCosta Avenue Widening Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) 0 Individual ;7 Individual C Corporate Officer 0 Partner - 0 Limited C General 0 Partner - 0 Limited 0 General 0 Attorney-in-Fact 0 Guardian or Conservator 3 Corporate Officer Title(s) : 0 Guardian or Conservator Signer Is Representing: Signer Is Representing: 0 1995 National Notaw Association * 8236 Rernmel Ave PO Box 7184 * Canoga Park, CA 91309-7184 Prod No 5907 Reorder Call Toll-I e e 0 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of San Francisco On January 14, 1998 before me, Cynthia L. Lewis, Notary Public personally appeared * * * * * * * Patrick T. Moughan * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Elpersonally known to me - OR - proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument American Home Assurance Company National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, Pa. Principal Bond Offce: 175 Water Street, New York, N.Y. 10038 WOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That American Home Assurance Company, a New York corporation, and National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pit1 Pennsylvania corporation, does each hereby appoint -Terry J. Moughan, Jack M. Woodruff, John R. Lamberson, Cynthia L. Lewis, Donna M. Cergurich, Susan Gannusci POWER OF A No. 03 e Patrick T. Moughan: of San Francisco, California- its true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, with full authority to execute on its behalf bonds, undcrtakings, recognizances and otk indemnity and writings obligatory in the nature thereof, issued in the course of its business, and to bind the respective company IN WITNESS WHEREOF, American Home Assurance Company and National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh executed these presents this 18th daj D! .cd-cLcL GdEi DonnKolbeck, \ National Union Fire Insurance Company of P Assistant 1 American Home Assura: STATE OF NEW YORK 1 COUNTY OF NEW YORK ]ss. On this 18th day of Julv. 19% before me came the above named officer of American Home Assurance Company and National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, Pa., to me personally own to be the individual and officer described herein, and nowledged that he executed the foregoing instrument and afExed the c/ CAROL RAGA5 Notary Pub'ic. State Of New YOrk No. 01 RA5052011 Qualified in Kings County c~~ssi~ Expires NoV 13. 1447 e seals of said corporations thereto by authority of his office. CERTIFICATE Excerpts of Resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of American Home Assurance Company and National Union Fire lnsurance Compa Pa. on May 1 X, 1976: "RESOLVED, that the Chairman of the Board, the President, or any Vice President be, and hereby is. authorized to appoint Attonieys-in-Fact act for and on behalf of the Company to execute bonds, undertakings, recognizances and other contracts of indemnity and writings obligatc thereof; and to attach thereto the corporate seal of the Company, in the transaction of its surety business; "KESOLVED, that the signatures and attestations of such officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of At certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal sf binding upon the Company when so affixed with respect to any bond, undertaking, recognizance or other contract of indemnity or writing , nature thereof; "RESOLVED, that nny such Attorney-in-Fact delivering a secretarial certification that the foregoing resolutions still be in effect may insert in : the date thereof; said date to be not later than the dote of delivery thereof by such Attorncy-in-Fact." I, Elizabeth M. Tuck, Secretary of American Home Assurance Company and of Nationn! Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh. Pa. I that the foregoing excerpts of Resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of these corporations, and the Powers of Attorney issued pursuanl and correcf and that both the Resolutions and the Powers of Attorney are in full force and cffect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of each corporation this 22nd dayof Januar 0 65 166 (4196) II 1 I I I I I GUIDE FOR COMPLETING THE "DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTORS BID" AND "DESIGNATION OF OWNER OPERATOWLESSOR AND AMOUNT OF OWNER OPERATOWLESSOR WORK' FORMS REFERENCES Prior to preparation of the following Subcontractor and Owner Operatc disclosure forms Bidders are urged to review the definitions in section 1-2 of the SSPWC a Special Provisions to this Contract especially, "Bid", "Bidder", "Contract", "Contractor", ' Price", "Contract Unit Price", "Engineer", "Subcontractor" and "Work" and the definitions ii 1-2 of the Special Provisions especially "Own Organization" and "Owner Operator/Lessor.' are further urged to review sections 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS of the SSPWC and section these Special Provisions. CAUTIONS Bidders are cautioned that failure to provide complete and correct informa result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive. Any bid that proposes performance of more percent of the work by other than the Contractor's own organization will be rejected responsive. INSTRUCTIONS Bidders shall use separate disclosure forms for each Subcontractor c Operator/Lessor (O+O) of manpower and equipment that is proposed to be used to corn All items of information must be completely filled out. Where the bid item will be installed by more than one Subcontractor or Owner Operator/Lt percentage of the bid item installed by the Subcontractor or Owner Operator/Lessor being the line of the form must be entered under the column "Dollar Amount of Item by Sub" ( Amount of Item by Owner Operator/Lessor" as applicable. If a Subcontractor 01 Operator/Lessor installs or constructs any portion of a bid item the entire amount of the Unit Price shall be multiplied by the Quantity of the bid item that the Subcontractor c Operator/Lessor installed. Suppliers of materials from sources outside the limits of work are not subcontractors. The materials and transport for materials from sources outside the limits of work, as shown on t' shall be assigned to the Contractor, the Subcontractor, or the Owner Operator/Lessor as may be, installing them. The value of material incorporated in any Subcontracted o Operator/Lessor installed bid item that is supplied by the Contractor shall not be include part of the portion of the work that the Contractor is required to perform with its own organiz The item number from the "CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSAL" (Bid Sheets) shall be entered ir Item No." column. When a Subcontractor or Owner Operator/Lessor has a Carlsbad business license the nun- be entered on the form. If the Subcontractor does not have a valid business license enter "I the appropriate space. Bidders shall make any additional copies of the disclosure forms as may be necessary tc the required information. The number of additional form pages shall be entered on the page of each type so duplicated. I. I Work. la R 1 I I I 1 1 I 0 *= 1 p,s 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 26 ( 1 I I I I I 1 I I I 1 1 1 1 I 1 Bidder may, at its option, combine bid items on a single row in the chart on the disclosure using this option the Bidder must indicate the bid item numbers to which the information ir pertains. This option may not be used where the subcontractor or Owner Operatoi constructing or installing less than 100 percent of a bid item. The percentages and dollar may be the sums of the bid items listed in that row. When the Bidder proposes using a subcontractor or owner operator/Lessor to construct less than 100 percent of a bid item the Bidder must attach an explanation sheet to the de of subcontractor or designation of Owner Operator/Lessor forms as applicable. The ex^ sheet must clearly apprise the Agency of the specific tasks, materials and/or equipment proposed to be so supplied. Determination of the subcontract and Owner Operator/Lessor amounts for purposes of awz contract shall be determined by the City Council in conformance with the provisions of the documents and these Special Provisions. The decision of the City Council shall be final. 1. 4- I. 1 rr# 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 27 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 I 1. I 1 1 1 I 8 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTED BID ITEMS 3 The Bidder MUST complete each information field on this form for each subcontract( proposes to use. Additional copies of this form may be attached if required to accommc Contractor's decision to use more than one subcontractor. This form must be submitted as the Bidder's sealed bid. Failure to provide complete and correct information may result in re. the bid as non-responsive. The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in 1 this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portio1 Work as designated in the list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specificat section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair I Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to ped portion of the Work and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made exc the prior approval of the Agency. Full Company Name of Subcontractor: Complete Address: I. Street I City State Zip Telephone Number plus Area Code: California State Contractors License No. & Classification: Carlsbad Business License No.: Explanation: Column 1 - Bid Item No. from the bid proposal, pages 7-19. Column 2 - The dollar amount of the item to be performed by the subcontractor. Column 3 - The dollar amount of the item to be performed by Contractor's own forces. Column 4 - The dollar amount of the overhead and profit for the item. Total dollar amount of Columns 2, 3, and 4 must be equal to the dollar amount in the bid pr item on bid proposal pages 7-1 9. I Page of pages of this form em io I r.$ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 28 I i 1 I 1 1 I li 1 I 1 i I I I 1 DESIGNATION OF OWNER OPERATOWLESSOR AND AMOUNT OF OWNER OPERATOWLESSOR WORK The Bidder MUST complete each information field on this form for each owner operatorlo (O/O) that it proposes to use to perform any portion of the Work. Additional copies of this fc be attached if required to accommodate the Contractor's decision to use more tt subcontractor. This form must be submitted as a part of the Bidder's sealed bid. Failure tc complete and correct information may result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive. Excel individuals listed below the Bidder certifies that no Owner Operator/Lessor will be allowed to any portion of the Work. The Bidder further certifies that no changes in the Owner Operatc listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Engineer. Provide a separate each Owner OperatorlLessor. See section 1-2 of the Special Provisions for definition c Operator/Lessor. Full Owner Operator/Lessor Name: Complete Address: 1. Street City State Zip Telephone Number plus Area Code: ( 1 - City of Carlsbad Business License No.: I. OWNER OPERATOWLESSOR WORK ITEMS Exdanation: Column 1 - Bid Item No. from the bid proposal, pages 7-19. Column 2 - The dollar amount of the item to be performed by the subcontractor. Column 3 - The dollar amount of the item to be performed by Contractor's own forces. Column 4 - The dollar amount of the overhead and profit for the item. Total dollar amount of Columns 2, 3, and 4 must be equal to the dollar amount in the bid pr item on bid proposal pages 7-1 9. Page of pages of this form 4w I. 1 r.$ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 29 t : .Y d DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTED BID ITEMS 0 3 The Bidder MUST complete each information field on this form for each subcontraci proposes to use. Additional copies of this form may be attached if required to accomm Contractor's decision to use more than one subcontractor. This form must be submitted as the Bidder's sealed bid. Failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rf the bid as non-responsive. The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portic Work as designated in the list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifiE section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to pe portion of the Work and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made ex the prior approval of the Agency. Full Company Name of Su Complete Address: I Telephone Number plus Area Code: 'TI+ q7 \- .A / *-;roo California State Contractors License NO. & Classification: Carlsbad Business License No.: M _7px92- ,A$ c-- b-x%YE- 0 Exdanation: Column 1 - Bid Item No. from the bid proposal, pages 7-19. Column 2 - The dollar amount of the item to be performed by the subcontractor. Column 3 - The dollar amount of the item to be performed by Contractor's own forces. Column 4 - The dollar amount of the overhead and profit for the item. Total dollar amount of Columns 2, 3, and 4 must be equal to the dollar amount in the bid F item on bid proposal pages 7-19. 0 Page i of 1 o pages of this form 4- r.l$ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 21 .. DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTED BID ITEMS 0 3 The Bidder MUST complete each information field on this form for each subcontracl proposes to use. Additional copies of this form may be attached if required to accomm Contractor's decision to use more than one subcontractor. This form must be submitted as the Bidder's sealed bid. Failure to provide complete and correct information may result in re the bid as non-responsive. The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portic Work as designated in the list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifica section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to pel portion of the Work and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made exc the prior approval of the Agency. Full Company Name of Subcontractor: U/lXn_sDn, bRiLLIfVI? Complete Address: 103VZ ChLtOflNfi /2aAO Street %~04~3 Zip lMk23/0E c4 City State California State Contractors License No. ti Clas ificatiin: Carlsbad Business License No.: &4- Telephone Number plus Area Code: (hl? 4q3 - 389 { q / ~7 si 7 @ Explanation: Column 1 - Bid Item No. from the bid proposal, pages 7-19. Column 2 - The dollar amount of the item to be performed by the subcontractor. Column 3 - The dollar amount of the item to be performed by Contractor's own forces. Column 4 - The dollar amount of the overhead and profit for the item. Total dollar amount of Columns 2, 3, and 4 must be equal to the dollar amount in the bid 1 item on bid proposal pages 7-1 9. e Page '2 of 10 pages of this form 4- ri@ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 21 - 0 + W W v) z I 4 z -I W 3 a x e i 3 Q b3 @ EA/.! '4 ' P a? 2 $: 2s e6 0 4 G \ 3 \/I U a, U 0 iJ *d Y \I 3 P E3 =I a!- e a 0 u +. 0 I) 0 -. .- U .$ 3 0.-i 3F J n -u \ ii 6 -%-- q N$ i! Q 5 E m a, U - E$ I .-i9 ZJ Es s. a .cI Q E+Fj g z2 Q a t Q - DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTED BID ITEMS * J The Bidder MUST complete each information field on this form for each subcontrac proposes to use. Additional copies of this form may be attached if required to accomrr Contractor's decision to use more than one subcontractor. This form must be submitted a: the Bidder's sealed bid. Failure to provide complete and correct information may result in r the bid as non-responsive. The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portii Work as designated in the list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specific: section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to pe portion of the Work and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made ex the prior approval of the Agency. Full Company Name of Subcontractor: ?~ym SPECIAC~E'S, LL. Complete Address: lZ3 d. sEL.orJ0 dL/E Street Cl-t&tLA Vl4T-A CA qlqlo City State Zip Telephone Number plus Area Code: Carlsbad Business License No.: (6,4) 92-2 - qZO7 California State Contractors License No. & Classification: 29$b37 8, t-37- d9dG 0 Explanation: Column 1 - Bid Item No. from the bid proposal, pages 7-19. Column 2 - The dollar amount of the item to be performed by the subcontractor. Column 3 - The dollar amount of the item to be performed by Contractor's own forces. Column 4 - The dollar amount of the overhead and profit for the item. Total dollar amount of Columns 2, 3, and 4 must be equal to the dollar amount in the bid I item on bid proposal pages 7-1 9. cp Page -3 of 10 pages of this form em Page 21 t;s Z26197 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) * I- W W I cn z .E z 3 n x W I) '- .1 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTED BID ITEMS 0 3 The Bidder MUST complete each information field on this form for each subcontraci proposes to use. Additional copies of this form may be attached if required to accomm Contractor's decision to use more than one subcontractor. This form must be submitted a: the Bidder's sealed bid. Failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rc the bid as non-responsive. The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portic Work as designated in the list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifica section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to pel portion of the Work and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made exc the prior approval of the Agency. Full Company Name of Subcontractor: \Y)%m hcwc\.\ Row TeLhno\, Complete Address: ?lo><% 3 L& &\nw\o\ b\ - NWI c-m fi\ 425b5 Telephone Number plus Area Code: (0 S%-* arcz Street City State Zip California State Contractors License No. & Classification: Carlsbad Business License No.: b-lode + 6;(1/3 +Ob Explanation: Column 1 - Bid item No. from the bid proposal, pages 7-19. Column 2 - The dollar amount of the item to be performed by the subcontractor. Column 3 - The dollar amount of the item to be performed by Contractor's own forces. Column 4 - The dollar amount of the overhead and profit for the item. Total dollar amount of Columns 2, 3, and 4 must be equal to the dollar amount in the bid F item on bid proposal pages 7-1 9. Page (;" of 10 pages of this form a em tis 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 21 -- c a I- W W I v) z z 1 X W d - a a a - -4 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTED BID ITEMS 0 3 The Bidder MUST complete each information field on this form for each subcontrac proposes to use. Additional copies of this form may be attached if required to accomm Contractor's decision to use more than one subcontractor. This form must be submitted a: the Bidder's sealed bid. Failure to provide complete and correct information may result in r( the bid as non-responsive. The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portic Work as designated in the list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specificx section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to pe portion of the Work and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made ex the prior approval of the Agency. Full Company Name of Subcontractor: ATWSWCE CmPm Complete Address: 1Z-H 5~ 32~~~ Sw<E+- %n nf?m Telephone Number plus Area Code: b\ q 23a - i i5i Street PC\ qa\3 State Zip City California State Contractors License No. & Classification: Carlsbad Business License No.: MOPJE- I1 b737 4 e Explanation: Column 1 - Bid Item No. from the bid proposal, pages 7-19. Column 2 - The dollar amount of the item to be performed by the subcontractor. Column 3 - The dollar amount of the item to be performed by Contractor's own forces. Column 4 - The dollar amount of the overhead and profit for the item. Total dollar amount of Columns 2, 3, and 4 must be equal to the dollar amount in the bid r item on bid proposal pages 7-19. 0 Page 4- of Io pages of this form 4- rrs 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 2f L. a 0 0 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTED BID ITEMS a 3 The Bidder MUST complete each information field on this form for each subcontracl proposes to use. Additional copies of this form may be attached if required to accomm Contractor's decision to use more than one subcontractor. This form must be submitted a: the Bidder's sealed bid. Failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rc the bid as non-responsive. The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portic Work as designated in the list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifica section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to pe portion of the Work and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made ex1 the prior approval of the Agency. Full Company Name of Subcontractor: mwe bFA6wL Coas- Complete Address: f c;. k?n &PI_&(?( r?$ c,s7 E5dCCk5 !' !A 0 California State Contractors License NO. & Classification: - (A' , 6 7 2 Carlsbad Business License No.: Street G, * q7D~$c4 State Zip City Telephone Number plus Area Code: (&-\) Gp--fi, xq\ x +<* 0 Explanation: Column 1 - Bid Item No. from the bid proposal, pages 7-19. Column 2 - The dollar amount of the item to be performed by the subcontractor. Column 3 - The dollar amount of the item to be performed by Contractor's own forces. Column 4 - The dollar amount of the overhead and profit for the item. Total dollar amount of Columns 2, 3, and 4 must be equal to the dollar amount in the bid f item on bid proposal pages 7-1 9. 0 Page 6 of I o pages of this form 4- p,# 2126197 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 21 4 * .* - 0 I- W UI I v) z & z 5 -I a x W a % DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTED BID ITEMS a 3 The Bidder MUST complete each information field on this form for each subcontraci proposes to use. Additional copies of this form may be attached if required to accomm Contractor's decision to use more than one subcontractor. This form must be submitted a: the Bidder's sealed bid. Failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rc the bid as non-responsive. The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portic Work as designated in the list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifica section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to pe portion of the Work and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made ex the prior approval of the Agency. _/ Full Company Name of Subcontractor: J ,t A , c- \ LC< 7 Complete Address: \i' c- bo'& \/+ST Street Telephone Number plus Area Code: b\c\ "-tcGc:j cQo(go California State Contractors License No. & Classification: 237F5+ * ic---K t-;C=MF- I 0 Carlsbad Business License No.: Explanation: Column 1 - Bid Item No. from the bid proposal, pages 7-19. Column 2 - The dollar amount of the item to be performed by the subcontractor. Column 3 - The dollar amount of the item to be performed by Contractor's own forces. Column 4 - The dollar amount of the overhead and profit for the item. Total dollar amount of Columns 2, 3, and 4 must be equal to the dollar amount in the bid F item on bid proposal pages 7-1 9. 0 Page 7 of Io pages of this form em ris 2126197 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 21 e I- W W I v) Z & z 3 -.I n X W 0 - & DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTED BID ITEMS a J The Bidder MUST complete each information field on this form for each subcontract proposes to use. Additional copies of this form may be attached if required to accommi Contractor's decision to use more than one subcontractor. This form must be submitted as the Bidder's sealed bid. Failure to provide complete and correct information may result in re the bid as non-responsive. The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portic Work as designated in the list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifica section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to pel portion of the Work and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made ex( the prior approval of the Agency. Full Company Name of Subcontractor: Ex(c%doh n4 ~~l\~%ff!% , 1 v Complete Address: ? 0 6a 4 62 q 04 Street EQ-cnA Lk3 a cI204-c, - zqo5 Telephone Number plus Area Code: 7 CaG 7 qLC+ I95b 0 California State Contractors License No. & Classification: -7 \ (g 4 i> I A City State Zip Carlsbad Business License No.: NObN=E- Amount of Item Explanation: Column 1 - Bid Item No. from the bid proposal, pages 7-19. Column 2 - The dollar amount of the item to be performed by the subcontractor. Column 3 - The dollar amount of the item to be performed by Contractor's own forces. Column 4 - The dollar amount of the overhead and profit for the item. Total dollar amount of Columns 2, 3, and 4 must be equal to the dollar amount in the bid p item on bid proposal pages 7-19. e Page - y of 10 pages of this form 4- Fis 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 2f x DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTED BID ITEMS 0 3 The Bidder MUST complete each information field on this form for each subcontract proposes to use. Additional copies of this form may be attached if required to accommc Contractor's decision to use more than one subcontractor. This form must be submitted as the Bidder's sealed bid. Failure to provide complete and correct information may result in re the bid as non-responsive. The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portic Work as designated in the list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifica section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to per portion of the Work and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made ex( the prior approval of the Agency. Full Company Name of Subcontractor: XC$%\li7 I u" "1, \hd\\ \7 c/: yvl.Qd\ if&\ Complete Address: \ 53\ Ljmd hmuf-. i s\n \m C\TC (95 Ch 4aob4 Telephone Number plus Area Code: (bit;) y\-/ 23?/,> K205 f Street Zip City State California State Contractors License NO. & Classification: A IC i 5 i\ 075 0 Carlsbad Business License No.: n \( >mr/ Explanation: Column 1 - Bid Item No. from the bid proposal, pages 7-19. Column 2 - The dollar amount of the item to be performed by the subcontractor. Column 3 - The dollar amount of the item to be performed by Contractor's own forces. Column 4 - The dollar amount of the overhead and profit for the item. Total dollar amount of Columns 2, 3, and 4 must be equal to the dollar amount in the bid F item on bid proposal pages 7-1 9. 0 Page 4 of 19 pages of this form em %@ 2126197 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 21 .I: P - DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTED BID ITEMS 0 3 The Bidder MUST complete each information field on this form for each subcontract proposes to use. Additional copies of this form may be attached if required to accommc Contractor's decision to use more than one subcontractor. This form must be submitted as the Bidder's sealed bid. Failure to provide complete and correct information may result in re the bid as non-responsive. The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portic Work as designated in the list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifica section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to per portion of the Work and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made ex( the prior approval of the Agency. Full Company Name of Subcontractor: 49 n ~OE+&~C/DLk F) ,flLiDfl ()l a&? 2-t-J Telephone Number plus Area Code: (CC o\ 44q in \ 1% cm- i Complete Address: \&bq d!i 2; . \dk@ib*Pc \\ & /kUf?f?(.?<- Street .-' f City bJ State Zip California State Contractors License No. & Classification: Carlsbad Business License No.: AE5cq-\ 9% h\Od F- 0 Exdanation: Column 1 - Bid Item No. from the bid proposal, pages 7-19. Column 2 - The dollar amount of the item to be performed by the subcontractor. Column 3 - The dollar amount of the item to be performed by Contractor's own forces. Column 4 - The dollar amount of the overhead and profit for the item. Total dollar amount of Columns 2, 3, and 4 must be equal to the dollar amount in the bid F item on bid proposal pages 7-1 9. 0 Page 12 of \n pagesofthis form em %@ 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 21 0 I- W W I v) z d z 5 a 1 x W 0 I 1 I I J I I I 1 I. 1 i I I I 1 6 BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILIT (To Accompany Proposal) Copies of the latest Annual Report, audited financial statements or Balance Sheets submitted under separate cover marked CONFIDENTIAL. I.' (PLEASE SEE ATTACHED) /.J- <LmL ;ih-L. &&i a,&, CLV ~ G< c-{(lcL e Il v em I. I aS 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 30 Date Contract Completed I 0 1 I 1 1. I I I I I Name and Phone 1 of the Employer to Contract Work C Name and Address No. of Person Type of (PLEASE SEE ATTACHED) ' 'r ' -. C. A. RASMUSSEN, INC. CURRENT AND COMPLETED PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS a PARTIAL LIST- BY OWNER/ACENCY; INALPHA ORDER C.A.R. JOB AMOUNT OF NUMBER CONTRACT OWNER I PROJECT NAME CONTRACT Army, U. S., Corps of Enqineers. L. A. District, So. Cal. Area Office (P. 0. Box 3157, Ontario. CA 91761) Los Angeles. CA (213) 452-4232 970602 San Luis Rey River Lower Pond Levee $1,667,900 970601 $3,422,363 970601 DACW09-96-B-0026; Construction of Seawall @ Carlsbad Blvd. $22,373,295 DACW09-96-B-0026; Carlsbad Seawall (CAR Bid as Sub to REZA) P.O. Box 271 1 Los Angeles, CA 90053-2325 970108 DACW09-97-C-0038; Santa Paula Creek Improvements, Reach I $3,019,335 $21,190,032 3294 Santa Ana River Main Stem, Reach 5 & 6 650 Fairview St. Santa Ana, Ca 92703 William Gallegos (714) 978-7571 Seven Oaks Dam, Highland Highland, CA Terry King (714) 794-7704 $1,899,750 41 92 1492 Big Dry Creek Dam, Fresno S 14,497,267 1295 Shaw Ave., #IO4 - 369 Clovis. CA 93612 Jim LaFrenaye (209) 297-3308 U. S. Army Corps of Engineers, Arizona 3636 N. Central, Suite 750 Phoenix, AZ 85012-1736 0 2293 Emergency Work $850,038 Arizona Nevada Area Jim LaFrenaye (209) 297-3308 U. S. Army Corps of Enqineers, San Francisco District 2100 Bridge Way Sausalito. CA 94965 970403 Seismic Retrofit Near Ft. Bragg $1,281,560 970402 3 Retaining Walls Near Jenner $10.392,112 960406 Hopland 5327,726 960404 Austin Creek $1,790,387 960402 Jenner Emergency Work 1495P 5794F Oak Island 4894P Sonoma Baylands Restoration $1.329.l26 Contract #01-195624 Ft. Hunter Liggett / Combat Trail Repairs (41 5) 744-3304 a Bakersfield, City of 970210 Panama Lane Overcrossing Widening $2,679,954 c A. MSMUSSEN, mc. CURRENTAND COMPLETED PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS 1 1/7/97 Page 4 PARTIAL LIST - BY 0 WNER /AGENCY; IN ALPHA ORDER C.A.R. JOE AMOUNT OF NUMBER CONTRACT OWNER I PROJECT NAME CONTRACT Burbank I Glendale I Pasadena Airport 2627 Hollywood Way Burbank, CA 91505 2790 Taxiway Extension $5,5i6,77a Dan Feger (818) 840-8840 California, State of, Department of Corrections 1515 "S" Street Sacramento, CA 94283 7590 Lancaster Prison, Grading 8 Drainage $3,214,000 Barbara Wright (916) 445-0440 California, State of, Department of Transportation (CALTRANS) 120 South Spring Street, Room 1000 Los Angeles, Ca 90012 970403 01-330214; Fort Bragg Seismic Retrofit $2,168,655 970402 04-196454; Jenner - Sonoma Retaining Walls $1,281,560 $2.711.155 $312,800 05-4151 14; Santa Barbara, Seismic Retrofit 05-414004; Hwy. 166, Seismic Retrofit 09-280004: Mojave; Concrete Pavement I Signal 05-41 4604; Santa Margarita Seismic Retrofit 97021 1 970205 970208 06-3758114; Kern County Seismic Retrofit $3.a57.643 970107 970106 970103 07-4C3504. Highway 150, Slope Repair $1,144,000 960606 $18,856,067 J. V. with C. C. Meyer 960605 11-010034; Rte 76 College/ Jeffries Ranch, Oceanside $1 0,133,835 07-137504; Sun Valley; Seismic Retrofit (3 Bridges) 07-147604; Sylmar. Route 5; Seismic Retrofit 11-010384; Rte 76 Airport I Old Grove; Expressway, Earthwork Expressway I Earthwork 7177 Opportunity Road San Diego, CA 921 11 Greg Slater (619) 267-7100 560604 11-010014; Route 76. Academy Road $7,089,629 7177 Opportunity Road San Diego. CA 921 11 Mark Mclntire (619) 433-8261 960603 Route 15, San Diego (1 1-048664) $59,716,687 J. V. with C. C. Meyer 8 Lane Expressway 2829 Juan Street, P.O. Box 85406 San Diego. CA 921 10 Ramon Ruelas (619)521-3921 I. 0, C. A. RASMUSSEN, INC. CURRENTAND COMPLETED PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS a PARTIAL LIST- BY OWNER/AGENCY; INALPHA ORDER C.A.R. JOB AMOUNT OF CONTRACT NUMBER CONTRACT OWNER I PROJECT NAME California, State of, Department of Transportation (CALTRANS - cont.) 960601 Riparian Habitat (1 1-022004) $2,616,435 7177 Opportunity Road San Diego. CA 921 11 John Hurtzig (619) 688-4204 960406 Hopland (01-195624) $10.144.619 4 Lane Highway 8 2 Bridges P. 0. Box 131 Redwood Valley, CA 95470 (707) 485-8307 960404 04-1492U4, Austin Creek Bridge. Seismic Retrofit $327,371 960206 Sycamore Creek Bridge (05-339104) $1,179,407 399 State Street Santa Barbara, CA 93105 Joe Blornmer (805) 568-1265 960107 Truck Escape Ramp, Route 5, Lebec $3,846,784 120 So. Spring St., Rm. 1000 Los Angeles, CA 90012 5295 Hwy. 150 Landslide Repair (07-462814) 52,355,455 0 Gary Ethier (805) 529-0622 1595 Imperial County $8,500,000 Route 7, Calexico Eric Sarkela (619) 768-0238 5694R Corona Creek 5094P Rte. 29 I Rte. 121 $259,865 4994P Seismic Retrofit 9294P Seismic Retrofit, Santa Rosa $727.012 91 94P Larkspur Auxiliary Lane, Larkspur $11,261,335 9094P Seismic Retrofit, Novato $5,094,030 Scott Hislop Scott Hislop 2793 Richmond Parkway, Section 5 $9,531.827 Giant Highway to San Pablo Avenue G. W. Themault (510) 237-8898 5892P Hwy 101 I116 Separation. Petaluma $1 1,134,396 Joyce Mcllroy (707) 576-2404 5792P North of Hiatt to Preston, Cloverdale $36,791,428 Dale LeGalle (707) 894-881 4792 Highway 85, Saratoga (04-437554) $14,531,922 Maurice Hage (408) 866-0668 3291 Sierra Highway 8 Friendly Valley Parkway (07-475014) $987,438 0 Alex Morelan (818) 361-0735 C A. MSMUSSEN, INC 1 1 /7/! Page CURRENT AND COMPLETED PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS PARTIAL LIST- BY OWNER/AGENCY; INALPHA ORDER C.A.R. JOB AMOUNT OF NUMBER CONTRACT OWNER I PROJECT NAME CONTRACT California, State of, Department of Transportation (CALTRANS - Cont.) 2091 Highway 23 I 118 Freeway Connector, Ventura / Moorpark Moorpark. CA Gary Either (805) 529-0622 Concord, City of 1950 Parkside Drive, MS IO2 Concord, CA 94519-2578 Mardie Traver (510) 671-3295 $33,098,827 5595P Concord Pavilion Expansion $2,987,168 (510) 827-0841 Corona, City of 315 So. Buena Vista Corona, CA 91720 Viren Shah (909) 736-2274 6195P Rincon Street, Phase I1 Improvements $1,647,354 Department of the Army Red River Army Depot Contracting Directorate, Building 11 0 Texarkena, TX 75507-5000 Kathy Chadwick (903) 334-2605 960707 Red River Army Depot I Rail Maintenance $5,415,944 Texarkana, TX Lancaster, City of 44933 N. Fern Lancaster. CA 93534 CC #: 407; 10th St. West & Avenue I CC #: 402; Avenue J & 35th Street West 970206 970201 $214.739 5592 Cash Contract #232. Desert Woodlands Rd. $161,528 Harold Madison (805) 723-6169 3992 Avenue 'L' Overpass $5.099.679 44933 North Fern Avenue Lancaster, CA 93534-2461 David Hoffman (805) 723-6000 Long Beach, City of 970104 R-6336; Queensway Bay Downtown Harbor Improvements; $10.847.518 Phase I , ',. C. A. RASMUSSEN, INC. CURRENT AND COMPLETED PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS e PARTIAL LIST- BY OWNER/AGENCY; INALPHA ORDER C.A.R. JOB AMOUNT OF NUMBER CONTRACT OWNER I PROJECT NAME CONTRACT Los Angeles, City of Bureau of Engineering Ronald Hale 600 South Spring Street, Suite 66 Los Angeles, CA 90014 2693 Lopez Canyon Access Road $2.094.465 11950 Lopez Canyon road Lake View Terrace, CA 91342 Kelly Gharios (818) 989-8586 Los Anqeles, County Department of Public Works 900 South Fremont Avenue Alhambra, CA 91803 960104 Los Angeles River Earthquake Repair $645.626 (Plus $500,000 in C.0.S) 960102 Devils Gate Dam, Pasadena $8,485,648 3592 Whites Canyon, Canyon Country $1 0,178,124 26931 North Sierra Highway Santa Clarita. CA Po Louie (805) 251-9228 0 2791 Cogswell Dam 8 Reservoir Upstream Cable Way Headtower $4,947,979 Erik Updyke (818) 458-7840 5890 Whites Canyon. Santa Clarita $3,093,078 900 South Freeman Los Angeles, CA 91803 Po Louie (805) 251-9228 Los Anqeles County Sanitation District 1955 Workman Mill Road Whittier, CA 90670 9089 Calabasas Landfill Liner System $2,564,995 Scott D. Purdy (213) 699-7411 Los Anqeles, County Department of Water Resources 970101 California Aqueduct I Canal Repair Metropolitan Water Company of Southern California P. 0. Box 54153 Los Angeles. CA 90054 Jim Gallanes (213) 250-6000 Jensen Filtration Plant, Granada Hills 1 I1 1 Sunset Blvd. Los Angeles, CA 90054 Paul Weston (818) 831-6673 $16,251,954 7790 0 C. A. MSMUSSEN, INC. 1117 CURRENT AND COMPLETED PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS Pag PARTIAL LIST- BY OWNER/AGENCY; INALPHA ORDER C.A.R. JOB AMOUNT OF NUMBER CONTRACT OWNER I PROJECT NAME CONTRACT Moorpark, City of 799 Moorpark Ave. Moorpark. CA 93021 2493 Assessment District No. 92-1 $847,894 Kenneth Gilbert (805) 529-6864 Navy, Department of Officer In Charge of Construction Building 632 Point Mugu. CA 93042-5031 3991 Pt. Mugu Naval Air Station, Taxiway E- $1,393,000 W of Runway 9-27 E. J. Van Hagel (805) 989-7551 Oceanside, City of Melrose. from Old Ranch to Mission Emergency work; Time & Materials Oranqe County Board of Supervisors 10 Civic Center Plaza. Room 465 Santa Ana. CA 92701 Mesa Drive I Birch St. Improvements, Orange County 970604 970603 970308 Street Improvements. Santa Ana Heights $4,381,324 3792 Portola Parkway, Jeffrey Road, Foothill Transportation $1 0.71 5,456 W. H. Talley (714) 834-2300 Orange County EMA 1152 E. Fruit Street Santa Ana, CA 92702-4048 970301 Westminster Channel $420,905 960303 Antonio Parkway, Phase I, Grading $8,510,247 Dave Marshall (714) 567-7800 Portola Parkway, Jeffrey Rd., Foothill Transportation Corridor Gerald Shubert (714) 834-2300 Orange County Flood Control 3792 $1 0.71 5,456 970301 Westminster Channel Oranqe County - Integrated Waste Management Dept. 320 N. Flower Street, Suite 400 Santa Ana, CA 92703 George C. Ker (714) 834-4000 960301 Landslide Remediation Project; Olinda I Olinda Alpha1 Landfills $329,202 . .. I ', C. A. RASMUSSEN, INC. PARTIAL LIST- BY OWNER/AGENCY; INALPHA ORDER CURRENT AND COMPLETED PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS a C.A.R. JOB AMOUNT OF NUMBER CONTRACT OWNER I PROJECT NAME CONTRACT Oxnard, City of 300 West Third Street Oxnard. CA 93030 Samia Maximous (805) 984-4601 Rose Ave I Hwy 101 Interchange Improvements 9701 10 $1 0,893,000 6089 N. E. Industrial Assessment $4,867,930 Robert Villanueva (805) 644-9704 Oxnard Union High School 309 'K Street Oxnard, CA 93030 6089 Oxnard High School Replacement Campus $1,09a.557 Dr. Richard Canady (805) 385-2529 Palmdale, City of 708 East Palmdale Blvd. Palmdale. CA 93550 970217 CC #: 330; Arnargosa Creek Detention Basin $174,670 970216 CC #: 317; Arnargosa Creek Channel Relocation $307,500 970204 $226,291 4991 Cash Contract #166. Senior Center Parking $69,894 CC #: 273; Avenue S E/O 30th St. East; Street Improvements 0 Mike Tarr (805) 267-5310 4291 Cash Contract #169, Avenue "S" and 14 Fwy. Park and Ride $690,400 Mike Tarr (805) 267-5310 Pavex Construction 960401 Route 156 Bypass, Hollister $1,558,000 Perris Union High School Bradley Menefee. CA Carla Hill (909) 943-6369 $3,400,000 2393 Paloma Valley High School Calla Hill (909) 943-6369 Petaluma, City of P. 0. Box 61 Petaluma. CA 94933 4194P Petaluma Signal 8 Interchange $459,773 960404 Payran Street Bridge $1,656,043 (707) 778-4437 * C. A. MSMUSSEN, INC. 1 1/71 Page CURRENT AND COMPLETED PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS PARTIAL LIST- BY OWNER/AGENCY; INALPHA ORDER C.A.R. JOB AMOUNT OF NUMBER CONTRACT OWNER I PROJECT NAME CONTRACT Richmond, City of P. 0. Box 4046 Richmond, CA 94804 2793P Richmond Parkway $9.531.827 Bechtel Construction Riverside, City of 8 Wells Farqo Bank, NA I Tava Development 19600 Fairchild Road, #270 Irvine, CA 92715-2510 Scott Allen (714) 250-6600 Sycamore Highlands, Project #: 09 & 016 (REO L03950) Riverside, County of, Flood Control District 1995 Market Street Riverside, CA 92501 Coen Cowenberg (909) 275-1200 970304 $4,102,669 6293P Murrietta Creek $351,692 5793P Lakeview Dam 32,220,324 Riverside, County of, Transportation Commission 3560 University Avenue, Suite 100 Riverside, CA 92501 5294 Highway 79 - Lamb canyon $18,500,000 Karl Sauer Riverside Unified School District 3070 Washington Street Riverside. Ca 92504 Wes Smylie (909) 788-7472 3094P Tomas Rivera Elementary School $964,755 Rancho Simi Recreation and Parks District 1092 Sycamore Drive, Simi Valley, CA 93065 6990 Arroyo Sirni Bicycle Path, Sirni Valley $57.760 Wayne Nakaoka (805) 584-4400 5190 Rancho Tap0 Park, Simi Valley $1,006,906 Wayne Wakaoka (805) 584-4400 San Buenaventura, City of 501 Poli Street Ventura. CA 93002 2289 Ventura Fairgrounds, Road B $1,356,650 Ron Calkins (805) 654-7800 6488 Ventura Fairgrounds, Road A $2,104,550 Ron Calkins (805) 654-7800 '., C. A. RASMUSSEN, INC. CURRENTAND COMPLETED FUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS a PARTIAL LIST- BY OWNER/ACENCY; INALPHA ORDER C.A.R. JOB AMOUNT OF NUMBER CONTRACT OWNER I PROJECT NAME CONTRACT San Diego, City of 9485 Aero Drive San Diego. CA 92123 3694 West Miramar Solid District Facility $1,947,000 San Diego, County of (619) 694-2360 6395P Mountain Meadow Road Reconstruction $5,148,000 San Diego, Water Authority Jeff Moncrief (619) 694-2360 970605 Pipeline 3; Emergency Work 960607 Pipeline 2A $14,480,000 San Mateo, City of Department of Public Works #I 0 Dolphin Drive Redwood City, CA 94603 1 194P Redwood City Overcrossing $6,588.488 Michael Jackson (415) 363-4100 0 1194 Richmond Underpass $6,043,783 Michael Jackson (415) 363-4100 Santa Barbara, County Association of Governments 222 E. Anapamu Street, Suite 11 Santa Barbara, CA 93101 Gerald R. Lorden (805) 568-2546 93S001; Santa Maria Mesa Road Bridge Construction Contract # 05-363404 Santa Clarita, City of 23920 West Valencia Blvd. Santa Clarita. CA 91355 $2,443,590 970212 960213 Route 101 I154 Separation $4,888,505 970218 PWS-4; Sidewalk I Ped Access I Ramp Installation $222,189 $2,221,729 4092 Commuter Rail Station, Santa Clarita John Spalione (805) 286-4136 3895P Chuck Pontius River Rail Trail $1,722,266 Simi Valley, City of 2929 Tap0 Canyon Road Simi Valley, CA 93063 970102 Arroyo Simi Streambed Stabilizer - Bid 'A' $288.700 $552.500 3891 Madera Road Project $1.486.574 Arroyo Simi Streambed Stabilizer - Bid 'C' e George Berg (805) 583-6700 C. A. RASMUSSEN, INC. 1 In/! Page ’ CURRENTAND COMPLETED PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS PARTIAL LIST- BY OWNER/AGENCY; INALPHA ORDER C.A.R. JOB AMOUNT OF NUMBER CONTRACT OWNER I PROJECT NAME CONTRACT Simi Valley, City of (Cont.1 2929 Tap0 Canyon Road Simi Valley, CA 93063 2991 118 Freeway / Madera Avenue interchange $4,344,633 George Berg (805) 583-6700 4788 Cochran Street Widening $2,928,800 George Berg (805) 583-6700 Sonoma, County of 575 Administration Drive, Suite 117A Santa Rosa, CA 95403 1995P Flood Damage, Forestville 4093P Stony Point Road, Stage 2A $1,412,069 5392P 4692P Arnold Drive Old Redwood Highway I Sonoma $670,920 (707) 527-2065 Southern California Regional Rail Authority 818 West 7th Street, 7th Floor Los Angeles, CA 90017 2594 Antelope Valley Line Changes $8.300.000 Santa Clarita, CA Mike Baker (805) 723-6047 960704 Metrolink Double Track Construction $5,545.040 Don DeFord (714) 651-0962 Thousand Oaks, City of 2100 East Thousand Oaks Blvd. Thousand Oaks, CA 91360 2188 Olsen Road Widening $2,096,900 J. Louis Scherer (805) 642-2029 Ventura, County of 3995 Arundell Barranca Dam $3.61 1.757 John Correa (805) 642-2029 Walnut Creek, City of 90-22; Iron Horse Trail, Pedestrian - Bike Overcrossing Windsor. Town of 9291 Old Redwood Highway Windsor, CA 95492-0100 970405 $I ,220,460 4794 Route 101 Downtown Interchange $2,599,252 Don W. Monk (707) 838-1000 5395P Brooks Road And &ate Lane - Windsor $796,208 I t BIDDERS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE FOR LIABILITY AND WORKERS’ COMPENSATION GENERAL LIABILITY, EMPLOYERS’ LIABILITY, AUTOMO1 io (To Accompany Proposal) I I As a required part of the Bidder’s proposal the Bidder must attach either of the following to tl 1. Certificates of insurance showing conformance with the requirements herein for: page. (SEE ATTACHED) Comprehensive General Liability Employer’s Liability 1 Automobile Liability 1 1 I 1 8 1 1 1 1 Workers Compensation 2. Statement with an insurance carrier’s notarized signature stating that the carrier can, and payment of fees and/or premiums by the Bidder, will issue to the Bidder Policies of insurz Comprehensive General Liability, Employer’s Liability, Automobile Liability and Workers Compensation in conformance with the requirements herein and Certificates of insurance Agency showing conformance with the requirements herein. All certificates of insurance and statements of willingness to issue insurance for auto policie to meet the specification of this contract must: (1) meet the conditions stated in The Notict Bids, the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction and the Special Provision: project for each insurance company that the Contractor proposes, and (2) cover any vehiclt the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hi whether scheduled or non-scheduled. The auto insurance certificate must state the coveri “any auto” and cannot be limited in any manner. IO I e= 1, 1 %? 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 32 ( Lamberson Koster & Company C. A. Rasmussen, Inc. ER'S & CONTRACTORS PROT ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS NON-OWNED AUTOS - ________._ ____._ - General Liabilit attached CG20101185. EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WlLL-WBk 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NI City of Carlsbad 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive Carlsbad, CA 92008-1989 POLICY NUMBER: KK08300488 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY NAMED INSURED: C.A. RASMUSSEN, INC. a THIS ENDORSMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS (Form B) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART. SCHEDULE Name of Person or Organization: City of Carlsbad, RE: La Costa Avenue Widening its officials, employees and volunteers Contract #3215 Carlsbad CAR Job No. 980604 ' (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement wi shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement.) WHO IS AN INSURED (Section II) is amended to include as an insured the persc organization shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability arising out of" work'' for that insured by or for you. It is further agreed that such insurance as is afforded by this policy for the benefit o above Additional Insured(s) shall be primary insurance as respects any claim, lo liability arising out of the named Insured's operations, any other insurance maint: by the Additional Insured(s) shall be excess and non-contributory with the lnsur provided hereunder. CG 20 10 11 85 Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1984 * issued. EXP. DATE TYPE OF POLICY I7 EXTENDED POLICY NUMBER 8 Ci CONTINUOUS B POLICYTERM WORKERS COMPENSATION 911 iga WC2-161-028110-017 ~ I LIMIT OF LIABILITI COVERAGE AFFORDED UNDER WC EMPLOYER! LAW OF THE FOLLOWING STATES: CA KS Bodilv lniuw E Bodily Injury I 1,000,000 1,000,000 Bodily Injury F 4 1 ,ooo,ooc GENERAL Ll AB1 LlTY 0 OCCURRENCE 0 CLAIMSMADE 0 oductsicompleted Operations Aggregate Bodilv lniurv and Property Damaae Liability NOT WITH LIBERTY MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY Personaland Advertising Injury __ _.-.__- __.-_ Other 1 FETR~C-~ j/ .. _-. - .. _____-.... ..-. . 77 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY H OWNED NON-OWNED H HIRED OTHER I I Each A( j $l,OOO,OOO B.I. and Each PC Each Ac Each Ac AS7-161-028110-037 _--. ___ ____-_.-___ 9-1 -98 - _____-._ A- _____.____.._.._ ~_l___~ __........._.. ~ ___.__.__-..._._ ~ _.-- ~--. t- .d BUSINESS AUTOMOBILE ADDITIONAL INSURED a It is agreed that such insurance as is afforded by the poky for Bodily Injury Liability and for Property Damage Uability also applies to the person or organization named below, as an insured, with respects to there use of 1 automobile by the named insured or with his permission, but such inclusion of an additional insured shall not operate to increase the limits of the companfs liability. fiDDtllONAL INSURED CITY OF CARLSBAD e Premium $ N/A Eff. Date of Endorsement 2/16/98 Expiration Date 9-1-98 Attachment to Policy or Bond No. AS 7-161-028110-037 LIBERTY MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPP issued to C A Rasmussen Inc /dLZy777?* Authorize Representative Issued Sales Office and No. End Serial No. N/A * 2/16/98 654 844A anoe Agenay, Ina. werial Nwy, Suite 104 rton CA 9283s-ioa8 Fireman ' 8 Fund Ins. Companie General Seaurity ha. Co. , .-__.- . , .-. - .~. _.... .--_.. . Cr-. . .~... . ._-.. IONS AND CONDlTlONS TYPEOF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER LIMITS OWNER'S 8. CONTRACTORS PROT -... ..-. ALL OWNEO AUTOS SCHEDULE0 AUTOS HIRED AUTOS NON-OWNED AiTyoS ._ .___ PROPER" bAMAO Cityof Carlsbad X DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERnFlCPTE HOLMR N SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLlQATlON OR LIABILlTY Attn: Ksvin Davis 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive Carlsbad CA 92008 I I 8 s 8 I BIDDER'S STATEMENT RE DEBARMENT (To Accompany Proposal) 1. Have you or any of your subcontractors ever been debarred as an irresponsible b another jurisdiction in the State of California? I. xxx Yes no 2. If yes, what wadwere the name(s) of the agency(ies) and what wadwere the per debarment(s)? Attach additional copies of this page to accommodate more than two debarr party debarred party debarred e agency agency 1 period of debarment period of debarment I. I 91 1 1 c 1 BY CONTRACTOR: C.A. RASMUSSEN, INC. BY (print name/title) , ' e I' +* 1 a# 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 33 t e il BIDDERS DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD (To Accompany Proposal) Contractors are required by law to be licensed and regulated by the Contractors’ State Board which has jurisdiction to investigate complaints against contractors if a complaint reg; patent act or omission is filed within four years of the date of the alleged violation. A c( regarding a latent act or omission pertaining to structural defects must be filed within 10 yea1 date of the alleged violation. Any questions concerning a contractor may be referrec Registrar, Contractors’ State License board, P.O. Box 26000, Sacramento, California 95826. A. Have you ever had your contractor’s license suspended or revoked by the C Contractors’ State license Board two or more times within an eight year period? I. ’ 8 I 1 I s 8. 1 8 i E s 1 xxx Yes no 2. Has the suspension or revocation of your contractors license ever been stayed? xxx Yes no 3. Have any subcontractors that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever k contractor’s license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors’ State license Boar more times within an eight year period? xxx Yes no 4. Has the suspension or revocation of the license of any subcontractor’s that you prc perform any portion of the Work ever been stayed? xxx Yes no 5. If the answer to either of 1. or 3. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, t disciplined, the date of and violation that the disciplinary action pertain to, describe the natu violation and the disciplinary action taken therefor. (Attach additional sheets if necessary) t em I. 1 p,s 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 34 c U 1 I 8 P 1 1 BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD (CONTINUED) (To Accompany Proposal) 6. If the answer to either of 2. or 4. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, t who's discipline was stayed, the date of the violation that the disciplinary action pertains to, ( the nature of the violation and the condition (if any) upon which the disciplinary action was I r. R 1. BY CONTRACTOR: (Attach additional sheets if necessary) C.A. RASMUSSEN, INC. B 1 R I I U i 1. 4- 1 cs 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 35 ( I I I County Of San Diego 1 I I 0 2 0 1 1 I I 0 I 1 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 7106 State of California ) ) ss. I. JAMES L. FLEMING , being first duly sworn, del (Name of Bidder) and says that he or she is DIVISION MANAGER (Title) of C.A. RASMUSSEN. INC. (Name of Firm) the party making the foregoing bid that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behal undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that t genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, c( connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone sh: from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by ag communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidc fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or t any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the F contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and, further, that the bidder directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fe corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any mc agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid. I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct and that this affic 1. executed on the 2 2nd day of JANUARY 719 98 . day of JANUARY (z4aQcL\R,cnQ*r\P-L (NOTARY SEAL) Signature of Notary CARLA LEE FRENCH ew 1. I r,@ a26197 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 36 CONTRACT *. PUBLIC WORKS This agreement is made this !\+h day of fl 19 K between the City of Carlsbad, California, a municipal cow%ts (hereinafter callAd "City"), and C.A. RUlJSSFN. INC- whose principal place of business (hei called "Contractor"). City and Contractor agree as follows: 1. Description of Work. Contractor shali perform all work specified in the Contract doc for: LA COSTA AVENUE WIDENING EL CAMINO REAL TO INTERSTATE 5 CONTRACT NO. 3215 (hereinafter called "project") 2. Provisions of Labor and Materials. Contractor shall provide all labor, material equipment, and personnel to perform the work specified by the Contract Documents. 3. Contract Documents, The Contract Documents consist of this Contract, Notice Bids, Contractor's Proposal, Bidder's Bond, Designation of Subcontractors, Designation o OperatodLessors, Bidder's Statements of Financial Responsibility, Technical Ability and Exc Re Debarment, Non-collusion Affidavit, Escrow Agreement, Release Form, the PI: Specifications, the Special Provisions, addendum@) to said Plans and Specifications and Provisions, and all proper amendments and changes made thereto in accordance with this or the Plans and Specifications, and all bonds for the project; all of which are incorporated t this reference. Contractor, her/his subcontractors, and materials suppliers shall provide and install the indicated, specified, and implied by the Contract Documents. Any items of work not indi specified, but which are essential to the completion of the work, shall be provided at the Cor expense to fulfill ,the intent of said documents. In all instances through the life of the Cont City will be the interpreter of the intent of the Contract Documents, and the City's decision rc said intent will be final and binding. Failure of the Contractor to apprise subcontracl materials suppliers of this condition of the Contract will not relieve responsibility of complian 4. Payment. For all compensation for Contractor's performance of work under this Conti shall make payment to the Contractor per section 9-3 PAYMENT of the Standard Specifia Public Works Construction (SSPWC), 1997 Edition, hereinafter designated "SSPWC", as i! the Southern California Chapter of the American Public Works Association, and as amend€ Special Provisions section of this contract. The Engineer will close the estimate of work c( for progress payments on the last working day of each month. 5. Independent Investigation. Contractor has made an independent investigatio jobsite, the soil conditions at the jobsite, and all other conditions that might affect the prc the work, and is aware of those conditions. The Contract price includes payment for all \I may be done by Contractor, whether anticipated or not, in order to overcome undi conditions. Any information that may have been furnished to Contractor by City about undc conditions or other job conditions is for Contractor's convenience only, and City does noi that the conditions are as thus indicated. Contractor is satisfied with all job conditions, underground conditions and has not relied on information furnished by City. 0 a Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 37 a q b 2/26/97 6. Hazardous Waste or Other Unusual Conditions. If the contract involves trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four feet below the surface Contrac promptly, and before the following conditions are disturbed, notify City, in writing, of any: A. Hazardous Waste. Material that Contractor believes may be material that is hazardou as defined in section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be remo' Class I, Class II, or Class HI disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. B. Differing Conditions. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing fro indicated. C. Unknown Physical Conditions. Unknown physical conditions at the site of any nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as in work of the character provided for in the contract. City shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if it finds that the conditions do materially or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in contractor's costs c time required for, performance of any part of the work shall issue a change order UI procedures described in this contract. In the event that a dispute arises between City and Contractor whether the conditions n differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in the contractor's cc time required for, performance of any part of the work, contractor shall not be excused 1 scheduled completion date provided for by the contract, but shall proceed with all wo performed under the contract. Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided either by or by law which pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the contracting p: 7. Immigration Reform and Control Act. Contractor certifies it is aware of the requ of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (8 USC sections 1101-1525) and has ( and will comply with these requirements, including, but not limited to, verifying the elis employment of all agents, employees, subcontractors, and consultants Chat are include Contract. 8. Prevailing Wage. Pursuant to the California Labor Code, the director of the Depa Industrial Relations has determined the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in ao with California Labor Code, section 1773 and a copy of a schedule of said general prevail rates is on file in the office of the City Engineer, and is incorporated by reference herein. to California Labor Code, section 1775, Contractor shall pay prevailing wages. Contractor s copies of all applicable prevailing wages on the job site. 9. Indemnification. Contractor shall assume the defense of, pay all expenses of defe indemnify and hold harmless the City, and its officers and employees, from all claims, loss, injury and liability of every kind, nature and description, directly or indirectly arising frl connection with the performance of the Contract or work; or from any failure or alleged Contractor to comply with any applicable law, rules or regulations including those relating and health; and from any and all claims, loss, damages, injury and liability, howsoever t may be caused, resulting directly or indirectly from the nature of the work covered by the except for loss or damage caused by the sole or active negligence or willful misconduct of The expenses of defense include all costs and expenses including attorneys' fees for arbitration, or other dispute resolution method. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the awz contract to Contractor, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests separate coun: e - 0 -e q 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 38 IO. Insurance. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract in against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in coi with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his or her agents, represei employees or subcontractors. Said insurance shall meet the City's policy for insurance as ! Resolution No. 91 -403. (A) Coverages And Limits Contractor shall maintain the types of coverages and minimu indicted herein: a. Comprehensive General Liability Insurance: $1,000,000 combined single li occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. If the policy has an aggregate limit, a E aggregate in the amounts specified shall be established for the risks for which the City or its officers or employees are additional insured. b. Automobile Liability Insurance: $1,000,000 combined single limit per accident fc injury and property damage. In addition, the auto policy must cover any vehicle use performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hii whether scheduled or non-scheduled. The auto insurance certificate must state the cover: "any auto" and cannot be limited in any manner. c. Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance: Workers' com pensati as required by the Labor Code of the State of California and Employers8 Liability limits of $1 per incident. Workers' compensation offered by the State Compensation Insurance acceptable to the City. (B) Additional Provisions. Contractor shall ensure that the policies of insurance requirt this agreement contain, or are endorsed to contain, the following provisions. General Employers' Liability and Automobile Liability Coverages: a. The City, its officials, employees and volunteers are to be covered as additional in: respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor; prod completed operations of the contractor; premises owned, leased, hired or borrowec contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection af the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. All additional insured endorsements evidenced using separate documpnts attached to the certificate of insurance; one for each affording general liability, employers' liability and auto liability coverage. b. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the officials, employees or volunteers shall be in excess of the contractor's insurance and contribute with it. c. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. d. Coverage shall state that the contractor's insurance shall apply separately to eact against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the liability. (C) "Claims Made" Policies. If the insurance is provided on a "claims made" basis, shall be maintained for a period of three years following the date of completion of the work. (D) Notice Of Cancellation. Each insurance policy required by this agreement shall be to state that coverage shall not be nonrenewed, suspended, voided, canceled, or re coverage or limits except after thirty (30) days' prior written notice has been given to th certified mail, return receipt requested. 1) X 0 e Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 39 ( q %* 2/26/97 (E) Deductibles And Self-lnsured Retention (S.I.R.) Levels. Any deductibles or self retention levels must be declared to and approved by the City. At the option of the City, eitl insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retention levels as resp City, its officials and employees; or the contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing pay losses and related investigation, claim administration and defense expenses. (F) Waiver Of Subrogation. All policies of insurance required under this agreement shall a waiver of all rights of subrogation the insurer may have or may acquire against the City c its officials or employees. (G) Subcontractors. Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insured under its PC shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. Cover; subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein. (H) Acceptability Of Insurers. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that have a rating Key Rating Guide of at least A-:V. Insurers must also be authorized to transact the bus insurance by the State of California Insurance Commissioner as admitted carriers as eviden listing in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of Califomi under the standards specified by the City Council in Resolution No. 91-403. (I) Verification Of Coverage. Contractor shall furnish the City with certificates of insuri original endorsements affecting coverage required by this clause. The certifiw endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that i bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be in forms approvt City and are to be received and approved by the City before the Contract is executed by the (J) Cost Of Insurance. The Cost of all insurance required under this agreement shall be in the Contractor's bid. 11. Claims and Lawsuits. All claims by contractor for $375,000 or less shall be rei accordance with the provisions in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, / (commencing with section 20104) which are incorporated by reference. A copy of Artic included in the Special Provisions I section. The contractor shall initially submit all cla $375,000 to the City using the informal dispute resolution process described in Public Code subsections 20104.2(a), (c), (d). Notwithstanding the provisions of this section of the all claims shall comply with the Government Tort Claim Act (section 900 et seq., of the I Government Code) for any claim or cause of action for money or damages prior to filing ar for breach of this agreement. (A) Assertion of Claims. Contractor hereby agrees that any contract claim submitted tc must be asserted as part of the contract process as set forth in this agreement ar anticipation of litigation or in conjunction with litigation. (B) False Claims. Contractor acknowledges that if a false claim is submitted to the City, considered fraud and the Contractor may be subject to criminal prosecution. (C) Government Code. Contractor acknowledges that California Government Code 12650 et seq., the False Claims Act, provides for civil penalties where a person knowingly false claim to a public entity. These provisions include false claims made with deliberate I of the false information or in reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the information. (D) Penalty Recovery. If the City of Carlsbad seeks to recover penalties pursuant to Claims Act, it is entitled to recover its litigation costs, including attorney's fees. 0 -_.. @ e Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 40 .3 E* 2/26/97 (E) Debarment for False Claims. Contractor hereby acknowledges that the filing of a fall may subject the Contractor to an administrative debarment proceeding wherein the Contrac be prevented from further bidding on public contracts for a period of up to five years. (F) Carlsbad Municipal Code. The provisions of Carlsbad Municipal Code sections 3 3.32.026, 3.32.027 and 3.32.028 pertaining to false claims are incorporated herein by referei (G) Debarment from Other Jurisdictions. Contractor hereby acknowledges that deban another jurisdiction is grounds for the City of Carlsbad to disqualify the Contractor or subcc from participating in future contract bidding. * I have read and understand all provisions of Section 11 above. w (lnittal) 12. Maintenance of Records. Contractor shall maintain and make available at no co City, upon request, records in accordance with sections 1776 and 1812 of Part 7, Chapter ' 2, of the Labor Code. If the Contractor does not maintain the records at Contractor's princi! of business as specified above, Contractor shall so inform the City by certified letter accon the return of this Contract. Contractor shall notify the City by certified mail of any change of of such records. 13. Labor Code Provisions. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, commencing with 1720 of the Labor Code are incorporated herein by reference. 14. Security. Securities in the form of cash, cashier's check, or certified check may be su for any monies withheld by the City to secure performance of this contract for any o established by this contract. Any other security that is mutually agreed to by the Contractor City may be substituted for monies withheld to ensure performance under this Contract. 15. Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted. Each and every provision of clause required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted he included herein, and if, through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, correctly inserted, then upon application of either party, the Contract shall forthwith be F amended to make such insertion or correction. - @ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... e -.* ... @ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 41 ( 16. Additional Provisions. Any additional provisions of this agreement are set fort "General Provisions" or "Special Provisions" attached hereto and made a part hereof. NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MU AlTACHED @ (COR.FURNE SEAL) GONTW4CTOR: C. A. RASMUSSEN, IWC, (name of Contractor) By: (sign here) ATTEST: dJ& 4 c-*- city Clerk - e 1 1 Michael A. Tenner, S:ecretary (print name and title) President or vice-president and Secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporation one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or secretary under the corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation. APPROVED AS TO FORM: RONALD R. BALL City Attorney e G 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 42 I CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of Ca1 i fnrni a before me, Lorilla M. Schultz, Notary Public Date Name and Title of Officer (e g Jane Doe Notary Public 1 personally appeared Qpersonally known to me - OR - cj proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the persc whose name(s) idare subscribed to the within instrur and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and th: his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the persoi or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) ac executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Dean Rasmussen & Michael A. Tenner Name@) of Signer(s) Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could pr~ fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document Description sf Attached Document Document Date: 2/26/98 Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) 3 Individual C Individual cl Corporate Officer Partner - E Limited CI General 0 Partner - 0 Limited n General Attorney- in - Fact E Guardian or Conservator Il Guardian or Conservator 0 Corporate Officer Tit le( s) : Signer Is Representing: Signer Is Representing Reorder Call Toll 0 1995 National Notary Association - 8236 Rernmet Ave PO Box 7184 * Canoga Park CA 91 309 7184 Prod No 5907 BOND NO. 18-r LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, by R NO. 98-35 , adopted FEBRUARY 10, 1998 , has aMi (hereinafter designated as the "Principal"), a Contract for: "0 C.A. RASUSSFN. INC. LA COSTA AVENUE WIDENING EL CAMINO REAL TO INTERSTATE 5 CONTRACT NO. 3215 in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the drawings and specifications, and other Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad and all of \ incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the term require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of their subcontractors SI pay for any materials, provisions, provender or other supplies or teams used in, upon or 4 performance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth. NOW, THEREFORE, WE, as Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Contractor"), and AMERICAN HOME ASSURANCE as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad in the sum of Three million twelve thousand th ree hundred twelve dollars and thirtv -seven cents ($ 3,312,312.37 ), said sum being fifty percent (50%) of the estimated amount Pi the City of Carisbad under the terms of the Contract, for which payment well and truly to we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jc severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the person or hidher subcontrz to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, supplies, or teams used in, upon, for, or i performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Dev Department from the wages of employees of the contractor and subcontractors pursuant i 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work and labor that the I pay for the same, not to exceed the sum specified in the bond, and, also, in case suit i! upon the bond, costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney': be fixed by the court, as required by the provisions of section 3248 of the California Civil Cc This bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies and corporations c file claims under Title 15 of Part 4 of Division 3 of the Civil Code (commencing with section Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the the Contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompa same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work specifications. e 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 43 ( C.A. RASMJSSEN, IWC. ---r' 0 0 In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contrac not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. Executed by CONTRACTOR this 2 6 t h Executed by SURETY this 17 th e day of February 119 98. of February f CQMTMCTOR: SURETY: (name tjf Contractor) C.A. RAWSSEN, INC. AMERICA^ HOME ASSURANCE COMPAI - (name of Surety) TWO RINCON CENTER, 121 SPEAR By: SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 (sign here) (address of Surety) Dean Basmussen (415) 836-2700 (print name here) (telephone number of Surety) PATRICK T. MOUGHAN, ATTORNEY-I (printed name of Attorney-in-Fa (attach corporate resolution showing c power of attorney) chael A. Tenner (print name here) (title and organization of signatory) Secretary d 0 (Proper notarial acknowiedge of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attach (President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or ( secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: RONALD R. BALL City Attorney By: * 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 44 c @ CALIFORNIA ALL-PURIPQSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of Cal i forni a On 7/76/98 before me, Lori 11 a M. Schul tz, Notary Pub1 ic personally appeared Dean Rasmussen & Michael A. Tenner Qpersonally known to me - OR - 0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the persc whose name(s) idare subscribed to the within instrur and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and thc his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the persoi or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) ac executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Date Name and Title of Officer (e g 'Jane Doe Notary Public ) Name(s) of Signer(s) Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could pre fraudulent removal and reattachment of th/s form to another document Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Labor & Materials Bond, City of Carlsbad Contract #32 Document Date. 2/26/98 Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(§) 0 Individual 1 Individual 0 Corporate Officer 0 Partner - 7 Limited General C Partner - 0 Limited 0 General C Corporate Officer Tit I e( s) : 3 Guardian or Conservator C Guardian or Conservator Signer Is Representing: Signer Is Representing: Reorder Call Toll- 0 1995 National Notary Association * 8236 Rernrnet Ave PO Box 7184 * Canoga Park CA 91309-7184 Prod No 5907 0 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKYOWLEDGNIENT State of Cai~ornra County of San Francisco On February 17,1998 before me, personally appeared - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Patrick T. Moughan - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Janet C. Rojo, Notary Public Elpersonally known to me - OR - Cl proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument a S my hand and offici f e Aprerican Home Assurance Company . National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, Pa. Principal Bond Ofice: 175 Water Street, New York, N.Y. 10038 POWER OF A No. 03 OW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: ."' That American Home Assurance Company, a New York corporation, and National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pitt Pennsylvania corporation, does each hereby appoint -Terry J. Moughan, Jack M. Woodruff, John R Lamberson, Cynthia L. Lewis, Donna M. Geryrich, Susan Gannuscil Patrick T. Moughan: of San Francisco, California- its true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, with full authority to execute on its behalf bonds, undertakings, recognizances and 0th indemnity and writings obligatory in the nature thereof, issued in the course of its business, and to bind the rcspcctive company 1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, American Home Assurance Company and National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, executed these presents this 18th day D!w& DOM Kolbeck, V National Union Fire Insurance Company of P Assistant V American Home Assurar STATE OF NEW YORK } COUNTY OF NEW YORK }ss. On this & day of Julv. 192 before me came the above named officer of American Home Assurance Company and National nion Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, Pa., to me personally own to be the individual and officer described herein, and acknowledged that he executed the foregoing instrument and affixed the seals of said corporations thereto by authority of his office. * CAROL RAGA0 Notaw Pub'ic* State Of New YOrk NO. 01 RA5052011 Qualified in Kings Count). c~~ssion Expires NoV 13. E.!?-? e CERTIFICATE Excerpts of Resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of American Home Assurance Company and National Union Fire Insurance Compan Pa. on May 18, 1976: "RESOLVED, that the Chairman of the Board, the President. or any Vice President be, and hereby i3, nuthorizcd to appoint Attorncys-in-Fact 1 act for and on behalf of the Company to execute bonds, undertakings, recognizances and other contracts of indemnity and writings obligator thereor and to attach thereto the corporate seal of the Company, in the transaction of its surety business; "RESOLVED, that the signatures and attestations of such officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Atta certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bring such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal sha binding upon the Company when so affixed with respect to nny bond. undertaking, recognizance or other contract of indcmnity or writing 01 nature thereof, "RESOLVED, that any such Attorney-in-Fact delivering a secretarial certification that the foregoing resolutions still bc in effect may insert in SL the date thereot said date to be not later than the date of delivery thereof by such Attorney-in-Fact." I. Elizabeth M. Tuck. Secretary of American Home Assurance Company and of National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, Pa. dc that the foregoing excerpts of Resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of thesc corporations, and the Powers of Attorney issued pursunnt 1 and correct, and that both the Resolutions and the Powers of Attorney are in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, i have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of each corporation this day of e 65 166 (4196) s* BOND NO. 18-49. FAITHFUL PERFORMANCENVARRANTY BOND a WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, by Rc NO. - , adopted FFRRIJARY in iqm , has aw designated as the "Principal"), a Contract for. C.A. RASMUSSFN. INC. 9 (her LA COSTA AVENUE WIDENING EL CAMINO REAL TO INTERSTATE 5 CONTRACT NO. 3215 in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the contract, the drawings and specificatii other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbi which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms require the furnishing of a bond for the faithful performance and warranty of said Contract; NOW, THEREFORE, WE, C.A. RASMITSSEN, INC. , as P (hereinafter designated as the "contractor"), and AMJ!BI~ HOE ASSIJ"CE COMPANY , as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of C Six rnillio , six hundred twenty-fou nd and six hund ed .twent -fa in the sum or i#)&ks$ 6,624,624.75 [ said sudbeir to one hundred pe"r%ifl68$) k?%imated amount of the Contract, to be paid to C certain attorney, its successors and assigns; for which payment, well and truly to be made, ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors or assigns, jointly and s firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBilGATlON IS SUCH that if the above bounden Contraci heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract alteration thereof made as therein provided on their part, to be kept and performed at the 1 in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and mean shall indemnrfy and save harmless the City of Carlsbad, its officers, employees and ag therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; othewise it shall rema force and effect. As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the face amount specified there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable a fees, incurred by the City in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as c( included in any judgment rendered. Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the the Contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompan same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work c specifications. 0 * a 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 45 oi In the event that Contractor is an individual, it isagreed that the death of any such Contrac not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. Executed by CONTRACTOR this 26th Executed by SURETY'this i 3 th * day of February ,I9 98 . February ,192 CONTRACTOR: SURETY: C.A. MMSSEN, INC. AMERICAN HOME ASSURANCE COMPANY -s--- - Y (name of Contractor) (name of Surety) TWO RINCON CENTER 121 SPEAR STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 BY: -~ h (sign here) (address of Surety) Dean Basmussen (4 15) 836-2 700 -- (print name here) President By: (Title and Organization of Signatory) PATRICK T. MOUGHAN ATTORNEY-IN-FACT (printed name of Attomey-in-Fact) _- 0 Michael A. Tenner (Attach corporate resolution showing (print name here) ritle and Organization of signatory) power of attorney.) Secretary (Proper notarial acknowledge of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attachc (President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: RONALD R. BALL City Attorney By: e @ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 46 c CALIFORNIA ALL-PURIPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of Cal i forni a County of Ventura On 3/76/98 before me, lnrilla M. -1t7 wv PII~~~C personally appeared Dean Rasmussen & Michael A. Tenner K personally known to me - OR - 0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the perso whose name(s) idare subscribed to the within instrun and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and th2 his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the persor or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) ac executed the instrument. Date Name and Title of Officer (e g' Jane Doe dotary Public') Name($ of Signer@) Though the informat/on below IS not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could pre fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Faithful Performance Bond, Ci t.y of Carl sbad. Contract Document Date: Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies1 Claimed by Signer(s) 0 Individual 0 Individual 0 Corporate Officer 0 Partner - 0 Limited 0 General 0 Partner - 0 Limited 0 General 0 Corporate Officer Tit I e( s) : 0 Guardian or Conservator C Guardian or Conservator Signer Is Representing: Signer Is Representing. Reorder Call Toll F Prod No 5907 0 1995 National Notary Association * 8236 Remmet Ave PO Box 7184 * Canoga Park CA 91309 7184 e 0 * CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of San Francisco On February 17,1998 before me, personally appeared - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Patrick T. Moughan - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Janet C. Rojo, Notary Public Hpersonally known to me - OR - 0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. --=d CITY OF CARLSBAD Purchasing Department 1200 Carlsbad Villa e Drive Carlsbad CA 9 008 REPRESENTATION AND CERTIFICATION 9 * 8 The following representation and certification shall be completed, signed and returned 1 Carlsbad as a part of the bid package. REPRESENTATIONS: Mark all applicable blanks. This offeror represents as part of this offer that the ownership, operation and control of the business, in accordance with the specific definitions listed below is: Are you currently certified by CALTRANS? Certification #: CERTIFICATION OF BUSINESS REPRESENTATIONW: Mark all applicable blanks. This offeror repre part of this offer that: This firm is-. is not- a minority businei This firm is-, is not- a womanswned I WOMAN-OWNED BUSINESS: A woman-o\ ness is a business of which at least 51 owned, controlled and operated by a woman Controlled is defined as exercising the pow6 policy decisions. Operation is defined a involved in the day-to-day management. FIRM'S PRIMARY PRODUCTS OR SERVIC€ YES NO - DEFINITIONS: MINORITY BUSINESS RPRISE: "Minority Business" is defined as a business, at least 51 percent of which is ownedEozated and controlled by minority group members, or in the case of publicly owned businesses, at least 51 percent of which is owned, operated and controlled by minority group members. The Small Business Administration defines the socially and economically. disadvantaged (minorities) as Black American, Hispanic American, Native Americans (Le. American Indian, Eskimos, Aleuts and Native Hawaiians), and Asian-Pacific Americans (Le., U.S. Citizens whose origins are from Japan, China, the Philippines, Vietnam, Korea, TAXPAYERS l.D. NO. Samoa, Guam, the US. Trust Territories of the Pacific, Northern Marianas, Laos, Cambodia and Taiwan). CERTIFICATION: The information furnished is certiied to be factual and correct as of the date submitted. ...-. 0 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR: CuSSIFICAT1oN(S): LtCENSE NUMBER: COMPANY NAME PRINTED NAME ADDRESS TITLE CITY, STATE AND ZIP SIGNATURE TELEPHONE NUMBER DATE c 4w r,s 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 47 OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT FOR SECURITY DEPOSITS IN LIEU QF RETENTION e This Escrow Agreement is made and entered into by and between the City of Carlsbad who5 address is 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California, 92008, hereinafter called "City" an c. A. MSMUSSEN, IWC. whose address 2360 Shasta Way, Simi Valley, CA 93065 hereinafter calif "Contractof and QF SAN B-ARDPNQ whose address i - 599 Bo. "E" Street, San Bernardino, CA 92401 hereinafte called "Escrow Agent." For the consideration hereinafter set forth, the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent agree as follows 1. Pursuant to sections 22300 and 10263 of the Public Contract Code of the State of Californ the contractor has the option to deposit securities with the Escrow Agent as a substitute 1 retention earnings required to be withheld by the City pursuant to the Construction Contract enten into between the City and Contractor for La Costa Avenue Widening, El Camino Real to Interstate Contract No. 3215, in the amount of (hereinafter referred to as the "Contract"). Alternatively, on written request of the contractor, tl City shall make payments of the retention earnings directly to the escrow agent. When tl Contractor deposits the securities as a substitute for Contract earnings, the Escrow Agent sh notify the City within 10 days of the deposit. The Escrow Agent shall maintain insurance to cow negligent acts and omissions of the escrow agent in connection with the handling of retentio under these sections in an amount not less than $100,000 per contract. The market value of t' securities at the time of the substitution shall be a least equal to the cash amount then required be withheld as retention under the terms of the contract between the City and Contractoi Securities shall be held in the name of the FIRST FEDERAL s*nNGs Am Lorn ASS-, and sh 2. The City shall make progress payments to the Contractor for such funds which otherwise WOI be withheld from progress payments pursuant to the Contract provisions, provided that the Escn Agent holds securities in the form and amount specified above. 3. When the City makes payment of retentions earned directly to the escrow agent, the escrc agent shall hold them for the benefit of the contractor until such time as the escrow created unc this contract is terminated. The contractor may direct the investment of the payments ir securities. All terms and conditions of this agreement and the rights and responsibilities of 1 parties shall be equally applicable and binding when the City pays the escrow agent directly. 4. The contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees for the expenses incurred by the Escrl Agent in administering the Escrow Account and all expenses of the City. These expenses a payment terms shall be determined by the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent. 5. The interest earned on the securities or the money market accounts held in escrow and interest earned on that interest shall be for the sole account of Contractor and shall be subject withdrawal by Contractor at any time and from time to time without notice to the City. FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATI014 $6,624,624.75 dated fr2Qtc;ch I \! \s94 0 designate the Contractor as the beneficial owner. CIA- QF SAN BERNARDINO 0 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 48 of 221 e3 E* 21'26197 6. Contractor shall have the right to withdraw aU or any part of the principal in the Escrow only by written notice to Escrow Agent accompanied by written authorization from City to thc Agent that City consents to the withdrawal of the amount sought to be withdrawn by Contrac 7. The Ci shall have a right to draw upon the securities in the event of default by the Coi Upon seven days' written notice to the Escrow Agent from the City of the default, the Escrc shall immediately convert the securities to cash and shall distribute the cash as instructe City. 8. Upon receipt of written notification from the City certifying that the Contract is final and ( and that the Contractor has complied with all requirements and procedures applicabll Contract, the Escrow Agent shall release to Contractor all securities and interest on dep escrow fees and charges of the Escrow Account. The escrow shall be closed immediati disbursement of all moneys and securities on deposit and payments of fees and charges. 9. The Escrow Agent shall rely on the written notifications from the City and the a pursuant to sections (1) to (8), inclusive, of this agreement and the City and Contractor s Escrow Agent harmless from Escrow Agent's release, conversion and disbursemen securities and interest as set forth above. 10. The names of the persons who are authorized to give written notices or to receiv notice on behalf of the City and on behalf of Contractor in connection with the foregc exemplars of their respective signatures are as follows: For City: Title Mayor * Address 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, C; - 0 --- For Contractor: 1 For Escrow Agent: Title Assistant Vice President Name Nanci J. Keelinq Signature Address 599 North E St. San Bernardi * Contract No 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 49 ( e% % 2/26/97 At the time the Escrow Account is opened, the City and Contractor shall deliver to the Escrow Age a fully executed counterpart of this Agreement. . IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement by their proper officers on t date first set forth above. For Ci: Title Mayor Address 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsba . --\’, For Contractor: Title ~ Secretary Address Simi Valley, CA 93065 / For Escrok gent: Title Assistant Vice President Name Nanci J. Keeling Signature Address 599 North E St. San 9240 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 50 of 221 q kc 2/26/97 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR LA COSTA AVENUE WIDENING EL CAMINO REAL TO INTERSTATE 5 CONTRACT NO. 3215 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO e STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCT14 PART 1, GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 1 - TERMS, DEFINITIONS ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBO 1-1 TERMS Add the following section: 14.1 Reference to Drawings. Where words "shown", "indicated", "detailed", "no "scheduled", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that reference is n to the plans accompanying these provisions, unless stated otherwise. Add the following section: 1-1.2 Directions. Where words "directed", "designated", "selected", or words of similar in are used, it shall be understood that the direction, designation or selection of the Engine intended, unless stated otherwise. The word "required" and words of similar import sha understood to mean "as required to properly complete the work as required and as approve the Engineer," unless stated Otherwise. Add the following section: 1-1.3 Equals and Approvals. Where the words "equal", "approved equal", "equivalent", such words of similar import are used, it shall be understood such words are followed b) expression "in the opinion of the Engineer", unless otherwise stated. Where the w "approved", "approval", "acceptance", or words of similar import are used, it shall be unders that the approval, acceptance, or similar import of the Engineer is intended. Add the following section: 1-1.4 Perform. The word "perform" shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, l expense, shall perform all operations, labor, tools and equipment, and further, includins furnishing and installing of materials that are indicated, specified or required to mean tha Contractor, at its expense, shall furnish and install the work, complete in place and rea( use, including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation 1-2 DEFINITIONS. Modify as follows: The following words, or groups of words, sha exclusively defined by the definitions assigned to them herein. Agency -the City of Carlsbad, California. City Council -the City Council of the City of Carlsbad. 0 4 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 51 I *q City Manager - the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or hisher approved representative. Dispute Board - persons designated by the City Manager to hear and advise the City Manager on daims submitted by the Contractor. The City Manager is the last appeal level for informal dispute resolution. Engineer - the Public Works Director/Ci Engineer of the City of Carlsbad or hidher approved representative. The Public Works Director/City Engineer is the third level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Minor Bid Item - a single contract item constituting less than 10'percent (10%) of the original Contract Price bid. Own Organization - When used in Section 2-3.1 - Employees of the Contractor who are hired, directed, supervised and paid by the Contractor to accomplish the completion of the Work. Further, such employees have their employment taxes, State disability insurance payments, State and Federal income taxes paid and administered, as applicable, by the Contractor. When used in Section 2-3.1 "own organization" means construction equipment that the Contractor owns or leases and uses to accomplish the Work. Equipment that is owner operated or leased equipment with an operator is not part of the Contractor's Own Organization and will not be included for the purpose of compliance with section 2-3.1 off the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Owner OperatorlLessor - Any person who provides equipment or tools with an operator provided who is employed by neither the Contractor nor a subcontractor and is neither an agent or employee of the Agency or a public utility. Principal Inspector - The Senior Inspector's immediate supervisor and second level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Project Inspector - the Engineer's designated representative for inspection, contract administration and first level for informal dispute resolution. Project Manager - the City Engineer of the City of Carlsbad or hisher approved representative. Senior Inspector - the Project Inspector's immediate supemisor and first level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 52 of 221 L &26Jg7 SECTION 2 - SCOPE AND CONTROL OF THE WORK 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS. 23.1 General, add the following: Should the Contractor fail to adhere to the provi: requiring the Contractor to complete 50 percent of the contract price with its own organiza the Agency may at its sole discretion elect to cancel the contract or to deduct an amount E to 10 percent of the value of the work performed in excess of 50 percent of the contract pric other than the Contractor's own organization. The City Council shall be the sole bod: determination of a violation of these provisions. In any proceedings under this section prime contractor shall be entitled to a public hearing before the City Council and sha notified ten (10) days in advance of the time and location of said hearing. The determinatic the City Council shall be final. 24 CONTRACT BONDS, modify as follows: Delete the third sentence of the first parag having to do with a surety being listed in the latest revision of U.S. Department of Trez Circular 570. Modify Paragraphs three and four to read: The Contractor shall provide a fa performanceiwarranty bond and payment bond (labor and materials bond) for this contr The faithful performance/warranty bond shall be in the amount of 100 percent of the con price and the payment bond shall be in the amount of 50 percent of the contract price. bonds shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the Agency during this project they are released according to the provisions of this section. The faithful performance/warranty bond will be reduced to 25 percent of the original amoui days after recordation of the Notice of Completion and will remain in full force and effect fo one year warranty period and until all warranty repairs are completed to the satisfaction o The payment bond shall be released six months plus 30 days after recordation of the Notic Completion if all claims have been paid. Add the following: All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds ai contain the following documents: 1) An original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, by law other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. 2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insur commissioner. If the bid is accepted, the Agency may require a financial statement of the assets and liabi of the insurer at the end of the quarter calendar year prior to 30 days next preceding the da the execution of the bond. The financial statement shall be made by an officer's certifical defined in Section 173 of the Corporations Code. In the case of a foreign insurer, the fina statement may be verified by the oath of the principal officer or manager residing withir United States. 0 @ 4 Engineer. em rrs 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 53 ( 0 2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. ' 2-5.1 General, add the following: The specifications for the work include the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, (SSPWC), 1997, Caltrans Standard Plans July 1997 Edition and San Diego Area Regional Drawing (SDRS) March 1995 Edition, and as amended by the Special Provisions section of this contract. The construction plans consist of three sets. The first set is designated as City of Carlsbad Dwg. No. 358-1 and consists of 1 sheet. The second set is designated as City of Carlsbad Dwg. No. 308-5 and consists of 47 sheets. The third set is designated as Leucadia parallel 24" force main plans, Dwg. No. 358-2 and consists of 13 sheets. 2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents, add the following: Where CALTRANS specifications are used to modify the SSPWC or added to the SSPWC by any of the contract documents the CALTRANS sQecifications shall have precedence only to the materials and construction methods referred to in the CALTRANS spedfications. The Invitation to Bid, Contract for Public Works, Part 1 of these Special Provisions and Part 1 of the SSPWC in the order of precedence in section 2-5.2 of the SSPWC shall prevail over the CALTRANS specifications. 2-5.3.3 Submittals, add the following: When submitted for the Engineer's review, Shop Drawings shall bear the Contractor's certification that he has reviewed, checked, and approved the Shop Drawings and that they are in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall subscribe to and shall place the following certification on all submittals: "I hereby certify that the (equipment, material) shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into this Project, is in compliance with the Contract Documents, can be installed in the allocated spaces, and is submitted for approval. By: Title: Date: Company Name: Add the following: 2-5.4 Record Drawings, The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a complete "as- built" record set of blue-line prints, which shall be corrected in red daily and show every change from the original drawings and specifications and the exact "as-built" locations, sizes and kinds of equipment, underground piping, valves, and all other work not visible at surface grade. Prints for this purpose may be obtained from the Agency at cost. This set of drawings shall be kept on the job and shall be used only as a record set and shall be delivered to the Engineer upon completion of the work. Payment for performing the work required by section 2-5.4 shall be included in various bid items and no additional payment will be made therefor. 4- Page 54 of 221 'd 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) 2-9 SURVEYING. 2-9.1 Permanent Survey Markers, substitute the following: The Contractor shall not dis permanent survey monuments or benchmarks without the consent of the Engineer. Where Engineer concurs, in writing, with the Contractor that protecting an existing monument in p is impractical, the Contractor shall employ a licensed land surveyor to establish the locatio the monument before it is disturbed. The Contractor shall have the monument replaced t licensed land surveyor no later than thirty (30) days after construction at the site of replacement is completed. The Licensed Land Surveyor shall file comer record(s) as requ by Q§ 8772 and 8773, et seq. of the California Business and Professions Code. When a change is made in the finished elevation of the pavement of any roadway in whic permanent survey monument is located, the Contractor shall adjust the monument frame cover to the new grade. Monument frames and covers shall be protected during street sei or painting projects or be deaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 2-9.3 Survey Service, substitute the following: . The Contractor shall hire and pay foi services of a land surveyor licensed in the State of California, hereinafter Surveyor, to per all work necessary for establishing control, construction staking, records research and all c surveying work necessary to construct the work, provide surveying services as required hc and provide surveying, drafting and other professional services required to satisfy requirements of the Land Surveyors Act. Surveyor shall be resident on the site durin! surveying operations and shall personally supervise and certify the surveying work. Add the following section: 2-9.3.1 Submittal of Surveying Data, All surveying data submittals shall conform to requirements of section 2-5.3.3, 'Submittals", herein. The Contractor shall submit grade sh to the Engineer before commencing work in the area affected by the grade sheets. Contractor shall submit field notes for all surveying required herein to the Engineer withir days of performing the survey. All surveying field notes, grade sheets and survey calcula shall be submitted in bound form on 8'4" by 11" paper. The field notes, calculations and shall be clear and complete with name of field party chief, field crew members, preparer, da observation or calculation, consecutive page numbers and shall be readable without resc any electronic aid, computer program or documentation for any computer program. The notes shall be prepared in conformance with the CALTRANS "Surveys Manual". The Contri shall have a Record of Survey prepared and filed in conformance with Q§ 8700 - 8805 o State of California Business and Professions Code showing all SDRS M-10 monuments The record of survey shall show the location and justification of location of all perma monuments set and their relation to the street right-of-way. Record(s) of Survey(s) sha submitted for the Engineer's review and approval before submittal to the County Surveyor before submittal to the County Recorder. Add the following section: 2-9.3.2 Survey Requirements, Stakes shall be set at offsets approved by the Engineer i foot intervals as measured along the project stationing unless a lesser interval is spel herein. Rough sub-grade stakes on slopes shall be set at top of cuts, toe of fills, or slope ( points and street crown lines where no median exists. Large slopes shall have line point 5 aid in construction of the slope. Rough sub-grade stakes for roadway section shall be I edge of pavement and top of curbs. Finish sub-grade stakes shall be set prior to pli subbase or aggregate base for the roadway section. The stakes shall be set at ed! pavement and top of curbs. Finish subgrade stakes for the aggregate base for the roal section shall be at %-foot intervals at edge of pavement and top of curbs and crown line \n no median exists. Intermediate stakes between edge of pavement and top of curb shall b e @ w 0 e 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 55 at i!j-foot intervals by the surveyor. Finish aggregate subbase and aggregate base grade stakes shall be at 25-foot intervals at top of curb, edge of pavement, and all crown lines and grade breaks. Intermediate stakes between edge of pavement and top of curb shall be set at 15-foot intervals. Storm drain staking shall be done at 25-foot intervals. Catch basins shall be staked at centerline and each end of the local depression. Curbs/curbs and gutter shall be staked at 25foot intervals, center line of driveways, and 1/4, 1/2, 3/4 delta on returns. Fills to finish grade at 25-foot intewals by the paving pass width shall be painted on the pavement prior to placing each lift of asphalt on variable thickness pavement overlays requiring leveling courses. Intersections showing specific finished asphalt grids shall be painted per the grid. Stakes shall be set to show the location and grade of future curbs adjacent to traffic signal locations where the curb is not being built as a part of this contract.. Surveyor shall mark the removal limits and limits of work line shown on the plans. The markings shall consist of continuous painted lines on asphalt and concrete surfaces and red flagged or painted laths spaced on centers no more than twenty-five feet on unimproved areas. The markings shall be completed by Surveyor and inspected and approved by the Engineer before the start of construction in the area marked. Centerline monuments shall be laid out, their disk stamped, and a Record of Survey satisfactory to the Engineer filed with the County in accordance with the Professional Land Surveyors Act. Water and sewer line stakes shall be set at 25-foot intervals with offsets referencing the top and centerline of pipe on main line and laterals. For all pipeline work the pipe and each access hole, pipe material change, lateral connection, fitting, appurtenance, or hydrant location with elevations shall be staked and provided with grade stakes designating the offset of the reference point, station, elevation of reference point, cut (or fill) and feature of pipe that is referenced. Habitat mitigation sites and other areas to be preserved that are shown on the plans shall be staked and flagged at 25 foot intervals prior to the start of any other activities within the limits of the work. Add the following section: 2-9.3.3 Payment for Survey, Payment for work performed to satisfy the requirements of Sections 2-9.1 through 2-9.3.2 shall be included in the actual bid items requiring the survey work and no additional payment will be made. Extension of unit prices for extra work shall include full compensation for attendant survey work and no additional payment will be made therefor. Payment for the replacement of disturbed monuments and the filing of corner records shall be incidental to the work necessitating the disturbance of said monuments and no additional payment will be made therefor. 2-10 AUTHORITY OF BOARD AND ENGINEER Add the following section: 2-10.1 Availability of Records, The Contractor shall provide copies of all records in the Contractor‘s or subcontractor’s possession pertaining to the work that the Engineer may request. Add the following section: 2-10.2 Audit And Inspection, Contractor agrees to maintain and/or make available, to the Engineer, within San Diego County, accurate books and accounting records relative to all its activities. The Engineer shall have the right to monitor, assess, and evaluate Contractor’s performance pursuant to this Agreement, said monitoring, assessments, and evaluations to include, but not be limited to, audits, inspection of premises, reports, contracts, subcontracts and interviews of Contractor’s staff. At any time during normal business hours and as often as the Engineer may deem necessary, upon reasonable advance notice, Contractor shall make available to the Engineer for examination, all of its records with respect to all matters covered by this Contract and will permit the Engineer to audit, examine, copy and make excerpts or transcripts from such data and records, and to make audits of all invoices, materials, payrolls, q 2/26/97 Page 56 of 221 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) records of personnel, and other data relating to all matters covered by this Contract. How€ any such activities shall be carried out in a manner so as to not unreasonably interfere Contractor's ongoing business operations. Contractor shall maintain such data and record: as hg as may be required by applicable laws and regulations. -0 SECTION 3 - CHANGES IN WORK 39 EXTRA WORK. 3-2.2.1 Contract Unit prices, add the following: In the case of an increase or decrease minor Bid Item, the use of this basis for the adjustment of payment will be limited to that pol of the change, which together will all previous changes to that item is not in excess o percent of the total cost of such item based on the original quantity and Contract Unit Pri Adjustments in excess of 25 percent may, at the option of the Engineer, be paid pursuar section 3-3, Extra Work. 3-3.2.2 ( c') Tool and Equipment Rental, second paragraph, modify as follows: Regardless of ownership, the rates and right-of-way delay factors to be used in detenni rental and delay costs shall be the edition of the, 'Labor Surcharge & Equipment Rental k published by CALTRANS, current at the time of the actual use of the tool or equipment. right-of-way delay factors therein shall be used as multipliers of the rental rates for determi the value of costs for delay to the Contractor and subcontractors, if any, The labor r published therein are not a part of this contract. 3-3.2.3 Markup, Delete section 3-3.2.3 and replace with the following: (a) costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits: 1) Labor ................................... 20 2) Materials ............................. 15 3) Equipment Rental ................... 15 4) Other Items and Expenditbres .. 15 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1 percent shall be adde compensation for bonding. (b) Work by Subcontractor. When all or any part of the extra work is performed I Subcontractor, the markup established in 3-3.2.3(a) shall be applied to the Subcontrac actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontrz portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 o subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor. 3-3.3 Daily Reports by Contractor, Pay1 for extra work will not be made until such time that the Contractor submits completed reports and all supporting documents to the Engineer. e Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contrac - add the following after the second sentence: e- o aS 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 57 ( 3.4 CHANGED CONDITIONS. delete the second sentence of paragraph three, delete paragraph five (5)' and add the following: The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any act, or failure to act, by the Engineer, including failure or refus$ to issue a change order, or for the happening of any event, thing, occurrence, or other cause, unless he shall have first given the Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified. Compliance with this section shall not be required as a prerequisite to notice provisions in Section 6-7.3 Contract Tim Accounting, nor to any daim that is based on differences in measurement or emrs of computation as to contract quantities. The written notice of potential claim for changed conditions shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer upon their discovery and prior to the time that the Contractor performs the work giving rise to the potential claim. The Contractor's failure to give written notice of potential claim for changed conditions to the agency upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. The Contractor shall provide the City with a written document containing a description of the particular circumstances giving rise to the potential claim, the reasons for which the Contractor believes additional compensation may be due and nature of any and all costs involved within 20 working days of the date of service of the written notice of potential claim for changed conditions. Verbal notifications are disallowed. The potential claim shall include the following certification relative to the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-1 2655. "The undersigned certifies that the above statements are made in full cognizance of the California False Claims Act, Government Code sections 12650-1 2655. The undersigned further understands and agrees that this potential claim, unless resolved, must be restated as a claim in response to the City's proposed final estimate in order for it to be further considered." The Contractor's estimate of costs may be updated when actual costs are known. The Contractor shall submit substantiation of its actual costs to the Engineer within 20 working days after the affected work is completed. Failure to do so shall be sufficient cause for denial of any daim subsequently filed on the basis of said notice of potential claim. It is the intention of this section that differences between the parties arising under and by virtue of the contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time in order that such matter$ be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken. 36 DISPUTED WORK. Add the following: The Contractor shall give the agency written notice of potential claim prior to commencing any disputed work. Failure to give said notice shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. e 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 58 of 221 Delete second sentence of paragraph one and add the following: Prior to proceeding dispute resolution pursuant to Public Contract Code (PCC) provisions specified hereinafter, contractor shall attempt to resolve all disputes informally through the following disl resolution chain of command: 1. Project Inspector J 2. Senior Inspector 3. Principal Inspector 4. City Engineer 5. City Manager . The Contractor shall submit a complete report within 20 working days after completion of disputed work stating its position on the claim, the contractual basis for the claim, along wit documentation supporting the costs and all other evidentiary materiais. At each level of c or appeal of claim the City will, within 10 working days of receipt of said claim or appe; claim, review the Contractor's report and respond with a position, request additional inform; or request that the Contractor meet and present its report. When additional information meeting is requested the City will provide its position within 10 working days of receipt of additional information or Contractor's presentation of its report. The Contractor may ap each level's position up to the City Manager after which he may proceed under the provisioi the Public Contract We. The authority within the dispute resolution chain of command is limited to recommendii resolution to a daim to the City Manager. Actual approval of the claim is subject to the ch: order provisions in the contract. All claims by the contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with procedures in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commer with Section 20104) which is set forth below: @ 0 .-...- ARTICLE 1.5 RESOLUTION OF CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS 20104. (a)(l) This article applies to all public works claims of three hundred seventy thousand dollars ($375,000) or less which arise between a contractor and a local agency. (2) This article shall not apply to any claims resulting from a contract between a contractor a public agency when the public agency has elected to resolve any disputes pursuant to AI 7-1 (commencing with Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2. (b)(l) "Public work" has the same meaning as in Sections 3100 and 3106 of the Civil C except that "public work" does not include any work or improvement contracted for by the or the Regents of the University of California. (2) "Claim" means a separate demand by the contractor for (A) a time extension, (B) pay of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant t contract for a public work and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for o claimant is not otherwise entitled to, or (C) an amount the payment of which is disputed b local agency. (c) The provisions of this article or a summary thereof shall be set forth in the plar specifications for any work which may give rise to a claim under this article. (d) This article applies only to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 1991. 4w a %# 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 59 1 20104.2. For any daim subject to this article, the following requirements apply: (a) The daim shall be in writing and indude the documents necessary to substantiate the claim. Claims must be filed on or before the date of final payment. Nothing in this subdivision is intended to extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by contract for the filing of daims. (b)(l) For daims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to any written claim within 45 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 15 days after receipt of the further documentation or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information, whichever is greater. (c)(l) For claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to three hundred seventy-We thousand dollars ($375,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to all written claims within 60 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the daim, any additional documentation supporting the daim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information or requested documentation, whichever is greater. (d) If the claimant disputes the local agency's written response, or the local agency fails to respond within the time prescribed, the claimant may so noti the local agency, in writing, either within 15 days of receipt of the local agency's response or within 15 days of the local agency's failure to respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the local agency shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. (e) Following the meet and confet conference, if the claim or any portion remains in dispute, the claimant may file a daim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. For purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed shall be tolled from the time the claimant submits his or her written claim pursuant to subdivision (a) until the time that claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any period of time utilized by the meet and confer process. (f) This article does not apply to tort claims and nothing in this article is intended nor shall be construed to change the time periods for filing tort claims or actions specified by Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 60 of 221 -* b 2/26/97 20104.4. The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve clz subject to this article: (a) Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, court shall submit the matter to nonbinding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulatio both parties. The mediation process shall provide for the selection within 15 days by I parties of a disinterested third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of submittal, and shall be conduded within 15 days from the commencement of the rnediz unless a time requirement is extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipuls of both parties. If the parties fail to select a mediator within the 15day period, any party I petition the court to appoint the mediator. (b)(l) If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitrs pursuant to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141 .lo) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Cod Civil Procedure, notwithstanding Section 1141.11 of that code. The Civil Discovery Act of 'I (Article 3 (commencing with Section 2016) of Chapter 3 of Title 3 of Part 4 of the Code of procedure) shall apply to any proceeding brought under the subdivision consistent with rules pertaining to judicial arbitration. (2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties, arbitfi appointed for purposes of this article shall be experienced in construction law, and, I stipulation of the parties, mediators and arbitrators shall be paid necessary and reason hourly rates of pay not to exceed their customary rate, and such fees and expenses sha paid equally by the parties, except in the case of arbitration where the arbitrator, for ( cause, determines a different division. In no event shall these fees or expenses be paid by ! or county funds. (3) In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) Title 3 of Part 3 of the C of Civil Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award requests a trial de 1 but does not obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and under that chapter, pay the attorney's fees of the other party arising out of the trial de novo. (c)The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in 20104.6. (a) No local agency shall fail to pay money as to any portion of a claim whit undisputed except as otherwise provided in the contract. @) In any suit filed under Section 20104.4, the local agency shall pay interest at the legal an any arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin to accrue on the date the s filed in a court of law. 0 mediation or arbitration process. Y e SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP. 4-1.3.1 General, add the following: The Contractor shall provide the Engineer free and : access to any and all parts of work at any time. Contractor shall furnish Engineer with s information as may be necessary to keep the Engineer fully informed regarding progress manner of work and character of materials. Inspection or testing of the whole or any portio the work or materials incorporated in the work shall not relieve Contractor from any oblig: to fulfill this Contract. .;3r 0 Page 61 tlQ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) 4-1.4 Test of Materials, add the following: Except as specified in these Special Provisions, the Agency will bear the cost of testing materials and/or workmanship where the results of such tests meet or exceed the requirements indicated in the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions. The cost of all other tests shall be borne by the Contractor. At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by hiw before the delivery is started. All materials proposed for use may be inspected or tested at any time during their preparation and use. if, after incorporating such materials into the Work, it is found that sources of supply that have been approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the produd from any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall furnish approved material from other approved sources. If any ,product proves unacceptable after improper storage, handling or for any other reason it shall be rejected, not incorporated into the work and shall be removed from the project site all at the Contractor's expense. Compaction tests may be made by the Engineer and all costs for tests that meet or exceed the requirements of the specifications shall be borne by the Agency. Said tests may be made at any place along the work as deemed necessary by the Engineer. The costs of any retests made necessary by noncompliance with the specifications shall be borne by the Contractor. 4-1.6 Trade names or Equals, add the following: The Contractor is responsible for the satisfactory performance of substituted items. If, in the sole opinion of the Engineer, the substitution is determined to be unsatisfactory in performance, durability, compatibility with associated items, availability of repair parts and suitability of application the Contractor shall remove the substituted item and replace it with the originally specified item at no cost to the Agency. SECTION 5 - UTILITIES 5-1 LOCATION. Add the following: The Agency and affected utility companies have, by a search of known records, endeavored to locate and indicate on the Plans, all utilities which exist within the limits of the work. However, the accuracy and/or completeness of the nature, size and/or location of utilities indicated on the Plans is not guaranteed. !54 RELOCATION. Add the foliowing: In order to minimize delays to the Contractor caused by the failure of other parties to relocate utilities that interfere with the construction, the Contractor, upon request to the Engineer, may be permitted to temporarily omit the portion of work affected by the utility. Such omission shall be for the Contractor's convenience and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. The portion thus omitted shall be constructed by the Contractor immediately following the relocation of the utility involved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. q 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 62 of 221 SECTION 6 - PROSECUTION, PROGRESS AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. Delete subsect 6-1 and substitute the following: The Contractor shall begin work within five (5) calendar d: after receipt of the "Notice to Proceed". Add the following section: 6-1 .I Pre-Construction Meeting. After, or upon, notification of contract award, the Engir will set the time and location for the Preconstruction Meeting. Attendance of the Contracl management personnel responsible for the management, administration, and execution of project is mandatory for the meeting to be convened. Failure of the Contractor to have Contractor's responsible project personnel attend the Preconstruction Meeting will be groll for default by Contractor per section 6-4. No separate payment will be made for Contractor's attendance at the meeting. The notice to proceed will only be issued on or i the completion of the preconstruction meeting. Add the following section: 6-1 .I .I Baseline Construction Schedule Submittal. The Contractor shall submit Baseline Construction Schedule per the submittal requirements of section 2-5.3. The subrr of the Baseline Construction Schedule shall include each item and element of sections 6 through 6-1.2.9 and shall be on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to sec 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media. Add the following section: 6-1.2 Preparatlon and Review of the Baseline Construction Schedule. The Contra shall prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule as a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedu the precedence diagram method (activity-on-node) format. The Baseline Construc 4 Schedule shall depict a workable plan showing the sequence, duration, and interdependenc all activities required to represent the complete performance of all project work. The Bas1 Construction Schedule shall begin with the projected date of issuance of the notice to proc and conclude with the date of-final completion per the contract duration. The Bast Construction Schedule shall include detail of all project phasing, staging, and sequenc including all milestones necessary to define beginning and ending of each phase or stage. Add the following section: 6-1.2.1 Time-Scaled Network Diagram. As a part of the Baseline Construction Sche the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a complete time-scaled neb diagram showing all of the activities, logic relationships, and milestones comprising schedule. Add the following section: 6-1.2.2 Tabular Listing. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contr: shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a tabular listing of all of the activities, showin each activity the identification number, the description, the duration, the early start, the finish, the late start, the late finish, the total float, and all predecessor and successor actk for the activity described. e * p,@ 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 63 I Add the following section: 6-1.2.3 Bar Chart. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path. Add the following section: 6-1.2.4 Schedule Software. The Contractor shall use commercially available software equal to the Windows 95 compatible Suretrak program by Primavera to prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule and all updates thereto. The Contractor shall submit to the Agency a 3.5" data disk with all network information contained thereon, in a format readable by a Microsoft Windows 95 system. The Agency will use a Suretrak or equal software program for review of the Contractor's schedule. Should the Contractor elect to use a scheduling program other than the Suretrak program by Primavera the Contractor shall provide the Engineer three copies of the substituted program that are fully licensed to the Agency and 32 class hours of on-site training by the program publisher for up to eight Agency staff members. The on-site training shall be held at 2075 Las Palmas Drive, Carlsbad, California. Add the following section: 6-1.2.5 Schedule Activities. Except for submittal activities, activity durations shall not be shorter than 1 working day nor longer than 15 working days, unless specifically and individually allowed by the Engineer. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include between 100 and 500 activities, including submittals, interfaces between utility companies and other agencies, project milestones and equipment and material deliveries. The number of activities will be sufficient, in the judgment of the Engineer, to communicate the Contractor's plan for project execution, to accurately describe the project work, and to allow monitoring and evaluation of progress and of time impacts. Each activity's description shall accurately define the work planned for the activity and each activity shall have recognizable beginning and end points. Add the following section: 6-1.2.6 Float. compensation to whatever party or contingency first exhausts it. Add the following section: 6-1.2.7 Restraints to Activities. Any submittals, utility interfaces, or any furnishing of Agency supplied materials, equipment, or services, which may impact any activity's construction shall be shown as a restraint to those activities. Time periods to accommodate the review and correction of submittals shall be included in the schedule. Add the following section: 6-1.2.8 Late Completion. A Baseline Construction Schedule showing a project duration longer than the specified contract duration will not be acceptable and will be grounds for default by Contractor, per section 6-4. Float or slack time within the schedule is available without charge or @ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 64 of 221 Add the following section: 6-1.2.9 Early Completion. The Baseline Construction Schedule will show the Contrac plan to support and maintain the project for the entire contractual timespan of the projt Should the Contractor propose a project duration shorter than contract duration, a camp Baseline Construction Schedule must be submitted, reflecting the shorter duration, in comp accordance with all schedule requirements of section 6-1. The EngineeP may choose to aci the Contractor‘s proposal of a project duration shorter than the duration specified; provided Agency is satisfied the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule is reasonable and Agency and all other entities, public and private, which interface with the project are ab1 support the provisions of the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule. The Agen acceptance of a shortened duration project will be confirmed through the execution of a con1 change order revising the project duration and implementing all contractual requiremi including liquidated damages in accordance with the revised duration. Add the following section: 6-1.2.10 Engineer‘s Review. The Construction Schedule is subject to the review 01 Engineer. The Engineer‘s determination that the Baseline Construction Schedule propose the Contractor complies with the requirements of these special provisions shall be a cond precedent to issuance of the Notice to Proceed by the Engineer. If the Engineer detem that the Construction Schedule does not meet the requirements of these specifications Contractor shall correct the Construction Schedule to meet these specifications and resubi to the Engineer within 5 working days. Failure of the Contractor to obtain the Engine determination that the initial Construction Schedule proposed by the Contra complies with the requirements of these special provisions within fifteen (15) worl days after the date of the preconstruction meeting shall be grounds for terminatio the contract per section 64. Days used by the Engineer to review the initial Constru Schedule will not be included in the 15 working days. The Engineer will review and return to the Contractor, with any comments, the Bas, Construction Schedule within 10 working days of submittal. The Baseline Constru Schedule will be returned marked as per sections 6-1.2.10.1 through 6-1 210.3. Add the following section: 6-1.2.10.1 “Accepted.” The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon issuanl the Notice to Proceed, and will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with se e -rc 0 6-1.8.1. Add the following section: 6-1.2.10.2 “Accepted with Comments.” The Contractor may proceed with the project upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor must resubmit the schr incorporating the comments prior to receipt of payment per section 6-1.8. I. Add the following section: 6-1.2.1 0.3 “Not Accepted.” The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporatins corrections and changes of the comments prior to receipt of payment per section 6-1.8.1 Notice to Proceed will not be issued by the Engineer if the changes of the comments ar submitted as required hereinbefore and marked ”Accepted” or “Accepted with Comment the Engineer. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as h( defaulted the contract under the provisions of section 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked ”Acce by the Engineer. e Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 65 e3 E+ 2/26/97 Add the following section: 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revislons. The Contractor shall meet with the Engineer during the last week of each month to agree upon each activity's schedule status and shall submit monthly updates of the Baseline Construction Schedule confirming the agreements no later than the fifth working day of the following month. The monthly update will be submitted on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media per the submittal requirements of section 2-5.3 and will include each item and element of sections 6-1.2 through 6-1.2.9 and 6-1.3.1 through 6-1.3.7. Add the following section: 6-1.3.1 Actual Activity Dates. The actual dates each activity was started and/or completed during the month. After first reporting an actual date, the Contractor shall not change that actual date in later updates without specific notification to the Engineer with the update. Add the following section: 6-1.3.2 Activity Percent Complete. For each activity underway at the end of the month, the Contractor shall report the percentage determined by the Engineer as complete for the activity. Add the following section: 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media. The schedule data disk shall be a 31/2w high density diskette, labelled with the project name and number, the Contractor's name and the date of preparation of the schedule data disk. The schedule data disk shall be readable by the software specified in section 6-1.2.2 Schedule Software and shall be free of file locking, enuyption or any other protocol that would impede full access of all data stored on St. Add the following section: d 6-1.3.4 List of Changes. logic, with an explanation for each change. Add the following section: 6-1.3.5 Change Orders, Each monthly update will include the addition of the network revisions reflecting the change orders approved in the previous month. The network revisions will be as agreed upon during the review and acceptance of the Contractor's change orders. Add the following section: 6-1.3.6 Bar Chart. Each monthly update will include a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path. Add the following section: 6-1. 4 Engineer's Review of Updated Construction Schedule. The Engineer will review and return the Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 working days of submittal. The Updated Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per sections 6-1.4.1 through 6-1.4.3. Any Updated Construction Schedule marked 'Accepted with Comments" or 'Not Accepted" by the Engineer will be returned to the Contractor for correction. A list of all changes made to the activities or to the interconnecting Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 66 of 221 q E* 2/26/97 Upon resubmittal the Engineer will review and return the resubmitted Updated Construc Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 working days. Failure of Contractor to submit a monthly updated construction schedule will invoke the Si consequences as the Engineer returning a monthly updated construction schedule marked ‘ Accepted”. Add the following section: 6-1.4.1 “Accepted.” payment for the schedule in accordance with section 6-1.8.2. Add the following section: 6-1.4.2 “Accepted with Comments.” The Contractor may proceed with the project wc The Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the Engir incorporating the corrections and changes noted in the Engineer‘s comments prior to receir payment per section 6-1 -8.2. Add the following section: 6-1.4.3 “Not Accepted.” The Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schel to the Engineer incorporating the corrections and changes noted in the Engineer’s comrn prior to receipt of payment per section 6-1.8.2. The Contractor, at the sole option 01 Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the contract under the provisions of sei 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the changes of the comments are not submitted marked ’Accepted” by the Engineer before the last day of the month in which the Upd Construction Schedule is due. If the Contractor fails to submit the corrected Upd Construction Schedule as required herein the Contractor may elect to proceed with the pn at its own risk. Should the Contractor elect not to proceed with the project, any resulting dc impact, or disruption to the project will be the Contractor‘s responsibility. Add the following section: 6-1.5 Late Completion or Milestone Dates. Should the Schedule Update indica completion or contractually required milestone date later than the properly adjusted contra milestone duration, the Agency may withhold Liquidated Damages for the number of days I Should a subsequent “Accepted: Schedule Update remove all or a portion of the delay, i the allocated portion of the previously held Liquidated Damages shall be released in monthly payment to the Contractor immediately following the ’Accepted” schedule. Add the following section: 6-1.6 Interim Revisions. Should the actual or projected progress of the work bec substantially different from that depicted in the Project Schedule, independently of and pril the next monthly update, the Contractor will submit a revised Baseline Construction Sche with a list and explanation of each change made to the schedule. The Revised Constru Schedule will be submitted per the submittal requirements of section 2-5.3 and per the scht review and acceptance requirements of section 6-1, including but not limited to the accept and payment provisions. Add the following section: 6-1. 7 Final Schedule Update. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a final schc update when one hundred percent of the construction work is completed. The Contractor’s Schedule Update must accurately represent the actual dates for all activities. The final schc update shall be prepared and reviewed per sections 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Up( and Revisions and 6-1. 4 Engineer’s Review of Updated Construction Schedule. Accept of the final schedule update is required for completion of the project and release of any ar funds retained per section 9-3.2. @ 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 67 1 -0 The Contractor may proceed with the project work, and will rec - 0 0 Add the following section: 6-1.8 Measurement and Payment. Construction Schedule will be paid for at the stipulated lump sum price of forty thousand dollars ($40,000). The stipulated lump sum price paid for Con&udion Schedule shall indude full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials including, but not limited to, the computer hardware and software, tools, equipment, and incidentals; and for doing all the work invoked in attending meetings, preparing, furnishing, updating, revising the tabular, bar and flow chart Construction Schedules and narrative reports required by these special provisions and as directed by the Engineer. The Engineer's determination that each and any construction schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these special provisions shall be precedent to each and any payment for the Construction Schedule. Payments for Construction Schedule will be made as per sections 6-1.8.1 through 6-1.8.3. Add the following section: 6-1.8.1 Initial Payment. Ten thousand dollars ($10,000) of the stipulated lump sum bid for the Construction Schedule will be made when the Engineer has accepted a Construction Schedule for this project Add the following section: 6-1.8.2 Monthly Updated Construction Schedule Payments. Monthly Updated Construction Schedule Payments of two thousand five hundred dollars ($2,500) will be made subsequent to the initial payment for the Construction Schedule for each monthly Construction Schedule, updated as required herein, that the Engineer has accepted as sufficient within the month that the monthly progress payment pertains. No payment shall be made, nor shall any payment accrue, for any monthly updated construction schedule that is not marked "Accepted" by the Engineer on or before the twentieth working day of the month such monthly updated construction schedule is due per section 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions. The sum of the amounts paid for Construction Schedule during the initial and subsequent payment periods, or extensions to the contract, shall not exceed the stipulated lump sum price for Construction Schedule. 6-2 PRQSECUTION OF WORK. Prior to start of construction, the Contractor shall install silt fencing along the entire length of the project boundaw on La Costa Avenue. Add the following section: 6-2.1 Order of Work. The work to be done shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment and materials, and performing all operations necessary to complete the Project Work as shown on the Project Plans and as required in the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions. The work includes widening of La Costa Avenue from El Camino Real to 1-5. The order of work shall conform to the phasing requirements of sections 6-2.2.1 through 6-2.2.4. If the Contractor chooses to submit alternative phasing plans, said plans shall be submitted in conformance with section 2-5.3, 3-1 and the requirements in this section. Alternative phasing plans shall: a) b) c) d) e) be prepared, signed, and sealed by a California Registered Civil Engineer; be prepared with waterproof black ink on City of Carlsbad standard 24" x 36" mylar plan sheets; show details of the traffic control in form and format equal to those on the Project Plans; conform to the requirements of the Caltrans "Highway Design Manual" and the "Traffic Manual"; include transitions, travel lane widths and features to provide for the safety and t$ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 68 of 221 convenience of the motoring public no less than those on the Project Plans ani required in the Standard Specifications and Special Provisions; identify all improvements to be installed in each phase; and be submitted to the Engineer for approval and shall gain such approval prior ta implementation, by the Contractor, of any feature of phasing, construction, or ti control that differs from the Project Plans. Add the following section: 6-2.2 La Costa Avenue Construction Phasing: The following construction phasing is suggested for construction of this project. However Contractor may elect to utilize its own phasing. In any case he shall submit detour and tr control plans for'ali phases of construction for City's review and approval prior to the sta construction. In all cases, the Contractor shall maintain a minimum of 16-foot wide comb bike and travel lane in each direction during the entire construction period. The surface co of all pavements and final striping shall be installed after the last phase of the construction. Contractor shall separate traffic lanes and construction areas by the installation of K-rails as ordered by the Engineer. Add the following section: 6-2.2.1 Phase 1. Phase I consists of removing existing striping and pavement markers striping of La Costa Avenue from station 41+00 to station 126+33, moving traffic to the I side, and installing one 16 foot minimum width (combined bike and travel lane) in I direction. 6-2.2.2 Phase 11 (construction of south side improvements) Install temporary 'K-rail" along the south side from station 4060 to station 126+33. Per grading of the south side, construct Leucadia sewer line and install south half of connection to the pump station, construct cross drains and culvert extensions, cons cribwalls, construct cuts and fills, construct street lights, stockpile suitable materials to be for fills on the north side, install traffic signal conduits, install irrigation lines, install south curbs and gutters, pave south side, relocate K-rails as necessary and install temporary str for two 16-foot minimum width combined bike and travel lane. Move east and westbound t to the south side, 6-2.2.3 Phase Ill (construction of north side improvements) Import soil and construct north side slopes, construct north side improvements, install s lights, install traffic signal conduits, construct the remaining storm drain and culvert porl construct sewer line connections to the pump station and install permanent striping for f bike lane, 12-foot travel lane, and move the westbound traffic to the north side, relocate K as necessary. 6-2.2.4 Phase IV (construction of the remaining improvements) Construct north and south median curb, install median paving and planting, relocate K. install permanent striping on the south side while maintaining a 12-foot east and west b travel lanes, and 5 foot east and west bound bike lanes, install and complete the traffic sigi Saxony, install irrigation and landscaping on the slopes and crib walls, and open all Ian east and westbound traffic. 9 g) _- @ 0 a 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 69 Add the following section: 6-2.3 Project Meetings. The Engineer will establish the time and location of weekly Project Meetings. Each Project Meeting shall be attended by the Contractor's Representative. The Project Representative shall be the individual determined under section 7-6, "The Contractor's Representative", SSPWC. No separate payment for these meetings will be made. 64 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME. 64.4 Written Notice and Report. Modify as follows: The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer within two hours of the beginning of any period that the Contractor has placed any workers or equipment on standby for any reason that the Contractor has determined to be caused by the Agency or by any organization that the Agency may otherwise be obligated by. The Contractor shall provide continuing daily written notice to the Engineer, each working day, throughout the duration of such period of delay. The initial and continuing written notices shall include the dassification of each workman and supervisor and the make and model of each piece of equipment placed on standby, the cumulative duration of the standby, the Contractor's opinion of the cause of the delay and a cogent explanation of why the Contractor could not avoid the delay by reasonable means. Should Uhe Contractor fail to provide the notice(s) required by this section the Contractor agrees that no delay has occurred and that it will not submit any claim@) therefor. 6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION. Add the following: The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work to completion within 240 working days after the starting date specified in the Notice to Proceed. 6-7.2 Working Day. Add the following: Unless othetwise approved in writing by the Engineer, the hours of work shall be between the hours of 7:OO a.m. and 4:OO p.m. on Mondays through Fridays, excluding Agency holidays. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer if the Contractor desires to work outside said hours or at any time during weekends and/or holidays. This written permission must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to such work The Engineer may approve work outside the hours and/or days stated herein when, in hisher sole opinion, such work conducted by the Contractor is beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor shall pay the inspection costs of such work. No work involving temporary closure of a travel lane shall be allowed between 7:00A.M.-8:30 A.M.,12:00-1:00 noon and 3:30-530 P.M. 6-8 COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE. Add the following: All work shall be warranted for one (1) year after recordation of a "Notice of Completion" and any faulty work or materials discovered during the warranty period shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor, at its expense. Twenty-five percent of the faithful performance bond shall be retained as a warranty bond for the one year warranty period. 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Modify the last sentence of the first paragraph and the first sentence of the second paragraph and add the following: For each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time specified for completion of Work, as adjusted in accordance with 6-6, the Contractor shall pay the Agency, or have withheld monies due it, the sum of fifteen hundred dollars ($1,500). a 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 70 of 221 Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that fifi hundred dollars ($1,500) per day is the minimum value of costs and actual damages cause( the Contractor's failure to complete the Work within the allotted time. Any progress paymi made after the specified completion date shall not constitute a waiver of this paragraph c any damages. 3 SECTION 7 - RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE. Add the following: All insurance is to be placed with insu that have a rating in Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:Y and are admitted and authon to conduct business in the state of California and are listed in the official publication of Department of Insurance of the State of California. 7-4 WORKERS COMPENSATION INSURANCE. Add the following: All insurance is tc placed with insurers that are admitted and authorized to conduct business in the stat California and are listed in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the Sta California. Policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meet the requirement for worl compensation insurance. 7-5 PERMITS. Modify the first sentence to read: Except as specified herein the agenq obtain, at no cost to the Contractor, all encroachment, right-of-way, grading, and buil permits necessary to perform work for this contract on Agency property, in streets, highv (except State highway right-of-way), railways or other rights-of-way. Contractor shall not b work until all permits incidental to the work are obtained. The Contractor shall obtain and for all permits for the disposal of all materials removed from the project. The cost of pennit(s) shall be included in the price bid for the appropriate bid item and no additi compensation will be allowed therefor. 7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK. Add the following section: 7-7.1 Coordination. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all the I companies during the relocation br construction of their lines. The Contractor may be granl time extension if, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay is caused by the utility company. additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for any such delay. 7-8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE. 7-8.1 Cleanup and Dust Control. Add the following: Cleanup and dust control reqi herein shall also be executed on weekends and other non-working days when neede preserve the health safety or welfare of the public. The Contractor shall conduct effe cleanup and dust control throughout the duration of the Contract. The Engineer may rei increased levels of cleanup and dust control that, in hidher sole discretion, are necessa preserve the health, safety and welfare of the public. Cleanup and dust control sha considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no addii payment will be made therefor. 7-8.5 Temporary Light, Power and Water. The Contractor shall o a construction meter for water used for the construction, plant establishment, mainten: cleanup, testing and all other work requiring water related to this contract. The Contractor contact the appropriate water agency for requirements. e r,s 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 71 w * Add the following: a The Contractor shall pay all costs of'temporary light, power and water including hookup, service, meter and any, and all, other charges, deposits and/or fees therefor. Said costs shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefor. Add the following section: 74.8 Noise Control. All internal combustion engines used in the construction shall be equipped with mufflers in good repair when in use on the project with special attention to the City Noise Control Ordinance, Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 8.48 and the following permitting agency requirements: 1. From February 15 to August 15, the Contractor's equipment noise levels shall not exceed the existing noise levels shown on the noise contour map included in Appendix "A". If the Contractor's equipment noise levels exceeds the levels identified in the noise contour map, the Contractor shall take actions to reduce the noise levels by one or a combination of the following methods: a) Utilize smaller equipment, or install additional mufflers to reduce the noise. b) Limit the number of construction equipment operation at any one time. c) Install temporary sound barriers, constructed of plywood backed with sound attenuation material, or other feasible alternatives (e.9. Earthen Berms). The sound barrier shall reduce the noise levels to or below the levels shown on the noise contour map. Payment for compliance with the noise abatement shall be included in various items of work and no other payments will be made. Payment. 7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY. 7-10.3 Street Closures, Detours, Barricades. Traffic controls shall be in accordance with Chapter 5 of the California Department of Transportation "Manual of Traffic Controls," 1996 edition and these Special Provisions. If any component in the traffic control system is displaced, or ceases to operate or function as specified, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contfactor shall immediately repair said component to its original condition or replace said component and shall restore the component to its original location. In the event that the Contractor fails to install and/or maintain barricades or such other traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices as may be required herein, the Engineer may, at hidher sole option, install the traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices and charge the Contractor twenty dollars ($20.00) per day per traffic sign or device, or the actual cost of providing such traffic control facility, whichever is the greater. Add the following section: 7-10.3.1 Construction Area Signs. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices installed or placed to provide traffic control, direction and/or warning shall be furnished, installed, maintained and removed by the Contractor when no longer required. Care shall be used in performing excavation for signs in order to protect underground facilities. Warning and advisory signs that remain in place overnight shall be stationary mounted signs. Stationary signs that warn of non-existant conditions shall be removed from the travelled way or shielded from the view of the travelling public during such periods that their message does not pertain to existing conditions. All excavation required to install stationary construction area signs shall be Add the following: Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 72 of 221 q b 2/26/97 performed by hand methods without the use of power equipment. Warning and advisory si that are used only during working hours may be portable signs. Portable signs shall removed from the travelled way and shielded from the view of the travelling public during r During the hours of darkness, as defined in Division 1, Section 280, of the California Vet- Code, portable signs shall be illuminated or, at the option of the Contractor, shall bc conformance with the provisions in Section 12-3.068, "Portable Signs", of the CALTW! Standard Specifications; or Reflexite vinyl microprism reflective sheeting signs; or 3M t intensity reflectorized sheeting on aluminum substrate signs of Seibulite Brand Ultralite Gr Series, encapsulated lens retroreflective sheeting signs; or equal. Stationary mounted signs used for traffic control during construction of the Work shall be installed on break-away sign posts as shown on SDRS drawing M-45 or on wood posts in th same manner shown on CALTRANS Standard Plans RS 1 , RS 2, RS 3 and RS 4 for installation of roadside signs, except as follows: (a) Back braces and blocks for sign panels will not be required. (b) The height to the bottom of the sign panel above the edge of traveled way shall be at le 2.1 m. (c) Construction area sign posts may be installed on above ground temporary platform sign supports as approved by the Engineer, or the signs may be installed on existing lighting standards or other supports as approved by the Engineer. (d) When construction area signs are installed on existing lighting standards, holes shall nc be made in the standards to support the sign. (e) The post embedment shall be 0.8-m if post holes are backfilled around the posts with 5( C-2500 concrete. (9 When break-away sign posts (SDRS M-45) are used one post shall be provided for ea( For wood posts post sire and number of posts shall be as shown on CALTRANS Standard I RS 2. Lumber for wood posts shall be as for sight posts. Sign panels for stationary mounted signs shall conform to the requirements of Section 20r "Reflective Sheeting Aluminum Signs", and the following: (a) All rectangular sheet aluminum signs over 1375 mm measured along the horizontal ( and all diamond-shaped sheet aluminum signs 1500 mm and larger shall be framed ur otherwise specified. (b) Frames shall be constructed in accordance with "Framing Details for Sheet Alumi Signs," Sheets 1 through 4 and Table 1 on Sheet 5, as published by CALTRANS. (c) Sign panel fastening hardware shall be commercial quality. Each portable sign shall consist of a base, standard or framework and a sign panel. The I shall be capable of being delivered to the site of use and placed in immediate operation. panels for portable signs shall conform to the requirements of sign panels for statio mounted signs in 206-7, "Reflective Sheeting Aluminum Signs", or shall be Type IV reflei sheeting, cotton drill fabric, flexible industrial nylon fabric, or other approved fabric. Fabric : shall not be used during the hours of darkness. Size, color, and legend requirement portable signs shall be as described for stationary mounted sign panels in Section 201 "Reflective Sheeting Aluminum Signs". The height to the bottom of the sign panel abovt edge of traveled way shall be at least 0.3 m. All parts of the sign standard or framework be finished with 2 applications of an orange enamel which will match the color of the sign r: background. Testing of paint will not be required. If portable signs are displaced or overtui from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall immediately replacf signs in their original locations. 4- tS 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 73 t working hours. 0.48 square meters of sign area. 0 0 Add the following section: 7-10.3.2 Maintaining Traffic. Attention is directed to Sections 7-10 SSPWC "Public Convenience and Safety." Nothing in these Special Provisions shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from its responsibility as provided in said Section 7-10. If illuminated traffic cones rather than post-type delineators are used during ths hours of darkness, they shall be affixed or covered with reflective me sleeves as specified in CALTRANS 'Standard Specifications", except the sleeves shall be seven (7) inches Bong. The Contractor's personnel shall not work closer than six (6) feet, nor operate equipment within two (2) feet from any traffic lane occupied by traffic. For equipment the two (2) feet shall be measured from the closest approach of any part of the equipment as it is operated andlor maneuvered in performing the work. This requirement may be waived when the Engineer has given written authorization to the reduction in clearance that is specific to the time, duration and location of such waiver or for the work of installing, maintaining and removing traffic control devices. As a condition of such waiver the Engineer may require the Contractor to detour traffic, adjust the width of, or realign the adjacent traffic lane, dose the adjacent traffic lane or provide barriers. Personal vehicles of the Contractor's employees shall not be parked within the traveled way, including any section closed to public traffic. Whenever vehicles or equipment are parked on the shoulder within six (6) feet of a traffic lane, the shoulder area shall be closed with fluorescent traffic cones or portable defineators placed on a taper in advance of the parked vehicles or equipment and along the edge of the pavement at 25-foot intervals to a point not less than 25 feet past the last vehicle or piece of equipment. A minimum of nine (9) cones or portable delineators shall be used for the taper. A C23 (Road Work Ahead) or C24 (Shoulder Work Ahead) sign shall be mounted on a telescoping flag tree with flags. The flag tree shall be placed where directed by the Engineer. All construction traffic control devices shall be maintained in good order and according to the plan throughout the duration of work. Add the following section: 7-10.3.3 Traffic Control System for Lane Closure. A traffic control system consists of closing traffic lanes in accordance with the details shown on CALTRANS 'Manual of Traffic Control", 1996 edition and provisions under "Maintaining Traffic" elsewhere in these Special Provisions. The provisions in this section will not relieve the Contractor from its responsibility to provide such additional devices or take such measures as may be necessary to maintain public safety. When lanes are closed for only the duration of work periods, all components of the traffic control system, except portable delineators placed along open trenches or excavation adjacent to the traveled way, shall be removed from the traveled way and shoulder at the end work period. If the Contractor so elects, said components may be stored at selected central locations, approved by the Engineer, within the limits of the right-of-way. Add the following section: 7-10.3.4 Traffic Control for Permanent and Temporary Traffic Striping. During traffic stripe operations, traffic shall be controlled with lane closures, as provided by the traffic control plan proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not start traffic striping operations until he has submitted its plan to the Engineer and has received the Engineer's written approval of said plan. q 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 74 of 221 Add the following section: 7-1 0.3.5 Temporary Pavement Delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shal furnished, placed, maintained and removed in accordance with the minimum stand specified in Chapter 5 of the "Traffic Manual", 1996 edition published by CALTRAP Whenever the work causes obliieration of pavement delineation, temporary or perma pavement delineation shall be in place prior to opening the traveled way to public traffic. 1 line or centerline pavement delineation shall be provided at all times for traveled ways opf public traffic. All work necessary, including any required lines or marks, to establish alignment of temporary pavement delineation shall be performed by the Contractor. v\ temporary pavement delineation is removed, all lines and marks used to establish the alignr of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed by grinding. Surfaces to receive temporary pavement delineation shall be dry and free of dirt and I( material. Temporary pavement delineation shall not be applied over existing pavei delineation or other temporary pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shz maintained until superseded or replaced with permanent pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be removed when, as determined by the Engineer temporary pavement delineation conflicts with the permanent pavement delineation or w new traffic pattern for the area and is no longer required for the direction of public traffic. V temporary pavement delineation is required to be removed, all lines and marks used establish the alignment of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed. Add the following section: 7-10.3.6 Modifications and Additions to Traffic Control Plan Sheets. The Contri shall submit Traffic Control Plan (TCP) for the Engineer's review for any construction activ The Contractor must obtain the Engineer's approval of the TCP prior to implementing then expenses and time to prepare and review modifications, additions, supplements and/or designs shall be included in the lump sum bid for traffic control and no additional paymer be made therefor. Such modifications, supplements and/or new design shall mee requirements of the "MANUAL OF TRAFFIC CONTROLS", 1996 Edition as pubtished b State of California Department of Transportation and of the Engineer. Such rnodificz addition, supplement, and/or new design shall be prepared by a professional eng appropriately registered in the State of California. The Engineer shall be the sole judge c suitability and quality of any such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs. Engineer may approve any such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to the t control plans when, in hidher sole opinion, such modifications, supplements, and/or designs to the traffic control plans prepared by the registered engineer retained b) Contractor will be beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. Such modification, add supplement, and/or new design shall not be implemented and no work shall be mmme that is contingent on such approval until the changed traffic control plans are approved b Engineer. The preparation of such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new designs not presuppose their approval or obligate the Agency in any fashion. Submittal and re requirements for such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs shall conform tc requirements of section 2-5.3 Shop Drawings and Submittals. Add the following section: 7-1 0.3.7 Payment. The Contractor shall provide traffic control at the contract lump sum price bid. The COI lump sum price paid for "traffic control" shall include full compensation for furnishing all (including flagging costs), materials (including signs), tools, equipment and incidentals, ar doing all the work involved in preparation, reproduction and changing of traffic control [ Page 75 0 1 0 0 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) -a Ec 2/26/97 placing, applying traffic stripes and pavement markers with bituminous adhesive, removing, storing, maintaining, moving to new locations, replacing, and disposing of the components of the traffic control system as shown on the plans and approved additions and modifications, as specified in these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. Flagging costs will be paid for as a part of the Lump Sum Amount for "Traffic Control." When induded as a bid item the cost of labor and material for portable concrete barriers will be paid for at the price bid. When there is no bid item the cost of labor and material for portable concrete barriers they will be paid as an incidental to the work being performed and no additional payment will be made therefor. Progress payment for "Traffic Control" will be based on the percentage of the improvement work completed. Add the following section: 7-10.4.4 Safety and Protection of Workers and Public. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of employees on the work and shal comply with all applicable provisions of Federal, State and Municipal safety laws and building des to prevent accidents or injury to persons on, about, or adjacent to the premises where the work is being performed. The Contractor shall erect and properly maintain at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for the protection of workers and public, and shall use danger signs warning against hazards created by such features of construction as protruding nails, hoists, well holes, and falling materials. 7-13 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. Add the following: Municipal ordinances that affect this work include Chapter 11.06. Excavation and Grading. If this notice specifies locations or possible materials, such as borrow pits or gravel beds, for use in the proposed construction project which would be subject to Section 1601 or Section 1603 of the Fish and Game Code, the conditions established pursuant to Section 1601 et seq. of the Fish and Game Code shall become conditions of the contract. SECTION 8 -- FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL 8-1 GENERAL. Add the following: Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a "Class A" Field office. The field office shall be for the exclusive use of the Engineer and such other individuals that he may designate. The Cbntractar shall maintain the field office throughout the entire duration of the contract unless the Engineer shall otherwise direct. 8-2.1 Class "A" Field Office. Add the following: Additionally the "Class A" Field office shall be provided with: one (1) additional standard five foot double pedestal desk with two chairs, one electrostatic copier and supplies, copier shall be Xerox Model 5018, or equal, and one additional plan rack shall be pruvided. Water cooler to have hot and chilled water. The integral sanitary facilities may be separate enclosed toilets per Section 7-8.4. Furnishings are subject to agency approval. The field office shall be located at a site satisfactory to the Engineer and within the limits of work. Access and three parking spaces for the exclusive use of the Engineer and hisher designees that are convenient and satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided by the Contractor. G 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 76 of 221 The field office shall have a 24" x 36" sign affixed near the entry door. The sign text shal proportioned as shown below. The Contractor shall affix a CRY seal to the sign in a centt loc&ion. The City seal will be supplied by the Engineer. -0 CITY OF CARLSBAD " ENGINEERING INSPECTION 8-6 BASIS OF PAYMENT. Add the following: Payment for feld office will be made ai monthly price bid and will indude full compensation for installing and removing the field oi relocating it as may be necessary to faciiite the project, providing utilities including, but limited to, electrical, telephone, potable water and sanitary facilities, and maintenance. monthly rate will be paid for each full calendar month throughout the duration of the contrad the field office, complete with all facilities and utilities, is available to the Engineer and or project excepting when the Engineer has ordered that the field office be removed from the prc SECTION 9 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT 9-1.015 Final Pay Quantities.-When the estimated quantity for a specific portion of the wc designated on the plans as a final pay quantity, the estimated quantity shall be the final qu: for which payment for the specific portion of the work will be made, unless the dimensions c portion of the work shown on the plans are revised by the Engineer, or unless the portion c work is eliminated. If the dimensions of the specific portion of the work are revised, anr revisions result in an increase or decrease in the estimated quantity of the portion of the worl final quantity for payment will be revised in the amount represented by the changes ii dimensions. if the specific portion of the work is eliminated, the final pay quantity designate the specific portion of the work win be eliminated. The estimated quantity for each specific portion of the work designated on the plans as a finz quantity shall be' considered as approximate only and no guarantee is made that the quar which can be determined by computations, based on the details and dimensions shown o plans, will equal the estimated quantities. No allowance will be made in the event tha quantities based on computations do not equal the estimated quantities. When portions of an item have been designated on the plans as final pay quantities, portior so designated will be measured and paid for in accordance with the applicable provisions of specifications and the speeal provisions. In case of a discrepancy between the quantities shown on the plans as final pay quantitie the quantity of the same item shown in the Engineer's Estimate, payment will be based c final pay quantities shown on the plans. 93 PAYMENT. 9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. Modify the second paragraph as follows: Each m the Engineer will make an approximate measurement of the work performed to the clc date as basis for making monthly progress payments. The estimated value will be base contract unit prices, completed change order work and as provided for in Section 9-2 a Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 77 0 _- 0 q b 2/26/97 Standard Specifications (SSPWC). Pr~&~ss payments shall be made no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the Closure date. Five (5) working days following the closure date, the Engineer shall complete the detailed progress pay estimate and submit it to the Contractor for his information. Should the Contractor assert that additional payment is due, the Contractor shali’tvithin ten (10) days of receipt of the progress estimate, submit a supplemental payment request to the Engineer with adequate justification Supporting the amount of supplemental payment request. Upon receipt of the supplemental payment request, the Engineer shall, as soon as practicable after receipt, determine whether the supplemental payment request is a proper payment request. If the Engineer determines that the supplemental payment request is not proper, then the request shall be returned to the Contractor as soon as practicable, but not later than seven (7) days after receipt. The returned request shall be accompanied by a document setting forth in writing the reasons why the supplemental payment request was not proper. In conformance with Public Contract Code Section 20104.50, the City shall make payments within thirty (30) days after receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted supplemental payment request from the Contractor. If payment of the undisputed supplemental payment request is not made within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Engineer, then the City shall pay interest to the Contractor equivalent to the legal rate set forth in subdivision (a) of Section 685.010 of the Code of Civil Procedure. 9-3.2 Paitial and Final Payment. Modify the third paragraph as follows: The Agency shall retain 10 percent of such estimated value of the work done and 10 percent of the value of materials so estimated to have been furnished and delivered and unused or furnished and stored as aforesaid as part security for the fulfillment of the contract by the Contractor, except that at any time after 20 percent of the work has been completed, if the Engineer finds that satisfactory progress is being made, the Agency may reduce the total amount being retained from payment pursuant to the above requirements to 5 percent of the total estimated value of said work and materials and may also reduce the amount retained from any of the remaining partial payments to 5 percent of the estimated value of such work and materials. In addition, on any partial payment made after 95 percent of the work has been completed, the Agency may reduce the amount withheld from payment pursuant to the requirements of this Section to such lesser amounts as the Engineer determines is adequate security for the fulfillment of the balance of the work and other requirements of the contract, but in no event will said amount be reduced to less than 125 percent of the estimated value of the work yet to be completed as determined by the Engineer. Such reduction will only be made upon the written request of the Contractor and shall be approved in writing by the surety on the Performance Bond and by the surety on the Payment Bond. The approval of the surety shall be submitted to the Engineer; the signature of the person executing the approval for the surety shall be properly acknowledged and the power of attorney authorizing him to give such consent must either accompany the document or be on file with the Agency. 93.2 Partial and Final Payment. Add paragraph 6 et seq. as follows: After final inspection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment Estimate and process a corresponding payment. This estimate will be in writing and shall be for the total amount owed the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the contract bid item and change order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all deductions made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under provisions of the contract. All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to correction in the Final Payment Estimate. The Contractor shall have 30 calendar days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate to make written statement disputing any bid item or change order item quantity or payment amount. The Contractor shall provide all documentation at the time of submitting the statement supporting its position. Should the Contractor fail to submit the statement and supporting documentation within the time specified, the Contractor acknowledges that full and final payment has been made for all contract bid items and change order items. q 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 78 of 221 If the Contractor submits a written statement with documentation in the aforementioned ti the Engineer will review the disputed item within 30 calendar days and make any appropr adjustments on the Final Payment. Remaining disputed quantities or amounts not approvec the Engineer will be subject to resolution as specified in subsection 3-5, Disputed Work. The claims filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascer the basis and amount of said claims. Contractor's claims and it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish withii reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Enginee determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information l details will be sufficient cause for denying the claims. 9-3.2.1 Payment for Claims. Add the following: Written statement shall be submitted to Agency within 30 'calendar days of receipt of Final Payment for all claims for the entire proje No claim will be considered that was not included in this written statement, nor will any claim allowed for which written notice or protest is required under any provision of this coni including sections 3-4 Changed Conditions, 3-5 Disputed Work, 6-6.3 Payment for Delay Contractor, 6-6.4 Written Notice and Report, or 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, unless Contractor has complied with notice or protest requirements. The claims filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascei the basis and amount of said claims. The Engineer will consider and determine Contractor's claims and it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish withi reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Enginee determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information details will be sufficient cause for denying the claims. Payment for claims shall be processed within 30 calendar days of receipt of the wri statement or further information, whichever is longer, for those claims approved by Engineer. The Contractor shall proceed with informal dispute resolution under subsection Disputed Work, for those claims remaining in dispute. Add the following section: 9-3.3.1 Delivered Materials. incorporated into the work will not be included in the progress estimate. Add the following section: 9-3.4.1 Mobilization and Preparatory Work. Payment for mobilization and preparz Work will be made at the stipulated lump-sum price bid therefor in the bid schedule. Contract lump-sum price paid for mobilization shall not exceed one hundred fifty thou: dollars ($1 50,000), and includes full compensation for furnishing all insurance, bonds, licen labor, materials, utilities, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involvc mobilization and preparatory work and operations, including, but not limited to, those neces for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidental to preparing to con work on and off the project site and other offsite facilities necessary for work on the projeci ail other facilities, sureties, work and operations which must be performed or costs incu prior to beginning work on various contract items on or off the project site, excepting tt specifically paid for under separate sections of these specifications. The Contractor he agrees that the stipulated lump sum amount is sufficient for Mobilization and Preparatory \P as described in this section, and that the Contractor shall have no right to addit compensation for Mobilization and Preparatory Work. Progress payments for Mobilization and Preparatory Work will be made as follows: For the first progress payment (after the issuance of the Notice to Proceed), forty percent (1 of the amount bid for Mobilization And Preparatory Work will be allowed. For the se progress payment, an additional sixty percent (60%) of the amount bid for mobilization preparatory work will be allowed therefor. em The Engineer will consider and determine 4 e The cost of materials and equipment delivered but e e# 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 79 ( Rock 8Ton 4Tm 2Ton 1Ton ln Sfrrt TOn 16Ton 0-5 - 8T0n 50-100 W - - -I 4T0n 95-100 50-100 0-5 - - 2Ton - 95-100 50-100 06 - 1Ton - - 95-100 50-100 OS 112 - - - 95-100 500-100 Ton 114 - - - - 95-100 Ton 200 - - e e - Lb. 75Lb. - - - - - - - 25Lb. - - - - I - 5Lb. - - 1Lb. - - - - - - - - 1 Ton ll2 114 Light Facing No. 1 No.2 No. 3 Ton Ton - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I M- - - - - - - 50-100 06 - - - - - I - 50-100 06 - - - - I 95100 - 50-100 0-5 0-5 - - - - 95-100 - 50-100 05 05 - - 95-100 - 500-100 50-100 0-5 - - - - - - 95-100 90-100 90-100 25-75 0-5 - - - - - - 90-100 25-75 - - - - - 90-100 - - California Test No. Test Apparent Specific Gravity 206 Absorption 206 Requirement 2.5 min. 4.2% max.* Durability Index 229 52 min.' Concrete Class Type of Construction All Concrete Used Within the Right-of-way (1) Trench Backfill Slurry 190-C-250 Monuments Concreted-Rock Erosion Protection 560-C-3250 (2) Street Light Foundations and Survey 560-C-3250 Traffic Signal Foundations 590-C-3750 520-C-25OOP Maximu Slump mm (I (3) 125 (5") 100 (4") 100 (4") per Table 300-1 USES Headers for bituminous pavement up to 100 mm x 280 mm (2"x4") Headers for bituminous pavement larger than 100 mm x 200 mm (2"x4") GRADES construction grade Redwood or treated construction grade Douglas Fir number 1 grade Redwood, or treated number 1 grade Douglas Fir REFLECTIVE SHEETING SIGNS, October 1993” require the Contractor or supplier to notify Department of Transportation or to certify compliance to said SPECIFICATIONS, to provid quality control program or to allow testing, approval, observation of manufacturing or assen operations by the State of California, Department of Transportation and/or its employee: officials, such rights shall be vested in the Engineer. Add the following section: 206-7.2 Sign Identification. Modify the ‘SPECIFICATIONS FOR REFLECTIVE SHEET1 SIGNS, October 1993” as follows: Sign identification shall be as per ‘SPECIFICATIONS F REFLECTIVE SHEETING SIGNS, October 1993”, except that the notation shall ‘PROPERN OF THE CIN OF CARLSBAD”. Add the following section: 206-7.3 Drawings. Modify the “SPECIFICATIONS FOR REFLECTIVE SHEETING SIG October 1993” as follows: Standard signs shall be as per the most recently apprc ‘APPROVED SIGN SPECIFICATION SHEETS” of the State of California, Departmen Transportation. The date of approval shall be the date most closely preceding the datc manufacture of the sign(s) or the date of the ‘Notice to Proceed” of this contract, whichevt most recent. Add the following section: 206-7.4 Reflective Sheeting. Modify the ”SPECIFICATIONS FOR REFLECTIVE SHEET SIGNS, October 1993” as follows: All warning signs and all regulatory signs, excepting those hereinafter listed, shall be fabricated with Type Ill encapsulated lens sheeting confon to the requirements of this specification. Signs listed below shall be fabricated with Tyl encapsulated lens sheeting conforming to the requirements of this specification. Reguk signs which shall be fabricated with Type II encapsulated lens sheeting are: R5; R24 thro and including, R32B; R47 through, and including, R53C; R62A through, and including, Rf R74 through, and including, R96C; and R99 through, and including, R105A. Add the following section: 206-7.5 Substrate. Modify the ‘SPECIFICATIONS FOR REFLECTIVE SHEETING SIC October 1993” as follows: Excepting only construction warning signs used at a single loc during daylight hours for not more than five (5) consecutive days, all signs used for direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic shall aluminum substrate. Add the following section: 206-8 LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING AND CONNECTORS. Add the following section: 206-8.1 General. This Section pertains to IO-gage and 12-gage cold-rolled steel perfo tubing used for the support and stabilization of signs. All shapes shall have a galvanized . and shall be cold-roll-formed steel conforming to ASTM Designation A-446, Gral Galvanizing shall conform to ASTM A-525, Designation G-90. Galvanizing shall be perfo after all forming and punching operations have been completed. Cold-rolled steel perfo tubing shall be perforated on all four faces with 1 lmm (7/16”) holes on 25 mm (1”) centers. @ 3 _-- 0 0 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 83 e% b 2126197 Nominal Outside Dimensions mm (inches) (1 x 1) 32 x 32 I (11/4 X I‘/~) 38 x 38 (1V2 x ll/J 51 x51 (2 x 2) 56 x 56 57 x 57 64x64 (2’12 x 2lIJ 51 x76 (2 x 3) 25 x 25 44x44 (Is/, X 13/4) (246 x 2/16) (21/4 x 21/4) Outside Tolerance for All Sides at Comers mm (inches) 0.13 0.005 0.15 0.006 0.15 0.006 0.008 0.010 0.01 0 0.01 0 0.25 0.25 0.010 0.20 o.ooa 0.25 I 0.25 1 OS2O I Nominal Outside Dimension Squareness mm (inches) mm (Inches) 25 x 25 (1 x 1) 0.15 0.006 32 x 32 (I-1/4 X I-1/4) 0.18 0.007 38 x 38 (1 -v2 x 1 -V2) 0.20 0.009 44x44 , (1 “/4 X 1 -3/4) 0.25 0.010 51 x51 (2 x 2) 0.30 0.012 56 x 56 (2-31,~ x 2-31,,) 0.36 0.014 57 x 57 (2-’/, x 2-1/4) 0.36 0.014 64 x 64 (2-V2 x 2-V2) 0.38 0.01 5 51 x76 (2 x 3) 0.46 0.01 8 Twist Permissible in 900mm (3”) mm** (Inches)** 1.3 8.050 1.3 0.050 1.3 0.050 1.6 (3.062 1.6 0.062 1.6 0.062 1.6 0.062 1.9 0.075 1.9 0.075 Property Method Thickness ASTM D2103 Value 01 14mm (0.0056”) Elongation Printability Flexibility , Inks ’ Message repeat I ASTM D882-88 ASTM 02578 ASTMD671-81 I Pliable hand Manufacturing specifications I Heat-set Mylex Manufacturing specifications I Every 500mm(20”) I 40 percent at break I >50 dynedsquare centimeter Bottom layer Adhesives Bond strength Colors Manufacturing specifications Virgin LDPE Manufacturing specifications >30 percent, solid 1 .W/R Boiling H,O at 100 degrees Celsius Five hours without peel APWA Code See Table 212-2.1.8(8) Color Red Yellow Orange Blue Green Brown Purple Utility Marked Electric power, distribution, transmission, and municipal electric systems. Gas and oil distribution and transmission, dangerous materials, product and steam. Telephone and telegraph systems, police and fire communications, and cable televisioi Water systems. Force mains. Reclaimed water lines. . Sanitary and storm sewer systems, nonpotabie. SECTION 209 - SIGNALS, LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 209-1 GENERAL I 209-1 ,Ol Description. Electrical work shall consist of furnishing and installing, modifyin1 removing one or more traffic signals, traffic signal master controller assemblies interconnection facilities, flashing beacon systems, lighting systems, sign illumination syste traffic monitoring stations, communication systems, electrical equipment in structures, falsev lighting, provisions for future systems, or combinations thereof, all as shown on the plans, as specified in these special provisions. The locations of signals, beacons, standards, lighting fixtures, signs, controls, services appurtenances shown on the plans are approximate and the exact locations will be establis by the Engineer in the field. All systems shall be complete and in operating condition a1 time of acceptance of the contract. 209-1.015 Definitions. The following definitions pertain only to Section 86, "Signals, Ligt and Electrical Systems." Actuation.- The operation of any type of detector. Burn-In Procedure. - The procedure by which each LED signal module is energized f minimum of 24 hours at operating voltage at a 100% duty cycle, and in an ambient temper2 of 6OoC (14OOF). Candlepower Values. - Luminous intensity expressed in candelas (cd). Channel.- A discrete information path. Chromaticity (Color). - The color of the light emitted by a signal module, specified as chromaticity coordinates on the chromaticity diagram according to the 1931 Commis lntemationale d'Eclairage standard observer and coordinate system. The measi chromaticity coordinates shall fall within the limits specified in VTCSH Section 8.04 'Limii Controller Assembly.- The complete assembly for controlling the operation of a traffic s or other system, consisting of a controller unit, and all auxiliary equipment housed in a rain1 cabinet. Controller Unit.-That part of the controller assembly which performs the basic timing logic functions. Detector.- A device for indicating the passage or presence of vehicles or pedestrians. Duty Cycle. - The amount of illuminated on-time a signal module is energized, expresse a percent of signal cycle time period. Electro1ier.- The complete assembly of lighting standard, luminaire, ballast and lamp. Flasher.- A device used to open and close signal circuits at a repetitive rate. Flashing Beacon Control Assembly.- A complete electrical mechanism for operatir warning beacon or intersection control beacon. Inductive Loop Vehicle Detector.- A detector capable of being actuated by the chans inductance caused by a vehicle passing over or standing over the loop. Integrating Photometer. - An instrument used in measuring the intensity of light that en; total luminous flux to be determined by a single measurement. LED Light Source. - An individual light emitting diode. LED Signal Module. - A sealed circular ball or arrow that includes the lens and utilizes devices as the light source. An LED signal module may directly replace an existing traffic s lamp and lens combination. Lighting Standard.- The pole and mast arm which support the luminaire. Luminaire.- The assembly which houses the light source and controls the light emitted the light source. em aS 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 87 ( -0 @ - Chromaticity Coordinates." 0 Magnetic Vehicle Detector.-A detedor capable of being actuated by the induced voltage caused by the passage of a vehicle through the earth's magnetic field. Magnetometer Vehicle Detector.- A detector capable of being actuated by the magnetic distupance caused by the passage or presence of a vehicle. Major Street.- The roadway approach or approaches at an intersection normally carrying the major volume of vehicular traffic. Minimum Intensity. - In accordance with the values in Table 1 of the existing VTCSH standard, the minimum intensity values below which no LED signal modules will be released from the supplier. Minor Street.- The roadway approach or approaches at an intersection normally carrying the minor volume of vehicular traffic. Pedestrian Detector.- A detector, usually of the push button type, capable of being operated by hand. Plans. - For this Section (Section 209) plans shall include all documents listed in Section 2.5, "Plans and Specifications", et seq. as well as the "STANDARD PLANS", 1995 edition as promulgated by the State of California, Department of Transportation. Power Consumption. - The rms electrical power (watts) consumed by an LED signal module when operated at rated voltage. Pre-timed Controller Assembly.- A controller assembly for operating traffic signals in accordance with a predetermined cycle length. Rated initial Intensity. - The light intensity of a new LED signal module, operated at rated voltage, measured after the bum-in procedure with an integrating photometer. Rated Voltage. - The ac rms voltage at which light output performance and power consumption are specified (1 17 VAC at 60 Hz). Signal Face.- That part of a signal head provided for controlling traffic in a single direction and consisting of one or more signal sections. Signal Head.- An assembly containing one or more signal faces. Signal Indication.- The illumination of a signal section or other device, or of a combination of sections or other devices at the same time. Signal Section.- A complete unit for providing a signal indication consisting of a housing, lens, reflector, lamp receptacle and lamp. Sun Phantom. - The effect of an outside light source entering the signal assembly and being returned in such a manner as to present the appearance of the signal assembly being illuminated. Traffic-Actuated Controller Assembly.- A controller assembly for operating traffic signals in accordance with the varying demands of traffic as registered with the controller unit by detectors. Traffic Phase.-The right of way, change and clearance intervals assigned to a traffic movement or combination of movements. Vehicle.- Any motor vehicle normally licensed for highway use. VTCSH Standard. - The definitions and practices described in "Vehicle Traffic Control Signal Heads" published in the Equipment and Materials Standards of the Institute of Transportation Engineers. 209-1.02 Regulations and Code. All electrical equipment shall conform to the standards of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), the Undetwriters' Laboratories Inc. (UL), the Electrical Testing Laboratories (ETL), the National Electrical Testing Association, Inc. (NETA), or the Electronic Industries Association (EIA), wherever applicable. In addition to the requirements of the plans, these special provisions, all materials and workmanship shall conform to the requirements of the National Electrical Code 1996 edition, hereinafter referred to as the Code; California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Chapter 4, Subchapter 5, Electrical Safety Orders; Rules for Overhead Electrical Line Construction, General Order No. 95 of the Public Utilities Commission; Standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM); - a 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 88 of 221 American National Standards Institute (ANSI); and any local ordinances which may apy Wherever reference is made to any of the standards mentioned above, the reference shal construed to mean the code, order, or standard that is in effect on the day the Noticc Contractors for the work is dated. 209-1.03 Equipment List and Drawings. Unless otherwise permitted in writing by Engineer, the Contractor shall, within 15 days following award of the contract, submit to Engineer for review a list of equipment and materials which the Contractor proposes to in as specified in Section 2-5.3, 'Shop Drawings and Submittals." The list shall be complete a name of manufacturer, size and identifying number of each item. The list shall supplemented by such other data as may be required, including schematic wiring diagrams scale drawings of cabinets showing location and spacing of shelves, terminal blocks equipment, including dimensioning. All of the above data shall be submitted, install as spec in Section 2-5.3, "Shop Drawings and Submittals", for review. Where electrical equipmer constructed as detailed on the plans, the submission of detailed drawings and diagrams will be required. The Contractor shall furnish 5 sets of controller cabinet schematic wiring diagrams made b) wet blueprint, white background process using iron-sensitized paper, (2) the offset lithogi process, or (3) the electrostatic process. The diagrams shall show the location of the in lation and shall list all equipment installed in each controller cabinet. In addition, for each si installation, the Contractor shall furnish an intersection sketch showing poles, detectors, wire connection terminals and phasing as shown on the plans. All schematic wiring diagram the controller units and auxiliary equipment, all cabinet diagrams, and all operation man shall be submitted at the time the controller assemblies are delivered for testing. schematic wiring diagram shall show in detail all circuits and parts. All parts shown the1 shall be identified by name or number and in such manner as to be readily interpreted. diagrams, plans and drawings shall be prepared using graphic symbols shown in f publication Y32.2, entitied 'IEEE Standard and American National Standard Graphic Sym for Electrical and Electronic Diagrams." 2094.04 Warranties, Guaranties and Instruction Sheets. Manufacturers' warranties guaranties furnished for materials used in the work and instruction sheets and parts supplied with materials shall be delivered to the Engineer prior to acceptance of the project. 209-1 .OS Maintaining Existing and Temporary Electrical Systems. Existing elect systems (traffic signal, street lighting, flashing beacon, traffic monitoring, sign illumination other facilities), or approved temporary replacements thereof, shall be kept in effec operation for the benefit of the traveling public during the progress of the work, except \n shutdown is permitted, to allow for alterations or final removal of the systems. The traffic s shutdowns shall be limited to normal working hours. Lighting system shutdowns shall nc terfere with the regular lighting schedule, unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer. Contractor shall notm the Engineer prior to performing any work on existing systems. Contractor shall notify the local traffic enforcement agency prior to any operational shutdov a traffic signal. Where an existing system or temporary system is being modified, work not shown on the F or specified in these special provisions and which is considered by the Engineer as neces to keep all or any part of the system in effective operation will be paid for as extra wor provided in Section 3-3 'Extra Work". e - 0 e ts 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 89 ( The Agency will: 1) Continue the operation and maintenance of existing electrical facilities. 2) Continue to provide for electrical energy for the operation of existing electrical facilities. 3) Repair or replace existing facilities damaged by public traffic. 4) Pay the cost of electrical energy for the operation of existing or new facilities that are undergoing the functional tests described in Section 209-2.14C, 'Functional Testing." The Contractor shall ascertain the exact location and depth of existing detectors, conduits, pull boxes and other electrical facilities before using any tools of equipment that may damage tHose facilities or interfere with any eiectrical system. Where damage is caused by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor's expense, repair or replace damaged facilities promptly in accordance with these specifications. If any existing loop conductor, including the portion leading to the detector hand hole or termination pull box, is damaged by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall immediately noti the Engineer. The affected detectors shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense and as directed by the Engineer within 24 hours. If the Contractor fails to complete the repairs within this period, the repairs will be made by Agency forces at the Contractor's expense. Should the Contractor fail to perform the required repairs or replacements, the cost of performing the repairs or replacements will be deducted from any moneys due or to become due the contractor. Where roadways are to remain open to traffic and existing lighting systems are to be modified, the lighting systems shall remain in operation and the final connection to the modified circuit shall be made so that the modified circuit will be in operation by nightfall of the same day. Temporary electrical installations shall be kept in effective operation until the temporary installations are no longer required for the traveling public. Removal of temporary installations shall conform to the provisions in Section 209-7, 'Removing, Reinstalling or Salvaging Electrical Equipment." These provisions will not relieve the Contractor in any manner of the Contractor's responsibilities as provided in Sections 4-1.1, "General" and 4-1.2, 'Protection of Work and Materials." During traffic signal system shutdown the Contractor shall place 'STOP AHEAD" and 'STOP" signs to direct vehide and pedestrian traffic through the intersection. All signal faces shall be covered when the system is shut down overnight. Temporary "STOP AHEAD" and 'STOP" signs shall be either covered or iemoved when the system is turned on. 'STOP AHEAD" and 'STOP" signs shall be furnished by the Contractor and shall conform to the provisions in Section 7-10.3, ?Street Closures, Detours, Barricades." Minimum size of 'STOP" signs shall be 750 mm (30"). One 'STOP AHEAD" sign and one 'STOP" sign shall be placed for each direction of traffic. For two lane approaches, two 'STOP" signs shall be placed. Location of the signs shall be as directed by the Engineer. 209-1.06 Scheduling of Work. No above ground work, except service equipment, shall be performed until the Contractor has all materials on hand to complete that particular signal location or lighting circuit. Work shall be so scheduled that each traffic signal, lighting and sign illumination system shall be completed and ready for operation prior to opening the corresponding section of the roadway to traffic. Traffic signals shall not be placed in operation for use by public traffic without the written approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer no less than three days prior to placing any traffic signal in operation. Traffic signals shall not be placed in operation for use by public traffic without the energizing of street lighting at the intersection to be controlled if street lighting exists or is being installed in conjunction with the traffic signals. Traffic signals shall not be placed in operation until the roadways to be controlled are open to public traffic, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Lighting and e a26197 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 90 of 221 traffic signals shall not be placed in operation, including flashing operation, prioi commencement of the functional test period specified in Section 209-2.14, "Testing," un ordered otherwise by the Engineer. Conductors shall not be pulled into conduit until pull boxes are set to grade, crushed I sumps installed, mortar placed around conduit, concrete bottom of pull boxes placed, metallic conduit bonded. The initial tum-on shall be made only between the hours of 9:00 a.m. and 2:OO p.m. Tuesday through Thursday unless otherwise approved, in writing, by the Engineer. Pria tum-on, all equipment as shown on the plans shall be installed and operable incluc pedestrian signals, pedestrian push buttons, vehicle detectors, lighting, signs and paven delineation. All louvers, visors, and signal faces shall be directed to provide maximum visib Functional tests shall start on any working day except Friday, or the day preceding a I holiday. 209-1.07 Safety Precautions. Attention is directed to Section 7-1 0.4.1, 'Safety Orde Before starting work on existing series street lighting circuits, the Contractor shall obtain da safety circuit clearance from the serving utility. By-pass switch plugs shall be pulled and ' at Work" signs posted at switch boxes before any work is done. 0 209-2 MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION 209-2.01 Excavating and Backfilling. The excavations required for the installatioi conduit, foundations, and other appurtenances shall be performed in such a manner as to a any unnecessary damage to streets, sidewalks, landscaping, and other improvements. trenches shall not be excavated wider than necessary for the proper installation of the elecl appurtenances and foundations. Excavation shall not be performed until immediately be installation of conduit and other appurtenances. The material from the excavation shal placed in a position that will not cause damage or obstruction to vehicular and pedestrian ti nor interfere with surface drainage. Unless otherwise permitted in wliting by the Engineer, all surplus excavated material sha removed and disposed of, within 48 hours, outside the highway right of way in accordance the provisions in Sections 7-8.1, 'Cleanup and Dust Control", 300-1.3, 'Removal and DisF of Materials" and' 302-6, 'Surplus Material", depending on the origin and nature of the mate to be removed and disposed. The excavations shall be backfilled in conformance with the provisions in Sections 300 "Structure BacMill" or 306-1.3, 'Backfill and Densification," depending on the nature oi structure or conduit that the excavation being backfilled accommodates. Excavations backfilling shall be kept well filled and maintained in a smooth and well-drained condition permanent repairs are made. All excavations shall be filled, and sidewalks, pavement, landscaping restored at each intersection prior to excavating at any other intersection, ur otherwise permitted by the Engineer. Excavations in the street or highway shall be perf01 in such a manner that not more than one traffic lane is restricted at any time, unless othei approved by the Engineer. -- 0 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page91 I @% e E* 2/26/97 209-2.02 Removing and Replacing Improvements. In addition to the requirements of sections 7-9, ‘Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements” and 306-1 “5, ‘Trench Resurfacing” Improvements such as sidewalks, curbs, gutters, portland cement concrete and asphalt concrete pavement, underlying material, lawns and plants, and any other improvements removed, broken or damaged by the Contractor‘s operations, shall be replaced or reconstructed with the same kind of material as found on the work or with materials of equal quality. The new work shall be left in a serviceable condition. Whenever a part of a square or slab of existing concrete sidewalk, curb, gutter, or driveway is broken or damaged, the entire square, section or slab shall be removed and the concrete reconstructed as above specified. The outline of all areas to be removed in portland cement concrete sidewalks and driveways and in pavements shall be wt’to a minimum depth of 50 mm (2”) with an abrasive type saw prior to removing the sidewalk, driveways and pavement material. Cuts shall be neat and true along score lines, with no shatter outside the removal area. 209-2.03 Foundations, Portland cement materials and construction methods shall conform to Section 201, ‘Concrete, Mortar and Related concrete Materials,” for Materials and Section 303, ‘Concrete and Masonry Construction,“ for construction methods. Concrete foundations shall rest on firm ground. Except when located on structures, foundations for posts, standards, and pedestals, not shown on the plans to have mortar pads, shall be placed ‘in the solid” and monolithic except for the top 50 mm (2”) which shall be placed after the post, standard or pedestal is in proper position. After each post, standard, or pedestal on structures, and each standard shown on the plans to have mortar pads, is in proper position, mortar shall be placed under the base plate as shown on the plans. The exposed portions shall be formed to present a neat appearance. Mortar shall consist of one part by volume of portland cement and 3 parts of dean sand, shall contain only sufficient moisture to permit packing and shall be cured by keeping it damp for 3 days. Reinforced cast-indrilled-hoie concrete pile foundations for traffic signal and lighting standards shall conform to the provisions in Section 205-3.3, ‘Cast-in-Place Concrete Piles,” except that material resulting from drilling holes shall be disposed of as provided in Section 209-2.01, “Excavating and Backfilling.” The‘ exposed portions of the foundation shall be formed to present a neat appearance. Forms shall be true to line and grade. Tops of foundations for posts and standards, except special foundations, shall be finished to curb or sidewalk grade or as directed by the Engineer. Forms shall be rigid and securely braced in place. Conduit ends and anchor bolts shall be placed in proper position and to proper height, and shall be held in place by means of a template until the concrete sets. Anchor bars or studs and nuts, except for Type 30 and Type 31 lighting standards, shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 307. Headed anchor bolts for foundations shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 307, Grade B with SI supplementary requirements. At the option of the Contractor, nonheaded anchor bolts for foundations shall conform either to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 307, Grade C or to the provisions in AASHTO Designation: M 314, Grade 36 or 55 with S1 supplementary requirements. When nonheaded anchor bolts conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 307, Grade C are furnished, the end of each fabricated anchor bolt shall be either coded by end stamping as required in ASTM Designation: A307 or the end that projects .from the concrete shall be permanently coded with a green color by the manufacturer. High strength anchor bolts, bars, or studs for Type 30 and Type 31 lighting standards shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 325, e 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 92 of 221 A 325M or A 449 and shall comply with the mechanical requirements of ASTM Designati A325 or A325M after galvanizing. Nuts and washers for high strength anchor bolts ! conform to ASTM Designations: A563 or A563M, and F476 or F476M, respectively. addition to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 449, studs shall be marked on either as required for bolt heads. All steel parts shall be galvanized in accordance with the provis in Section 21 0-3.6, "Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities." The upper threaded portion of all anchor bolts shall be provided with 2 nuts and 2 was1 each. Anchor bars or studs shall be provided with 3 nuts and washers each. Welding shal be performed on any portion of the body of high-strength anchor bolts, anchor bars, or stud: Plumbing of the standards shall be accomplished by adjusting the leveling nuts before pia mortar or before the foundation is finished to final grade. Shims, or other similar devices not be used for plumbing or raking of posts, standards or pedestals. Both forms and ground which will be in contact with the concrete shall be thoroughly moist€ before placing concrete. Forms shall not be removed until the concrete has thoroughly ! Ordinary surface finish, as specified in Section 303-1.9.2, "Ordinary Surface Finish," sha applied to exposed surfaces of concrete. Where obstructions prevent the construction planned foundation, the Contractor shall construct an effective foundation as directed b) Engineer. The foundations shown on the plans shall be extended if conditions rei additional depth, and the additional work, if ordered by the Engineer, will be paid for as I work as provided in Section 3-2, "Changes Initiated By The Agency." Unless otherwise specified or shown on the plans, foundations not to be reused sha removed. When a foundation is shown on the plans to be abandoned, the top of found: anchor bolts, and conduits shall be removed to a depth of not less than 1 .O m (3') below SUI of sidewalk or unimproved ground. The resulting hole shall be backfilled with ma equivalent to the surrounding material. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, all standar be relocated shall be provided with new foundations and anchor bolts of the proper typc size. Posts, poles, standards, pedestals, and cabinets shall not be erected until the found has set at least 7 days, and shall be plumbed or raked, as directed by the Engineei unpaved areas, a 1.0 m (3') square, 100 mm (4") thick or of the size shown on the F whichever is the larger, raised pad of portland cement concrete shall be placed in front of controller cabinet. 209-2.04 Standards, Steel Pedestals and Posts. Standards for traffic signals and ligl and steel pedestals for cabinets and other similar equipment shall be located as shown o plans. Workmanship and finish shall be equal to the best general practice of metal fabric shops. All welding shall conform to AWS D1.l, "Structural Welding Code," and tc requirements in this Section 209-2.04. All welds joining the shafts of the standards and arms to their base plates shall be as shown on the plans, however, alternative weld joint d may be approved by the Engineer. Approval of alternative weld joint details will be contil upon the proposed weld joint passing both weld procedure and nondestructive testir deemed necessary by the Engineer. All costs of the supplemental testing shall be borne t Contractor. All standards except Type 1, and all signal mast arms, shall have an aluminum identific plate, as noted on the plans, attached with stainless steel rivets or screws. Type 1 stanl and steel pedestals for controller cabinets shall be constructed of 3 mm (.125") or t' galvanized steel; or 100 mm (4") standard weight galvanized, steel pipe or Size 103, T conduit, with the top designed for post-top slip-fitter. Standard weight galvanized, stee shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A53. Materials and constr em 0 0 0 aS 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 93 methods for all ferrous metal parts of standards, with shaft length of 4.6 m (15') and longer, shall conform to the details shown on the plans, the requirements of Sections 206, 'Miscellaneous Metal Items," for Materials and Section 304, "Metals Fabrication and Construction," for construction methods except as otherwise noted, and the following requirements: 1) Except as otherwise specified, standards shall be fabricated from sheet steel of weldable grade having a minimum yield strength, after fabrication, of 276 Mpa (40,000 psi). Certified test reports which verify conformance to the minimum yield strength requiremenUs shall be submitted to the Engineer. The test reports may be the mill test reports for the as-received steel or, when the as-received steel has a lower yield strength than required, the Contractor shall provide supportive test data which provides assurance that the Contractor's method of cold forming will consistently increase the tensile properties sf the steel to meet the specified minimum yield strength. The supportive test data shall include tensile properties of the steel both before and after cold forming for specific heats and thicknesses. 2) When a single-ply 8 mm (0.312V) thick pole is specified, a %ply pole with equivalent section modulus may be substituted. Standards may be fabricated of full-length sheets or shorter sec- tions. Each section shall be fabricated from not more than 2 pieces of sheet steel. Where 2 pieces are used, the longitudinal welded seams shall be directly opposite one another. When the sections are butt-welded together, the longitudinal welded seams on adjacent sections shall be placed to form continuous straight seams from base to top of standard. 3) Butt-welded transverse joints shall be strengthened by inserting a metal sleeve at each joint. The sleeve shall be 3 mm (0.120') nominal thickness, or thicker, steel having the same chemical composition as the steel in the standard. When the sections to be joined have different specified minimum yield strengths, the steel in the sleeve shall have the same chemical composition as the higher minimum yield strength steel to be joined. ?he metal sleeve shall have a minimum length of 25 mm. The sleeve shall be centered at the joint and have the same taper as the standard with the outside of the sleeve in full contact with the inside of the standard throughout the sleeve length and circumference. All welds shall be continuous. The weld metal at the transverse joint shall extend to the sleeve, making the sleeve an integral part of the joint. Longitudinal welds in steel tubular sections will be tested in accordance with California Test 664. The sampling frequency shall be as determined by the Engineer. The welds may be made by the electric resistance welding process. All exposed welds, except fillet and fatigue resistant welds and welds on top of mast arms, shall be ground flush with the base metal. 4) All exposed edges of the plates which make up the base assembly shall be finished smooth and all exposedxomers of the plates shall be neatly rounded unless otherwise shown on the plans. Shafts shall be provided with slip-fitter shaft caps. Standards shall be straight, with a permissive variation not to exceed 25 mm (I") measured at the midpoint of a 9 rn (30') or 1 I m (36') standard and not to exceed 20 mm (3/4") measured at the midpoint of a 5 m (17') through 6 m (20') standard. Variation shall not exceed 25 mm (1") at a point 4.5 m (15') above the base plate for Type 35 and Type 36 standards. 5) All galvanized nuts, used on assemblies with a specified preload or torque, shall be lubricated in accordance with the requirements specified for galvanized Grade DH nuts in ASTM Designation: A 563 or A 563M. 6) Standards with an outside diameter of 300 mm (12") or less shall be round. Standards with an outside diameter greater than 300 mm (12") shall be round or multisided. Multisided standards shall have a minimum of 10 sides which shall be convex and shall have a minimum bend radius of 100 mm (4"). 7) Mast arms for standards, shall be fabricated from material as specified for standards and shall conform to the dimensions shown on the plans. 8) The cast steel option for slip bases shall be fabricated from material conforming to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 27/A 27M, Grade 70-40. Other comparable material may be used if written permission is given by the Engineer. The casting tolerances shall be in @ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 94 of 221 Standard Type 15-SB 30 31 36-20A Torque (Newton-meters) Torque Foot- Pounds 200 150 200 150 275 200 225 165 Holes left in the shafts of existing standards, due to removaU of equipment or mast arms, shall be repaired by welding in a suitable disk, grinding smooth, and painting as provided for repairing damaged gatvanized surfaces in Section 21 0-3.6, "Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities." When directed by the Engineer, existing standards to be relocated or reused in place shall be repaired. Large dents shall be removed, shafts shall be straightened, and portions which are in poor condition due to corrosion or damage, shall be replaced. Extent of repairs or replacements will be determined by the Engineer and the repairs or replacements ordered by the Engineer will be paid for as extra work as provided in Section 3-2, 'Changes Initiated By The Agency." Anchor bolts or bars and nuts required for relocating existing standards shall be furnished by the Contractor. When a standard or mast arm is relocated, or when a used standard or mast arm is Agency-furnished, new nuts, bolts, cap screws and washers shall be provided and, if the standard has a slip base, a new keeper plate shall be provided. New hardware shall conform to the requirements for hardware used with new standards. New standards, mast arms, posts and other ferrous materials shall be galvanized as provided in Section 210-3.6, "Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities." 209-2.05 Conduit. All conductors shall be run in conduit, except overhead and temporary installations, and where conductors are run inside poles. Conduit shall be of the sizes shown on the plans and as specified in this Section 209-2.05. In addition, the Contractor may, as an option at the Contractor's expense, use conduit of a larger size than that shown or specified, provided the larger size is used for the entire length of the run from outlet to outlet. Reducing couplings will not be permitted. New conduit shall not pass through foundations for standards. 209-2.05A Material. Conduit and conduit fittings shall be UL or ETL listed and shall conform to the following: Type 1. Hotdip galvanized rigid steel conduit conforming to the requirements in UL Publication UL 6 for Rigid Metallic Conduit. The zinc mating will be tested in accordance with ASTM Designation: A 239. 2) Type 2. Hat-dip galvanized rigid steel conduit conforming to Type 1 above and coated with polyvinyl chloride or polyethylene. The exterior thermoplastic coating shall have a minimum thickness of 0.9 mrn (35 mils). 3) Type 3. Rigid non-metallic cohduit conforming to the requirements in the UL Standard for Rigid Non-Metallic Conduit (Publication UL 651). Type 3 conduit shall be installed at all underground locations. 4) Type 4. Liquid tight flexible metal conduit shall consist of conduit with a liquid tight, non- metallic, sunlight-resistant jacket over an inner flexible metan core. Type 4 conduit shall be UL listed for use as the grounding conductor. 5) Type 5. Intermediate steel conduit (IMC) conforming to the requirements in UL Publication 1242 for Intermediate Metallic Conduit. Type 5 conduit shall only be used when specified. Bonding bushings to be installed on metal conduit shall be insulated and shall be the galvanized or zinc alloy type. All conduit installed underground shall be Type 3, rigid non-metallic conduit. Type 3 conduit shall be installed at underground locations only. 209-2.05B Use. Exposed conduit installed on a painted structure shall be painted the same color as the structure. Unless otherwise indicated, the minimum metric trade size of conduit: 1) From an electrolier to the adjacent pull box shall be Size 41 (I1/*" dia). 2) From a pedestrian push button post to the adjacent pull box shall be Size 27 (I" dia). 3) From a signal standard to the adjacent pull box shall be Size 53 (2"dia). 4) From a controller cabinet to the adjacent pull box shall be Size 78 (3" dia). 5) For detector runs shall be Size 41 (1 1/2n dia). 6) Not otherwise specified shall be Size 41 (1 l/Zn dia). @ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 96 of 221 209-2.05C Installation. Conduit shall be installed in conformance with the codes i regulations listed in Section 209-1.02, "Regulations and Code." Conduit runs shown on plans may be changed to avoid underground obstructions with written approval by Engineer. The ends of all conduits, whether shop or field cut, shall be reamed to remove bt and rough edges. Cuts shall be made square and true. Slip joints or running threads will be permitted for coupling conduit. When a standard coupling cannot be used for coupling mi type conduit, a UL or ETL listed threaded union coupling shall be used. All couplings for mc type conduit shall be tightened to provide a good electrical connection throughout the en length of the conduit run. Conduit shall be tightened into couplings or fittings using st wrenches or approved groove joint pliers. Conduit threads and damaged surfaces on mi conduit shall be painted with 2 applications of approved unthinned zinc-rich primer (orgE vehicle type) conforming to the requirements in Section 210-3.6, "Galvanizing for Traffic Si$ Facilities." Aerosol cans shall not be used, The ends of conduit shall be threaded and shall be capped with standard pipe caps or "penn to protect the raceway against dirt and concrete until wiring is started. When caps or "penn are removed, the ends of conduit and conduit fittings shall be provided with conduit bushin Conduit terminating in pull boxes or foundations shall be provided with insulated bonc bushings Conduit bends, except factory bends, shall have a radius of not less than 6 times the in: diameter of the conduit. Where factory bends are not used, conduit shall be bent, witt crimping or flattening, using the longest radius practicable. A No. 12 copper pull wire or a pull rope shall be installed in all conduits which are to rea future conductors. The pull rope shall be nylon or polypropylene with a minimum ter strength of 2225 N (500 pounds). At least 0.6 m (2') of pull wire or rope shall be doubled b into the conduit at each termination. Existing underground conduit to be Incorporated in' new system shall be cleaned with a mandrel or cylindrical wire brush and blown out compressed air. Conduit shall be laid to a depth of not less than 460 mm (18") below grade in portland cen concrete sidewalk areas and curbed paved median areas, and not less than 750 mm ( below finished grade in all other areas. Conduit may be laid on top of the existing paven within new curbed medians being constructed on top of the existing pavement. Cor couplings shall be located at least 150 mm (6") from face of foundation. Unless "Trenching In Pavement Method" is specifically allowed or required on the plans c these special provisions, conduit shall be placed under existing pavement by jacking or dri methods. Pavement shall not be disturbed without permission from the Engineer. In the e obstructions are encountered, upon approval of the Engineer, small holes may be cut in pavement to locate or remove obstructions. Jacking or drilling pits shall be kept 0.6 m (2') c of the edge of any type of pavement wherever possible. Excessive use of water, such pavement might be undermined or subgrade softened, will not be permitted. Conduit tc placed as part of the completed work shall not be used for drilling or jacking. When "Trenc in Pavement Method" is specifically allowed or required on the plans or in these sp provisions, installation of conduit under pavement shall conform to the following: 1) Conduit shall be placed under existing pavement in a trench approximately 50 mm (2") v than the outside diameter of the conduit to be installed. 2) Trench shall not exceed 150 mm (6") in width. 3) Trench depth shall not exceed 300 mm (12") or conduit metric trade size plus 250 mm ( whichever is greater, except that at pull boxes the trench may be hand dug to required dept -0 0 0 @ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 97 c 4) The top of the installed conduit shall be a minimum of 230 mm (9’) below finished grade. In areas where additional pavement is to be placed, trenching installation shall be completed prior to placing the final pavement layer. 5) The outline of all areas of pavement to be removed shall be cut to a minimum depth of 75 mm CY) with a rock cutting excavator specifically designed for this purpose. 6) Cuts shall be neat and true with no shatter outside the removal area. 7) The conduit shall be placed in the bottom of the trench and the trench shall be backfilled with trench backfill slurry concrete. 8) Concrete backfill shall be placed to the pavement surface except, when the trench is in asphalt concrete pavement and additional pavement is not being placed, the top 30 mm (0.10’) of the trench shall be baMiIled with asphalt concrete produced from commercial quality paving asphalt and aggregates. Prior to spreading asphalt concrete, paint binder (tack coat) shall be applied as specified in Section 302-5.4, “Tack Coat.” Spreading and compacting of asphalt concrete shall be performed by any method which will produce an asphalt concrete surfacing of uniform smoothness, texture, and density. All excavated areas in the pavement shall be backfilled, except for the top 30 mm (O.lO’), by the end of each work period. The top 30 mm (0.10’) shall be placed within 3 calendar days after trenching. Conduit to be placed beneath railroad tracks shall comply with the following: 1) The conduit shall be Size 41 (11/2n dia.) minimum, and shall be placed to a minimum depth of 900 mm (3’) below bottom of tie. The near side of each conduit jacking pit shall be constructed not less than 4 m (12’) from the centerline of track. When the jacking pit is to be left overnight, it shall be covered with substantial planking. 2) Conduit terminating in standards or pedestals shall extend not more than 50 mm (2”) vertically above the foundation and shall be sloped towards the handhole opening. 3) Conduit entering through the side of non-metallic pull boxes shall terminate not more than 50 mm (2’) inside the box wall and not less than 50 mm (2’) above the bottom, and shall be sloped toward top of box to facilitate pulling of conductors. Conduit entering through the bottom of a pull box shall terminate 50 mm (2’) above the bottom and shall be located near the end walls to leave the majcr portion of the box clear. 4) At all outlets, conduits shall enter from the direction of the run. Conduit runs from underground, including under sidewalks, which are adjacent to gasoline service stations or other installations of underground gasoline or diesel storage, piping, or pumps, and which lead to a controller cabinet, circuit breaker panel, service, or any enclosure where an arc mqy occur during normal operations, shall be sealed if the conduit is within the limits specified in the National Electrical Code for Class 1, Division 1, Hazardous Locations. Type 1 or Type 2 conduit shall be used for these runs. Conduit for future use in structures shall be threaded and capped. Conduit leading to soffit, wall or other lights or fixtures below the grade of the pull box shall be sealed by means of a sealing fitting and sealing compound, except that sealing fitting and sealing compound will not be required where conduit terminates in a No. 9 or No. 9A pull box. Conduits in or on walls or bridge superstructures shall be supported as shown on the plans, in conformance with the following: 1) Steel hangers, steel brackets, and other fittings shall conform to the materials and consrtruction methods provisions in Sections 206-1, “Structural Steel, Rivets, Bolts, pins and Anchor Bolts”, for materials and 304-1, “Structural Steel” for construction methods. 2) Cast-in-place metal inserts for hangers or brackets shall be capable of developing 135 Mpa (20,000 pounds per square inch) in tension on the net section of the bolt or threaded rod. 3) Precast concrete conduit cradles shall conform to the dimensions shown on the plans and shall be constructed of commercial quality concrete containing not less than 350 kg of portland G 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 98 of 221 cement per cubic meter (564 Ibs. per cubic yard) and commercial quality welded wire fabi The cradles shall be moist cured for not less than 3 days. 4) Precast concrete cradles shall be bonded to the structure with epoxy adhesive conformini the provisions in Section 214-6.2.2, 'Standard Set Epoxy Adhesive for Pavement Markers, Section 214-6.2.1, 'Rapid Set Epoxy Adhesive for Pavement Markers" or comforming to S of Caiifomia specification 8040-21M-08, Type I when cure temperatures are above 15°C (5s or to State of California specification 8040-21M-08, Type I when cure temperatures are be 15°C (59°F). 5) Openings for conduits through bridge superstructure concrete shall be formed or r consist of pipe sleeves. 6) Where conduits pass through the abutment concrete, the conduits shall be wrapped wil layers of asphalt-felt building paper, securely taped or wired in place. 7) The space around conduits through bridge abutment walls shall be filled with portll cement mortar conforming to the provisions in Section 201-5, "Cement Mortar," except that proportion of cement to sand shall be one to 3. 8) When the bridge superstructure is to be prestressed, the space around conduits thro abutments shall not be filied until the prestressing has been completed. 9) Conduit which is surface mounted shall be run straight and true, horizontal or vertical on walls and parallel to walls on ceilings or other similar surfaces. Conduit shall be supporte intervals of not more than 1.5 m (5'), and closer where necessary to prevent vibratior unsightly deflection. The supports shall consist of galvanized malleable iron conduit clai and clamp backs secured with expansion anchorage devices conforming to the requiremc for concrete anchorage devices in Sections 206-1, "Structural Steel, Rivets, Bolts, pins Anchor Bolts", for materials and 304-1, 'Structural Steel" for construction methods. Threa studs shall be galvanized and shall be of the largest diameter that will pass through the mo ing hole in conduit clamp. Attention is directed to Section 209-2.10, "Bonding and Grounding." Where pull boxes placed in conduit runs, the conduit shall be fitted with threaded bushings and bonded. location of ends of all conduits in structures, or terminating at curbs, shall be marked by a "' least 75 mm (3") high cut into the face of curb, gutter, or wall, directly above the conduit above grade line. 209-2.050 Expansion Fittings. Expansion fittings shall be installed where the cor crosses any expansion joint in the structure. Each expansion fitting for metal conduit sha provided with a'copper bonding jumper having the ampacity required by the Code. E expansion-deflection fitting for expansion joints of 38 mm (1 1/2") movement rating shal watertight and shall consist of a molded neoprene sleeve, a bonding jumper and 2 si1 bronze or zinc-plated iron hubs. Each fitting shall permit a minimum of 19 mm (3/4") expan and contraction and a minimum of 19 mm (3/4") lateral deflection. Details of expans deflection fittings for joints of movement rating of more than 38 mm (1 '/:) shall be as show the plans and specified in these special provisions. 209-2.06 Pull Boxes. Pull boxes shall be installed at the locations shown on the plans c specified. The Contractor may, as an option, at the Contractor's expense, use pull boxes larger standard size than that shown or specified. 209-2.06A Materials. Pull boxes, covers and extensions for installation in the ground sidewalk areas shall be of the sizes and details shown on the plans and shall be preca reinforced portland cement concrete (PCC) Street lighting pull box lids shall be marked wit1 word "street lighting" @ * Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 99 I -0 a b 2/26/97 209-2.08 Conductors. Conductors shall be copper of the gage shown on the plans, unless specified otherwise. Copper wire shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designations: B3andB8. Wire sizes, other than conductors used in loop detector lead-in cable, shall be based on American Wire Gage (AWG), except that conductor diameter shall be not less than 98 percent of the specified AWG diameter. Conductors for branch circuits shall be sued to prevent a voltage drop exceeding 3 percent at the furthest connected load, while drawing the combination of all connected loads capable of simultaneous operation. The maximum voltage drop for both feeders and branch circuits shall not exceed 5 percent at the furthest connected load, while drawing the combination of all connected loads capable of simultaneous operation. Conductors used in loop detector lead-in cable shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: B 286. A Certificate of Compliance conforming to the provisions in Section 4-1.5, “Certification,” shall be submitted by the manufacturer with each type of cable to be used on a project. 209-2.08A Conductor Identification. All single conductors in cables, except detector lead-in cables, shall have dear, distinctive and permanent markings on the outer surface throughout the entire length showing the manufacturer‘s name or trademark, insulation type letter designation, conductor size, voltage rating and the number of conductors if a cable. Conductor insulation shall be of a solid color or of basic colors with a permanent colored stripe as detailed in the following table unless otherwise specified. Solid or basic colors shall be homogeneous through the full depth of insulation. Identification stripes shall be continuous over the entire length of the conductor. For condudor sizes No. 2 and larger, the insulation may be black and the ends of the conductors shall be taped with electrical insulating tape of the required color for a minimum of 500 mm (20”). All single conductors in cables shall be marked as shown in Table 209-2.08A (A): G$ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bi\ Page 100 of 221 TABLE 209-2.08A (A) CONDUCTORS e .................................... .................... .................................... .................... .................................... .................... Pedestrian Signals ................................ ................ ................................ ................ ................................ ................................ Control 0 ................ .................. .................... Interconnect ................................ ................................ Notes: 1. On overlaps, insulation is striped for first phase in designation, for example, a phase (2+3) conductor is strip( as for phase 2. 2. Band for overlap and special phases as required. 3. Flashing beacons having separate service do not require banding. 4. These requirements do not apply to signal cable. 5. 'S" if circuit is switched on line side of service equipment by utility. 6. Band conductors in each pull box and near ends of termination points. On signal light circuits, a single banc be placed around 2 or 3 ungrounded conductors comprising a phase. 7. Ungrounded conductors between service switch and flasher mechanism shall be black and banded as indici in this column. 8. Conductors between ballasts and sign lighting lamps shall be No. 16 and color shall correspond to that of th ballast leads. a 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 101 c 0 9. Both conductors between external H.I.D. ballbt and lamp socket shall be black. 10. Black acceptable for size No. 2 and larger. Tape ends for 500 mm (20") 'with indicated color. 11. Wire sizes listed are minimums. Ampacity requirements of specific circuits or voltage drop may necessitate larger conductors. 209-2.08B Multiple Circuit Conductors.- Conductors for multiple circuits shall be UL or ETL listed and rated for 600-volt operation. The insulation for No. 14 through No. 4 conductors shall be one of the following: 1) Type TW polyvinyl chloride conforming to the requirements of ASTM Designation: D 2219. 2) Type THW polyvinyl chloride. 3) Type USE, Type RHH or Type RHW cross-linked polyethylene. At any point, the minimum thickness of any Type TW, THW, USE, RHH or RHW insulation shall be 1.0 mm (40 mils) for conductor sizes No. 14 to No. 10, inclusive, and 1.3 mm (54 mils) for No. 8 to No. 2, inclusive. The insulation for No. 2 and larger conductors shall be one of the types listed above or shalt be Type THWN. Conductors for wiring wall luminaires shall be stranded copper, with insulation rated for use at temperatures up to 125°C. Overhead lighting conductors shall be No. 8, or larger, medium hard drawn copper with weatherproof covering. 209-2.08C Series Circuit Conductors. Conductors for series circuits shall be No. 8, shall be rated for 5000-volt operation and shall be insulated with 3.7 mm (150 mils) minimum thickness polyvinyl chloride compound conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: D 2219, or polyethylene conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: D 1351. 2094.081) Signal Cable. Sianal cable shall be installed. Individual cor :'uctors are not allowed. Signal cable shall conform to the following: The cable jacked shall be black polyethylene with an inner polyester binder sheath, and shall be rated for 600- volt and 75°C. All cables shall have clear, distinctive, and permanent markings on the outer surface throughout the entire length of the cable showing the manufacturer's name or trademark, insulation designation, number d conductors, conductor sizes, and the voltage rating of the jacket. Filler material, if used, shall be polyethylene material. JndividuaU conductors in the cable shall be solid copper with Type THWN insulation, and shall conform to the requirements in Section 209- 2.08, "Conductors," and ASTM Designation: B 286. The minimum thickness of Type THWN insulation, at any point, shall be 0.3 mm ( 13 mils) for conductor sizes No. 14 and No. 12, and 0.4 mm (18 mils) for conductor ske No. 10. The minimum thickness of the nylon jacket shall be 0.1 mm (4 mils) at any point. Three-Conductor Cable (3CSC). The 3-conductor signal cable shall consist of three No. 14 conductors. The cable jacket shall have a minimum average thickness of 1.1 mm (45 mils) and a minimum thickness at any point of 0.9 mm (36 mils). The nominal outside diameter of the cable shall not exceed 10 mm (0.10"). The color code of the conductors shall be bluelbiack stripe, bluelorange stripe, and whitelblack stripe. The 3 conductor cable shall be used for pedestrian push buttons and a spare. Five Conductor Cable (SCSC). The 5-conductor signal cable shall consist of five No. 14 conductors. The cable jacket shall have a minimum average thickness of 1 .l rnm (45 mils) and shall have a minimum thickness at any point of 0.9 mrn (36 mils). The nominal outside diameter of the cable shall not exceed 13 mm (0.50"). The color code of the conductors shall be red, yellow, brown, black, and white. Q 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 102 of 221 Insulation Colors red yellow brown redlblack stripe Stripe yellow/black stripe brownblack stripe black whiteblack stripe TABLE 209-2.08D(c) TWELM -CONDUCTOR CABLE SIGNAL CABLE 1) The signal commons in each 28-conductor cable shall be kept separate except at the signal controller. 2) Each 28-conductor cable shall be labeled in each pull box “CI” or ‘CZ,. 3) The cable identified “CI” shall be used for signal Phases 1, 2, 3 and 4. The cable identified “CY shall be used for signal Phases 56.7 and 8. 4) Each signal cable, except 28-conductor, shall be marked, in each pull box, showing the signal standard to which it is connected. 209-2.08E Signal Interconnect Cable (SIC). Signal Interconnect Cable shall consist of six or twelve No. 20, minimum, stranded tinned copper conductors as shown on the plans or required herein. Each conductor shall be insulated with 0.33 mm (0.013”), minimum nominal thickness, color coded, polypropylene material. Conductors shall be in twisted pairs. Color coding shall distinguish each pair. Each pair shall be wrapped with an aluminum polyester shield and shall have a No. 22 or larger, stranded, tinned copper drain wire inside the shielded pair. The cable jacket shall be black, high density polyethylene, rated for a minimum of 300- volts and 60°C, and shall have a nominal wall thickness of 1.0 mm (40 mils), minimum. The cable jacket or the moisture-resistant tape directly under the outer jacket shall be marked with the manufacturer‘s name, insulation type designation, number of conductors and conductor size, and voltage and temperature ratings. Splices shall be made only where shown on the @ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 104 of 221 plans or in controller cabinets. A minimum of one meter (3’) of slack shall be provided at el splice and 2 m (Sa) at each controller cabinet. Splices of conductors shall be insulated i heat-shrink tubing of the appropriate size and shall overlap the conductor insulation at le 15 mm (0.5”). The overall cable splice shall be covered with heat-shrink tubing, with at least mm (1‘/;) of overlap of the cable jacket. 209-2.09 Wiring. All conductors shall be run in conduit, except overhead and tempor installations and where conductors are run inside poles. Wiring shall be done in conformal with the regulations and code listed in Section 209-1.02, “Regulations and Code,” and following additional requirements: 209-2.09A Circuitry. Sufficient traffic signal light conductors shall be provided to perform functional operation of the signal and, in addition thereto, 3 spare conductors shall be provic in all conduits containing traffic signal light conductors, unless shown otherwise on the pla Traffic signal light conductors shall not run to a terminal block on a standard unless they ar be connected to a signal head that is mounted thereon. Connection to each terminal f pedestrian push button shall be by a single conductor. The common for pedestrian push bu circuits shall be separate from the traffic signal light circuit grounded conductors. Wt ballasts or transformers are used, series conductors shall be run from ballast to ball transformer to transformer, and from ballast or transformer to service. 2099.098 Installation. A UL or ETL listed inert lubricant shall be used in placing conduc in conduit. Conductors shall be pulled into conduit by hand and the use of winches or o power actuated pulling equipment will not be permitted. When new conductors are to be ad to existing conductors in a conduit, all conductors shall be removed; the conduit shall cleaned as provided in Section 209-2.O5Cl “Installation”; and both old and new conductors s be pulled into the conduit as a unit. Where traffic signal light conductors are run in ligh standards containing street lighting conductors from a different service point, either the tri signal light conductors or the lighting conductors shall be encased in flexible or rigid rr conduit, to a point where the 2 types of conductors are no longer in the same racew Temporary conductors less than 3 m (10‘) above grade shall be enclosed in flexible or metal conduit. At least 0.3 m (1 ‘) of slack shall be left for each conductor at each signal or lighting stand or combined staMard, and at least one meter (3’) of slack at each pull box. At least one tr (3’) of slack shall be left for each conductor at each splice. Ends of spare conductor conductors terminated in pull boxes shall be taped to provide a watertight seal. Conductors within fixtures or service cabinets shall be neatly amnged and shall be ca together with self-clinching nylon cable ties, or other method approved by the Engineer. Tr signal light conductors, interconnect conductors, service conductors, detector conductors cables in controller cabinets and flashing beacon cabinets shall be neatly arranged, and ! be cabled together with self-clinching nylon cable ties, or enclosed in plastic tubing or racew Conductor identification shall be provided under the following conditions: 1) Where signal phase or circuit are not clearly indicated by conductor insulation color stripe as detailed in the conductor table in Section 209-2.08, “Conductors,” or when id fication stripes are not available, marking shall be as detailed in the conductor tablf special and overlap phases. 2) Where metered and unmetered conductors occupy the same pull box, the unmet circuit conductors shall be identified, “UNMETERED-STREET LTG,” “UNMETERED-CO STATION,” or as appropriate to describe the unmetered circuit. 0 * ’ em* 0 b 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 105 c Conductors shall be permanentty iden&d as to function. Identification shall be placed on each conductor, or each group of conductors comprising a signal phase, in each pull box and near the end of terminated conductors. Identification shall be by direct labeling, tags or bands fastened to the conductors in such a manner that they will not move along the conductors. Labeling shall be by mechanical methods. 209-2.09C Connectors and Terminals. Conductors shall be joined by the use of UL or ETL listed crimp type connectors as shown on the plans. Connectors and terminals shall be applied with the proper type tool as recommended by the manufacturer of the connector or terminal being used. Finished connections and terminals shall comply with the requirements of Military Specification MlL-T-7928. All stranded conductors smaller than No: 14 shall be terminated in crimp style terminal lugs. All connectors and terminal lugs for conductor sizes No. 8 and smaller shall be soldered by the hot iron, pouring or dipping method. Open flame soldering will not be permitted. 289-2.091) Splicing and Terminations. Unless specified otherwise or permitted by the Engineer, splices shall conform to the details shown on the plans and will be permitted only in the following types of circuits at the following locations: 1) Grounded conductors in pull boxes. 2) Pedestrian push button conductors in pull boxes. 3) Multiple or series lighting conductors in the pull box adjacent to each electrolier or luminaire location or in the bases of Type 21 standards. Where electroliers are more than 120 m (400‘) apart, splices will be permitted in pull boxes at 120 m (400‘), or greater, in- tervals. 4) When traffic signals are being modified, ungrounded traffic signal light conductors may be spliced in pull boxes at locations shown on the plans. 5) Ungrounded traffic signal light conductors to a terminal compartment or signal head on a standard may be spliced to through conductors of the same phase in the pull box adjacent to the standard. 6) All splices and terminal lugs for conductor sizes No. 8 and smaller shall be soldered by the hot iron, pouring or dipping method. Open flame soldering will not be permitted. 209-2.89E Splice Insulation. $1 splices shall be capable of satisfactory operation under continuous submersion in water. Multi-conductor cables shall be spliced and insulated to provide a watertight joint and to prevent absorption of moisture by the cable. Where more than one conductor enters the sleeve of a ballast installed in a pull box, the insulation and taping shall be applied between the conductors in such a manner as to provide a watertight joint. Splice insulation shall conform to the details shown o+ -e plans. Low-voltage tape shall be UL or ETL listed and shall t.% ;ne following types: 1 ) Self-fusing, oil and flame-resistant, synthetic rubber. 2) Pressure-sensitive, adhesive, polyvinyl chloride, 0.15 mm (0.007”) minimum thickness. Tape for insulating splices in high-voltage (over 600 V) circuits shall be designed for use on 5-kvolt circuits and shall be resistant to ozone, corona and water. Insulating pad shall be composed of a laminate of 2 mm (0.085”) thickness of electrical grade polyvinyl chloride and a 3 mm (0.125’) thickness of butyl splicing compound with removable liner. . Heat-shrink tubing shall be medium or heavy wall thickness, irradiated polyolefin tubing containing an adhesive mastic inner wall. Minimum wall thickness prior to contraction shall be one millimeter (39 mils). When heated, the inner wall shall melt and fill all crevices and interstices of the object being covered while the outer wall shrinks to form a waterproof insulation. Each end Of the heat- shrink tube or the open end of the end cap of heat-shrink tubing shall, after contraction, overlap a 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 106 of 221 Property Shrinkage Ratio: Dielectric Strength Resistivity: Tensile Strength: Operating Temperature: Water Absorption: Requirement 33 percent, maximum, of supplied diameter when heated to 12 allowed to cool to 25°C. 140 kV per 10 mm, minimum. 1013 X - mm, minimum. 14 MPa, minimum. -40°C to 90°C (1 35°C Emergency). 0.5 percent, maximum. 209-2.10 Bonding and Grounding. Metallic cable sheaths, metal pull box covers, metal conduit, equipment grounding conductors, ballast and transformer cases, service equipment, sign switches, and metal poles and pedestals shall be made mechanically and electrically secure to form a continuous system, and shall be effectively grounded. Bonding jumpers shall be miper wire or copper braid of the same cross sectional area as No. 6 for series lighting systems and No. 8 or larger for all other systems. The jumper size shall be increased to match the load or the circuit breaker size, or shall be as shown on the plans. Equipment gmunding conductors shall be color coded to Code requirements or shall be bare. The bonding jumper in standards with handhds shall be attached by a 4.5 mm (3/16") or larger brass bolt and shall be run to the conduit or bonding wire in the adjacent pull box. Standards without handholes shall be bonded by a jumper attached to all anchor bolts, and shall be run to the conduit or bonding wire in the adjacent pull box. Grounding jumper shall be visible after cap has been placed on foundation. Where slip base standards or slip base inserts are installed, the bonding jumper shall not intrude into the slip plane. Bonding shall be accomplished by a bonding strap to all anchor bolts or a 4.5 mm c/16') or larger brass bolt installed in the bottom slip base plate. One side of the secondary circuit of series-multiple and step-down transformers shall be grounded. Grounding of metal conduit, service equipment and the grounded conductor at sewice point shall be accomplished as required by the Code and the serving utility, except that grounding electrode conductor shall be No. 6, or larger. For equipment grounding purposes in Type 3 conduit, a No. 6 copper wire shall be run continuously in circuits used for series lighting, and a No. 8, minimum, copper wire shall be run continuously in all other circuits. The bonding wire size shall be increased to match the circuit breaker size, or shall be as shown on the plans. Where Type 3 conduit is to be installed for future conductors, the copper wire may be omitted. Equipment bonding and grounding conductors are not required in conduits which contain only loop lead-in cable or signal interconnect cable or both. At each multiple service disconnect location, a ground electrode shall be furnished and installed. Ground electrodes shall be one-piece lengths of galvanized steel rod or pipe not less than 19 mm (V4') in diameter, or 6f copper clad steel rod not less than 15 mm (V8'') in diameter. Ground electrodes shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of the Code. The service equipmeht shall be bonded to the ground electrode by use of a ground clamp or exothermic weld and No. 6 or larger copper wire, enclosed in a size 16 or larger diameter conduit. Ground clamp for service grounding and for grounding of equipment on wood poles shall be Size 16 galvanized, malleable iron conduit hub with swivel feature. On wood poles, all metallic equipment mounted less than 2.4 m (8') above ground surface shall be grounded. Bonding of metallic conduit in non-metallic pull boxes shall be by means of bonding bushings and bonding jumpers. Bonding of metallic conduit in metal pull boxes shall be by means of locknuts, one inside and one outside of the box. 209-2.11 Service. Electrical service installation and materials shall conform to the requirements of the serving utility. When the service equipment is to be installed on a utility- owned pole, the Contractor shall furnish and install conduit, conductors and all other necessary material to complete the installation of the service. The position of the riser and equipment will be determined by the utility. Service conduit shall conform to the requirements of the serving utility and shall be not less than Size 41 (l'/2n dia.). Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 108 of 221 q % 2126197 Where a kilowatt-hour meter is required, a meter socket with sealing ring, as approved by serving utility, shall be furnished and installed. Where a meter socket is installed, the mc enclosure shall be provided with factory installed test bypass facilities as required by serving utility. Service equipment shall be installed as soon as possible to enable the utilit schedule its work well in advance of the completion of the project. Each service shall be provided with a circuit breaker which shall simultaneously disconnec ungrounded service entrance conductors. All circuit breakers shall be quick-break on eil automatic or manual operation. The operating mechanism shall be enclosed and shall be 1 free from the operating handle on overload. Circuit breakers shall be trip-indicating, shall h frame size plainly marked and shall have trip rating clearly indicated on the operating hanc Overload tripping.of breakers shall not be influenced by an ambient temperature range of fi -18°C to 50°C. Multiple-pole breakers shall be the internal trip type. All circuit breakers shal listed by UL or ETL. Current rating of breakers shall be as shown on the plans. Cii breakers used as service disconnect equipment shall have a minimum interrupting capacil 10 000 A, rms. Circuit breakers shall be enclosed in a NEMA raintight enclosure with dt front panel and hasp with a 11 mm ('1,;) hole for a padlock. The padlock will be fumishec others. Service equipment enclosures, except Types I1 and 111, shall be galvanized or, at option of the Contractor, the enclosures may be provided with a factory applied rust resis prime coat and finish coat, in lieu of galvanizing. Types II and 111 service equipment enclosi shall be fabricated from galvanized sheet steel or fabricated from sheet steel and zinc or ( mium plated after fabrication, or shall be fabricated from aluminum. Fabrication of ser equipment enclosures shall conform to the requirements of Section 209-3.04A, 'Cat Construction." Steel enclosures shall be painted in accordance with the provisions in Sec 209-2.16, 'Painting." All overlapping exterior seams and doors shall meet the requirement: Type 3R enclosures specified in the NEMA Enclosure Standards. Except for falsework lighting and power for the Contractor's operations, upon written reques for both temporary and permanent installations and the Agency will pay all costs and required by the utility. The request shall be submitted not less than 15 days before sei connections are required. Except for falsework lighting and power for the Contractor's or tions, upon written request by the Contractor, the Engineer will arrange for furnishing elecl energy. Energy used prior to completion of the contract will be charged to the Contra except that the cost of energy used for public benefit, when an operation is ordered by Engineer, will be at the expense of the Agency. Full compensation for furnishing and installing Agency-owned or permanent service pc service equipment, conduit, conductors and pull boxes (including equipment, conduit, conductors placed on utility-owned poles) shall be considered as included in the contract of electrical work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Wherc service point is indeterminate and is shown on the plans as an 'approximate locatior 'service point not yet established", the labor and materials required for making the connec between the service point, when established, and the nearest pull box shown on the plan: be paid for as extra work as provided in Section 3-3, 'Extra Work." 209-2.12 Wood Poles. Wood poles for service or temporary installations shall be I Class 5, or larger. Poles shall not have more than 180 degrees twist in grain over thf length. Sweep shall be no more than 100 mm (4"). Tops of poles shall be beveled. Poles be placed in the ground to a depth of at least 1.8 m (6'). The lengths of poles shall be 7 (25') for service poles and 10.7 m (35') for other poles, unless otherwise specified. * - 0 the Contractor, the Engineer will arrange with the serving utility to complete service connect a Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 109 ( q % 2/26/97 After each wood pole is set in the ground, the space around the pole shall be backfilled with selected earth or sand, free of rocks and other deletedous material, placed in layers approximately 100 mm (4") thick. Each layer shall be moistened and thoroughly compacted. Mast arms for wood pole installations shall be fabricated from standard pipe, free from burrs. Each mast arm shall be provided with an insulated wire inlet and wood Pole mounting brackets for mast arm and tie-rod cross arm. Tie rods shall be of structural steel and pipe. Mast arms for luminaires shall be mounted to provide a mounting height of 9.1 m (30'). Mast arms for traffic signals and flashing beacons shall provide a minimum vertical clearance of 5.2 m (37') from bottom of equipment to the pavement. Wood poles, not to be painted, shall be pressure treated after fabrication with creosote, pentachlorophenol (oil borne) or copper naphthenate as provided in Section 204-2, 'Treatment With Preservatives." All wood poles shall be pressure treated after fabrication with ammoniacal copper arsenate, chromated copper arsenate or ammoniacal copper zinc arsenate as provided in Section 204-2, "Treatment With Preservatives." The minimum retention for water borne preservatives shall be that specified for posts. 209-2.13 Sign Control. Each sign illumination installation shall be provided with a disconnect circuit breaker mounted on the sign standard or structure, as shown on the plans. Where the sign lighting is served from a series lighting circuit through a series-multiple transformer, the circuit breaker shall be installed in the secondary circuit. Where the sign lighting is served through a multiple-multiple transformer, the circuit breaker shall be installed in the primary circuit. Circuit breakers shall meet the requirements for circuit breakers in Section 209-2.11, 'Service." Enclosure for the circuit breaker shall be NEMA Type 3R, shall be galvanized or shall be cadmium plated, and shall be provided with dead front panel and a hasp with a 11 mm ('/,/) diameter hole for a padlock. Padlocks will be furnished by others. When the sign structure is to be painted, the Circuit breaker or sign switch enclosure shall be painted the same color as the sign structure on which it is mounted. 209-2.14 Testing. Attention is directed to Section 4-1.4, "Test of Materials." Testing shall conform to the following: 209-2.14A Materials Testing. Material and equipment to be tested shall be delivered to a testing location designated by the Engineer. Testing will be performed by the Agency. Testing and quality conml procedures for Model 170 and Model 2070 controller assemblies shall conform to the requirements in 'Transportation Electrical Equipment Specifications," and "Traffic Signal Control Equipment Specifications," issued by the State of California, Department of Transportation, and to all addendums thereto current at the time of project advertising. Testing and quality control procedures for all other trafftc signal controller assemblies shall conform to the requirements in the NEMA TS Standards for Traffic Control Systems. In the event equipment submitted for testing does not comply with specifications, the Contractor shall remove the equipment for repair within 5 working days after notification that the equipment is rejected. In the event the equipment is not removed within that period, it may be shipped to the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall allow 30 days for Agency testing from the time the material or equipment is delivered to the Agency test site. When equipment being tested has been rejected for failure to comply with the specifications, the Contractor shall allow 30 days for Agency retesting. The retesting period shall begin when the corrected equipment is made available at the test site. a 326197 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 1 IO of 221 -s All testing subsequent to rejection of the equipment for failure to comply with spedfica requirements will be at the expense of the Contractor. Deductions to cover the cost of testing will be made ftom any moneys due or which may become due the Contractor under contract. The Contractor will be notified when testing of the equipment has been complt and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to deliver the equipment to the site of the work at the Contractor's request and the Agency's convenience, the Agency will pack and ship equipment to the Coniractor or to the site of work. The sum of $100 or the actual cos packing and shipping, whichever amount is greater, will be deducted, for each unit of equipn shipped by the Agency, from any moneys due to the Contractor under the contract. 209-2.148 Field Testing. Prior to start of functional testing, the Contractor shall perform following tests on all circuits, in the presence of the Engineer. 209-2.14B(l) Continuity. Each circuit shall be tested for continuity. 209-2.14B(2) Ground. Each circuit shall be tested for grounds. 209-2.14B(3) Insulation Resistance. An insulation resistance test at 500 volts DC sha made on each circuit between the circuit and a ground. The insulation resistance shall nc less than 10 MR on all circuits, except for inductive loop detector circuits which shall hav insulation resistance value of not less than 100 MR. The insulation resistance test shall not be performed on magnetometer sensing elemer Splices in the pull box adjacent to the magnetometer sensing elements shall not be made to performing the test on the lead-in conductors between the pull box and the controller cal field terminals. 209-2.14C Functional Testing. Attention is directed to Section 209-1.06, 'Schedulin Work," regarding requirements for test periods. A functional test shall be made in whict- demonstrated that each and every part of the system functions as specified. The functiona for each new or modified system shall consist of not less than 5 days of continuous, satisfa operation. If unsatisfactory performance of the system develops, the condition shall be rected and the test shall be repeated until the 5 days of continuous, satisfactory operati obtained. Tum-on of new or modified traffic signals shall be made only after all traffic signal circuits been thoroughly tested as specified above except for new or modified portions of exi lighting circuits and sign illumination systems, The Agency will maintain the system or sys during the test period and will pay the cost of electrical energy for the operation of all a facilities that are undergoing testing. The cost of any necessary maintenance performed t Agency on new circuits or on the portions of existing circuits modified under the contract, e electrical energy, shall be at the Contractor's expense and will be deducted from any mc due, or to become due, the Contractor. A shutdown of the electrical system resulting from damage caused by public traffic, frl power interruption or from unsatisfactory performance of Agency-furnished materials sha constitute discontinuity of the functional test. 209-2.15 Galvanizing. Galvanizing shall be in accordance with the provisions in Section 3.6, "Galvanizing for Traffic Control Facilities," except that cabinets may be construct material galvanized prior to fabrication in conformance with the specifications of I Designation: A 525 or A 525M, Coating Designation G 90, in which case all cut or dan edges shall be painted with at least 2 applications of approved unthinned zinc-rich F e 2126197 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) 0 -0 a Page 11 1 (organic vehicle type) conforming to the.requirements in Won 210-3.5, "Repair of Damaged Zinc Coating." Aerosol cans shall not be used. Other types of protective coating shall be approved by the Engineer prior to installation. Iron or steel pipe standards and pipe mast arms shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in conformance with the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 53. Galvanized surfaces shall have spurs removed. Tie-rods, bolts, nuts, washers, damps and other miscellaneous ferrous parts shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with the provisions in Section 210-3.6, "Galvanizing for Traffic Control Facilities." Not iess than 250 mm (lo") of the upper end of the anchor bolts, anchor bars, or studs, and all nuts and washers shall be galvanized in accordance with the provisions in Section 210-3.6, 'Galvanizing for Traffic Control Facilities." After galvanizing, the bolt threads shall accept galvanized standard nuts without requiring tools or causing removal of protective coatings. Galvanizing of existing materials in an electrical installation will not be required. 209-2.16 Painting. Painting of electrical equipment and materials shall conform to the provisions in Section 310, "Painting," with the following additions and modifications. Paint materials for electrical installations, unless otherwise specified, shall conform to the provisions in Section 210, "Paint and Protective Coatings." Factory or shop cleaning methods for metals will be acceptable if equal to the methods specified herein. In lieu of the temperature and seasonal restrictions for painting as provided in Section 310, "Painting," paint may be applied to equipment and materials for electrical installations at any time permitted by the Engineer. All ungalvanized ferrous surfaces to be painted shall be cleaned prior to applying the prime coat. Blast cleaning will not be required. If an approved prime coat has been applied by the manufacturer, and it is in good condition, the first primer application by the Contractor will not be required. Existing equipment to be painted in the field, including Agency-furnished equipment, shall be washed with a stiff bristle brush using a solution of water containing 7.5 ml. of heavy duty detergent powder per liter (2 tablespoons per gallon). After rinsing, all surfaces shall be wire brushed with a coarse, cup shaped, power-driven brush to remove all poorly bonded paint, rust, scale, corrosion, grease or dirt. my dust or residue remaining after wire brushing shall also be removed prior to priming. Immediately after cleaning, all galvanized surfaces and all non- ferrous metal surfaces shall be coated with one application of Primer (Wash) Pre-Treatment, Section 210-1.5 or wash primer conforming to the requirements of Military Specification MIL-P- 15328D. The wash primer shall be applied by spraying or brushing to produce a uniform wet film on the surface. Gatvanized equipment and wood poles for traffic signal or flashing beacon installations shall not be painted. New galvanized metal surfaces to be painted in the field shall be cleaned as specified for existing equipment before applying the prime coats specified. Wire brushing of new galvanized surfaces will not be required. After erection, all exterior surfaces shall be examined for damaged primer and the damaged surfaces shall be cleaned and spot coated with primer. Galvanized metal guard posts shall not be painted. Painting of Agency-furnished controller cabinets will not be required. Types II and 111 steel service equipment enclosures shall be painted with a polymeric or an enamel coating system conforming to Color No. 14672 (light green) of Federal Standard 595B. All coatings shall be commercially smooth, substantially free of flow lines, paint washout, streaks, blisters, and other defects that would impair serviceabitity or detract from general appearance, The coatings shall comply with the following requirements: @ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 112 of 221 1) Coating Hardness - The finish shall have a pencil lead hardness of HB minimum usin Eagle Turquoise pencil. 2) Salt Spray Resistance - The undercutting of the film of the coating system shall exceed 3 mm ('/e') average, from lines scored diagonally and deep enough to expos€ base metal, after 250 hours exposure in a salt spray cabinet in accordance with A Designation: B 117. 3) Adherence - There shall be no coating loss when tested by California Test 6 Compliance of the coating system to the above requirements may be determined bj application of the coating, to 100 mm (4") x 200 mm (8") x 0.6 mm (0.0236") test spedn of the same material as the cabinets, in the same manner as applied to the cabinets. A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished in accordance with the provisions of Sectic 1.5, "Certification," certifying that the coating system furnished complies in all respects these requirements. Interior of metal signal visors, louvers and front faces of back plates be finished with 2 applications of lusterless black exterior grade latex paint formulate( application to properly prepared metal surfaces, except that factory finish in good conditio1 be acceptable. Metal signal sections, signal head mountings, brackets and fittings, outside of visors, pedes push button housings, pedestrian signal sections and visors, and back faces of back pli shall be finished with 2 applications of lusterless black or dark olive green exterior grade paint formulated for application to properly prepared metal surfaces. Dark olive green ( shall match Color Chip No. 68 on file at the CALTRANS Transportation Laboratory. Conduit and conduit fittings above ground shall be prepared and finished in the same ma as the adjacent standard or post. Relocated, reset or modified equipment previously fini! as specified in this Section 209-2.16, except for galvanized standards previously finished traffic signal yellow enamel, shall be given a spot finishing application on newly primed ai followed by one finishing application over the entire surface. If any signal faces or moui brackets are required to be painted under this Section, all signal faces and mounting brac on the same mounting shall be repainted. Small rusted or repaired areas ot relocated or reset galvanized equipment shall be cleaned painted as provided in Section 21 0-3.6, "Galvanizing for Traffic Control Facilities,"for repz damaged galvanized surfaces. Equipment number shall be neatly stenciled on the standa adjacent structure. The number designation will be determined by the Engineer. All paint be applied either by hand brushing or by spraying machines in the hands of skilled operat The work shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner. The Engineer reserves the rig require the use of brushes for the application of paint, should the work done by the 1 spraying machine prove unsatisfactory or objectionable, as determined by the Engineer. 0 -_ @ 209-3 CONTROLLER ASSEMBLIES 209-3.01 Controller Assembly. A controller assembly shall consist of a complete mecha for controlling the operation of traffic signals or other systems, including the controller unit all necessary auxiliary equipment, mounted in a cabinet. All equipment required to providt operation shown on the plans and as specified shall be provided. All field conductors Nc and smaller shall terminate with spade type terminals. All field conductors No. 10 and I: shall terminate in spade type or ring type terminals. * a 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 113 [ 209-3.02 Type 90 Controller Assembfy. Each Type 90 controller assembly shall consist of a complete traffic signal controller assembly which conforms to the requirements in the NEMA TS Standards for Traffic Control Systems. The provisions of Sections 209-3.03, "Model 170 and Model 2070 Controller Assemblies," 209-3.04, 'Controller Cabinets," 209-3.05, "Cabinet Ac- cessories," and 209-3.06, 'Components," shall not apply to Type 90 controller assemblies. 2099.03 Model 170 and Model 2070 Controller Assemblies. Model 170 and Model 2070 (Model 17012070) controller assemblies shall consist of a Model 170, 170E or 2070 controller unit, a wired cabinet and all auxiliary equipment required to control the system as shown on the plans, and as specified in these special provisions. Model 170/2070 controller assemblies shall conform to the requirements in 'Transportation Electrical Equipment Specifications," (TEES) and "Traffic Signal Control Equipment Specifications" (TSCES), issued by the State of California, Department of Transportation, and to all addendums thereto current at the time of project advertising. Unless otherwise specified or shown on the plans, controller assembly cabinets (housing) shall be Type 7 as shown in the TSCES. The provisions of Sections 209-3.04, "Controller Cabinets," 209-3.05, "Cabinet Accessories," and 209-3.06, "Components," shall not apply to Model 17012070 controller assemblies. 209-3.04 Controller Cabinets. Unless othewise specified, controller cabinets for other than Type 90 and Model 170/2070 controllers shall conform to the following: 209-3.04A Cabinet Construction. The cabinet shall be a rainproof cabinet with dimensions as shown on the plans. The cabinet top shall be crowned 13 mm (I/;) or slanted to the rear to prevent standing water. The cabinet and doors shall be fabricated of 3 mm (0.125") minimum thickness aluminum. All exterior seams for aluminum cabinets and doors shall be continuously welded. All exterior welds shall be ground smooth. All edges shall be filed to a radius of 0.8 mm (0.03125"), minimum. Cabinets shall be fabricated from aluminum sheet and shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: 8 209 or B 209M for 5052-H32 aluminum sheet, and the following: I.Welding on aluminum cabinets shall be done by the gas metal arc welding (GMAW) process using bare aluminum'welding electrodes. Electrodes shall conform to the require- ments of the American Welding Society (AWS) A5.10 for ER5356 aluminum alloy bare welding electrodes. II.Procedures, welders and welding operators for welding on aluminum shall be qualified in accordance vjith the requirements of AWS 83.0, "Welding Procedure and Performance Qualification," and to the practices recommended in AWS C5.6. III.The surfaces of each aluminum cabinet shall be finished to conform to the requirements of Military Specification MIL-A-8625C "Anodic Coatings for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys" for a Type II, Class I coating, except that the anodic coating shall have a minimum thickness of 0.02 mm (0.007n) and a minimum coating weight of 0.04 mg/mm2 (27 mdin.'). The anodic coating shall be sealed in a 5 percent aqueous solution of nickel acetate (pH 5.0 to 6.5) for 15 minutes at 97°C (210°F). Prior to applying the anodic coating, the cabinets shall be cleaned and etched as follows: em %$ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 114 of 221 A.Clean by immersion in inhibited alkaline deaner such as Oakite 61A or Diversey 90 equivalent, 45-60 grams per liter (6 to oz. Per gallon) ,71 "C (160°F) for 5 minutes. B.Etch in a solution of 11 g (ll& oz.) of sodium fluoride, plus 30-45 g (4-6 02.) of so( hydroxide per liter of distilled water at 60435°C (140°F - 150°F) for 5 minutes. C.Rinse in cold water. D.Desmut in a 50 percent by volume nitric acid solution at room temperature 2 minutes. E.Rinse in cold water. a The cabinet shall have a single front door equipped with a Best Co. lock core and lock. door width shall not exceed 1120 mm (44"). When the door is closed and latched, the 1 shall be locked. The handle shall have provision for padlocking in the closed position. handle shall have a minimum length of 175 mm (7") and shall be provided with a 15 mm ( minimum, steel shank. The handle shall be fabricated of cast aluminum or of zinc-platel cadmium-plated steel. The cabinet door frame shall be designed so that the latcl mechanism will hold tension on and form a firm seal between door gasketing and door frar Cabinet locks shall be the solid brass, 6-pin tumbler rim type. The lock shall have rectangi spring-loaded bolts. The locks shall be left hand, and rigidly mounted with stainless s machine screws approximately 50 mm (2") apart. Keys shall be removable in the locked unlocked positions, and 2 keys furnished with each cabinet. The front position of the lock s extend 3 mm ('/g*) to 9 mm (?8p) beyond the outside surface of the door. The latcl mechanism shall be a %point cabinet latch with nylon rollers. The center catch and pushi shall be zinc-plated or cadmium-plated steel. Pushrods shall be turned edgewise at the o supports and shall be 6 mm (I//) x 20 mm (3/4"), minimum. The nylon rollers shall ha\ minimum diameter of 20 mm (V,n) and shall be equipped with ball bearings. All cadm plating shall meet the requirements of Military Specification MIL-QQ416b. All zinc plating I meet the requirements of Military Specification MIL-QQ-325b. The door's hinging shall three-bolt butt hinges. Each hinge shall have a fixed pin. Doors larger than 560 mm (22 width or 0.56-m2 (6 ff) in area shall be provided with catches to hold the door open at both degrees and 180 degrees, plus or minus 10 degrees. The catches shall be 9 mm (3/ diameter, minimum, plated steel rods. The catches shall be capable of holding the door ope1 90 degrees in a 90 km/h (60 mph) wind at an angle perpendicular to the plane of the door. The police panel shall be mounted on the door as shown on the plans, and equipped with a I keyed for a master police key. Two keys shall be furnished with each cabinet for the PO lock. Each police key shall have a shaft at least 45 mm (13/4n) in length. Police panels shall be furnished for controller assemblies that do not control traffic signals. Door hinges, pins, and bolts shall be made of stainless steel or aluminum with a stainless s hinge pin. The hinges shall be bolted to the cabinet. The hinge pins and bolts shall not accessible when door is closed. Gasketing shall be provided on all door openings and shall dust tight. Gaskets shall be permanently bonded to the metal. The mating surface of gasketing shall be covered with a silicone lubricant to prevent sticking to the mating surfac Details of alternative designs shall be submitted for review and approval prior to the fabrica of the cabinets. d @ em 0 aS 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 115 of Substantial metal shelves or brackets shall be provided to support controller unit and auxiliary equipment. Machine screws and bolts shall not protrude beyond the outside wall of the cabinet. Conduit shall enter the controller cabinet at the front unless shown otherwise on the plans. A pliable sal, composed of caulking compound or mastic, shall be placed between each controller cabinet and the concrete foundation to prevent water, dust and dirt from entering the cabinet. 209-3.046 Cabinet Ventilation. Each controller cabinet shall be provided with 8 screened, raintight vent holes, 12 mm ('/:) in diameter or larger, in the lower side or bottom of the cabinet, or at the option of the Contractor, louvered vents with a permanent metal mesh or 4-ply woven polypropylene air filter held firmly in place, which will permit the fan to pass the volume of air specified, may be substituted. Each controller cabinet shall be equipped with an electric fan with ball or roller bearings and a capacity of at least 2.83 mJ/min (100 cfm). The fan shall be thermostatically controlled and shall be manually adjustaMe to turn on between 32°C and 65°C with a differential of not more than 6°C between automatic turn on and turn off. The cabinet fan circuit shall be fused at 125 percent of the ampacity of the fan motor installed. The fan and cabinet vent holes shall be located with respect to each other so as to direct the bulk of the air flow over the controller unit or through the ventilating holes of the controller unit where those holes exist. 209-3.046 Cabinet Wiring. All conductors used in controller cabinet wiring shall be No. 22, or larger, with a minimum of 19 strands. Conductors shall conform to Military Specification MIL- W-l6878D, Type B or better. The insulation shall have a minimum thickness of 0.25 mm (10 mils) and shall be nylon jacketed potyvinyl chloride or shall be irradiated cross-link polyvinyl chloride, polyhalocarbon or polychloro-alkene, except that, at the Contractor's option, conductors No. 14 and larger may be UL Type THHN. At the Contractor's option, flat cable may be used in lieu of individual conductors. Cable shall be constructed of No. 28, or larger, conductors. Conductor insulation shall be rated at 300volts and shall be rated for use at 105°C. Cables shall be provided with strain relief. Wiring within controller cabinets shall be neatly arranged and laced, or enclosed in plastic tubing or raceway. All conductors used in controller cabinet wiring shall conform to the following color-code requirements: 1) The grounded conductor of a circuit shall be identified by a continuous white or natural gray color. 2) The equipment grounding conductor shall be identified by a continuous green color or by a continuous green color with one or more yellow stripes. 3) The ungrounded conductors shall be identified by any color not specified in 1 or 2 above. Conductors used in cabinet wiring shall terminate with properly sized captive or spring spade type terminals or shall be soldered to a through-panel solder lug on the rear side of the terminal block. All crimp-style connectors shall be applied with a proper tool which prevents opening of the handles until the crimp is completed. An equipment grounding conductor bus shall be provided in each controller cabinet. The bus shall be grounded to the cabinet and shall be connected to the metal conduit system or other approved ground with a No. 8, or larger, grounding conductor. With all the cabinet equipment in place and connected, the resistance between the grounded conductor terminal bus and the equipment grounding conductor bus shall be 50 MR, minimum, when measured with an applied voltage of 150 volts DC. If DC- is to be grounded, it shall be connected to equipment ground only. Two or more terminal blocks shall be provided for field connections. Field terminals shall be installed within 560 mm (22") of the face of the cabinet and shall be oriented for screwdriver operation from the door opening. All terminals shall be a minimum of 125 mm (5") above the foundation. No more than 3 conductors shall be brought to any one terminal. Two flat metal jumpers, straight or U shaped, may also be placed under a terminal screw. At least 2 full .. 3 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 116 of 221 q Ec 2/26/97 Voltage Transient Effect Recurrent peak voltage Energy rating, maximum Power dissipation, average Peak current for pulses less than 7 ps Rating 184 volt 20 J 1250 A 0.85-W 209-3.06 Components. Components used in the construction of control equipment for other than Type 90 and Model 170/2070 controllers shall conform to the following: 2093.06A Toggle Switches. Toggle switches shall have poles as required and shall be rated at 200 percent of circuit current for arcub of 10 A or less and 125 percent of circuit current for circuits over 10 A. Circuit breakers used as toggle switches shall be UL or ETL listed for switching operation. 209-3.06B Cartridge Fuses. Cartridge fuses shall be installed in panel mounted fuseholders. " Fuse type and rating shall be as recommended by the fuse manufacturer for the type of load being protected. 209-3.06C Circuit Breakers. Circuit breakers shall be as specified for circuit breakers in Section 209-2.11, 'Service," except that the breakers shall have a minimum interrupting capacity of 5000 A, rms. 20913.0613) Connectors. Connectors used for interconnecting various portions of circuits together shall be designed and constructed for the application involved. Connectors shall be designed to provide positive connection of all Circuits, and easy insertion and removal of mating contacts. Connectors shall be permanently keyed to prevent improper connection of circuits. Connectors, or devices plugging into connectors, shall be provided with positive means to prevent any individual circuit from being broken due to vibration, pull on connecting cable or similar disruptive force. 2094 TRAFFIC SIGNAL FACES AND FllTlNGS 2094.01 Vehicle Signal Faces. Each vehicle signal fa- shall be of the adjustable type conforming to the provisions in Institute of Traffic Engineers (ITE) Publication: ST-O08B, 'Vehicle Traffic Control Sinal Heads." Plastic signal sections shall meet the requirements of California Test 605. Any fracture within the housing assembly, or a deflection of more than 10 degrees in either the vertical or horizontal plane after the wind load has been removed from the front of the signal face, or a deflection of more than 6 degrees in either the vertical or horizontal plane after the wind load has been removed from the back of the signal face will be considered structural failure. Vehicle signal faces, except arrow and 'x" faces, shall meet the requirements of California Test 604. Adjustment shall permit rotation of 360 degrees about a vertical axis. The number and'type of sections shall be as specified herein or as shown on the plans. Each vehicle signal face shall be installed at the location and mounted in the manner shown on the plans. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, all vehicle signal faces shall contain 3 sections arranged vertically; red-top, yellow-center, green-bottom. All new vehicle signal faces, except programmed visibility type, installed at any one intersection shall be of the same manufacture and of the same material. 2094.01A Optical Units. Each optical unit for 300 mm (12-inch) and 200 mm (84) traffic signal assemblies shall meet the requirements of section 209-4.01A (1) for incandescent illumination for yellow or green signals or section or 209-4.01A(2) for light emitting diode illumination of red signals. 2094.01A(l) Optical Units - Incandescent. Each optical unit for yellow or green, circular ball or arrow, signals shall consist of a lens, a reflector or reflector assembly, a lamp receptacle, and a clear traffic signal lamp. Lenses, reflectors, reflector assemblies, lamp receptacles and wiring, and light distribution shall conform to the provisions in ITE Publication: ST-008B. Each lens shall be of best quality glass, true to color and free of impe&ctions. q 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 1 18 of 221 All reflectors shall conform to the provisions in ITE Publication: ST-OOSB except that reflect shall be made of silvered glass or of specular aluminum with an anodic mating. Reflector r holder shall be made of cast aluminum. A single piece formed metal reflectorlring holder n be used. Top openings of signal faces shall be sealed with neoprene gaskets. 2094.01A(2) Optical Units - Light Emitting Diode. Each optical unit for red, circular arrow, signals shall consist of an assembly that utilizes light emitting diodes as the light soul in lieu of an incandescent lamp for use in traffic signal sections and shall conform to ‘ following: 1. A single piece formed metal reflectorlring holder may be used. 2. Top openings of signal faces shall be sealed with neoprene gaskets. 3. The LED signal assembly lens may be tinted with an appropriate color to reduce sun phantom affect and enhance on/off contrast. If the lens material is tinted, the tinting shoul be uniform across the face of the lens. 4. The lens of the LED signal module shall be integral to the unit, shall be convex with a smooth outer surface and made of ultraviolet stabilized plastic or of glass. 5. LED signal module shall be a sealed unit with two conductors for connecting to power, a printed circuit board, power supply, a red lens and gasket, and shall be weather proof afte installation and connection. The circuit board and power supply shall be contained inside module. Circuit boards shall conform to Chapter 1, Section 6 of the State of California Department of Transportation “Transportation Electrical Equipment Specifications”. 6. The LED signal module shall have prominent and permanent directional marking(s), that i an “UP arrow“, the word “UP“ or “TOP,” for correct indexing and orientation within a signa housing for units with refracted lens or arrow indications. 7. The manufacturer’s name, trademark, serial number and other necessary identification sh be permanently marked on the backside of the LED signal module. 8. LED signal modules used on this project shall be from the same manufacturer, and each size shall be the same model. Standard. 10.The lens of the LED signal module shall be capable of withstanding ultraviolet (direct sunlight) exposure for a minimum time period of five years without exhibiting evidence of deterioration. 11 .The LED signal module shall be a single, self-contained device, not requiring on-site assembly for installation into an existing traffic signal housing. 12.LED traffic signal modules shall be designed as retrofit replacements for existing optical units of signal lamps and shall not require special tools for installation. 13.LED signal modules shall fit into existing traffic signal section housings built to the VTCSl without modification to the housing. 14.lnstallation of a LED signal module shall only require the removal of the optical unit components, Le., lens, lamp module, gaskets, and reflector. 15.The LED signal module shall be weather tight and fit securely in the housing; and shall connect directly to electrical wiring. 16.LED signal modules shall not require a specific mounting orientation or have a variance i light output, pattern or visibility for any mounting orientation. 17.The power supply for the LED signal module shall be packaged as an integral part of the LED signal module. 18.The assembly and manufacturing process for the LED signal assembly shall be such as assure all internal LED and electronic components are adequately supported to withstanc mechanical shock and vibration from high winds and other sources. 19.Materials used for the LEDs, lens and the rest of the signal assembly construction must conform to ASTM specifications for the materials and must meet the requirements of tes listed in this section and in the WCSH Standard. In addition, ail materials shall be capa 0 -...-- @ 9. A label shall be placed on the LED signal module certifying compliance to the VTCSH e= $8 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 119 1 m of withstanding exposure of the temperature range specified in this section without deterioration. 20.If masking materials are used to form the shape of an arrow within an LED signal module, they shall be capable of withstanding all environmental requirements. 21 .Endosures containing the power electronic components of the signal module shall be made of flame retardant materials that will self-contain internal sparks and flames, as well as dripping materials. 22.The minimum luminous intensity values and light output distribution shall be as shown in Section 11 .M and Table 1 of the VTCSH standard. 23.The chromaticity of LED signal modules shall conform to the chromaticity requirements of Section 8.04 and Figure 1 of the VTCSH standard. 24.An LED traffic signal module must meet the minimum intensity requirements while operating within the temperature range specified in this section. 25.An LED trafk signal module shall not exhibit more than a nominal -1 5% change in luminous intensity per a +IoC change in ambient temperature. 26.Each LED signal module component and subassembly shall be traceable to original suppliers production date des to ensure a reliable product (warranty purposes) and customer identification in the event of a recall situation due to the Occurrence of an electronic component reliability problem. 27.LED signal modules shall be tested for temperature cycling and certified test results supplied per MIL-STD-883, Test Method 101 0. The temperature range shall be from -HOC (-29OF) to +74OC (+165OF), 20 cycles, with a 15-minute transfer time between temperature extremes, and a 30-minute dwell at each temperature extreme. Signal assemblies under test shall be non-operating. Failure of any signal assembly to function normally or any cracking of the assembly (induding the lens) after temperature cycling shall be cause for rejection. 28.LED signal assemblies shall be tested for mechanical vibration and certified test results supplied per MlL-STD-883, Test Method 2007. Signal assemblies under test shall be subjected to three 4-minute cydes along each X, Y, and Z axis at 21/2 minimum, 2 Hz to 120 Hz. The loosening of internal components or other internal damage shall be cause for rejection. 29.LED signal modules shall be tested for moisture resistan- and certified test results supplied per MIL-STD-883, Test Method 1004. Testing shall be performed in a non-changing environment of 71OC (+1600F)at a relative humidity of 95 percent for a period of 168 hours. Signal modules under test shall be non-operating. Any evidence of internal moisture after testing shall be cause for rejection. 30.LED signal modules shall be tested for mechanical impact and certified test results supplied per MIL-STD-883, Test Method 2002. The lens face of each signal module shall be subjected to five blows of 1000 grams for a duration of 0.5 seconds each. Any evidence of cracking, chipping, or crazing of the lens or entire signal assembly shall be cause for rejection. 31 .LED signal assemblies shall be tested for resistance to electrostatic discharge and certified test results supplied per MIL-STD-883, Test Method 3015. Signal assemblies under test shall be subjected to 5 discharges of 1,000 volts, 500 R, 300 pF to electrical leads. Any damage to internal electrical components and/or LED light sources is cause for rejection. 2094.01 B Signal Sections. Each signal section housing shall be structural plastic. Signal sections shall conform to the following: 1) Maximum height of a signal section shall be 260 mm (1O1/4y) for each 200 rnm (8') section and 375 mm (143/,") for each 2) The housing of each signal section shall be provided with a one-piece, hinged, square- shaped door designed to permit access to the section for relamping without the use of tools. 3) The door shall be secured by a method that will hold the door closed during the loading tests specified in this Section. 300 mm (12") section. Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 120 of 221 q Ec 2/26/97 4) The lens shall be mounted in the door in a watertight manner. 5) All exposed hardware, such as hinge pins and door latching devices, shall be Type 304 305 stainless steel. 6) A? interior screws and fittings shall be stainless steel. 7) An opening shall be provided in the top and bottom of each signal section to receive mm (1 1/2y) pipe. 8) The 200 mm (8") and 300 mm (12y) signal sections of an individual manufacturer shal capable of joining to form a signal face in any combination. This interchangeability is required between metal and plastic signal sections. 9) All gaskets, including those for the door, lens, reflector and lamp holder, shall be madc a material that is not affected when installed in a signal section with a metal or pla housing that is operated continuously for 336 hours. 2094.018(2) Plastic Signal Sections. Housings shall be either molded in one piece or s be fabricated from 2 or more pieces joined into a single piece. The plastic shall have ultravi stability, shall be unaffected by the heat of the lamp used and shall be self-extinguishir Housings and doors shall be colored throughout and shall be black matching Color No. 17C 27038 or 37038 of Federal Standard 5958. Each section in a face shall be joined to adjacent section by one of the following methods: LA minimum of 3 machine screws for 200 mm (87 sections and 4 machine screws for : mm (12") sections, installed through holes near the front and rear of the housings. Mact screws shall be No. 10 and each shall be provided with a nut, flat washer and lock washei II.Two machine screws (each with a nut, flat washer and lock washer) installed through hc near the front of the housings, plus a fastening through the 40 mm (1'/;) pipe openin! The fastening shall consist of two large flat washers to distribute the load around the F opening and three carriage bolts, each with a nut and lock washer. Minimum size machine screws shall be No. 10. Minimum size of carriage bolt shall be 6 mm ('/.,"). e - The supporting section of each signal face supported solely at the top or bottom shall provided with reinforcement. Reinforcement plates shall be either sheet aluminurn, galvani steel, or cast aluminum. Each plate shall be not less than 2.7 mm (0.11oY) thick and shall h a hole concentric with the 40 mm (11/2y) pipe mounting hole in the housing. Sheet alumir reinforcement plates shall be placed both inside and outside the housing; galvanized s reinforcement plates shall be placed inside only; and cast aluminum reinforcement plates I be placed outside only. Reinforcement plates placed outside of the housing shall be finishe match the color of the signal housing and shall be designed to permit the proper sem coupling between signal face and mounting hardware. A minimum of three No. 10 macl screws shall be installed through holes in the plates and matching holes in the housing. E screw shall have a round or binder head and shall be provided with a nut and lock washer. Where a signal face is to be supported by a Type MAS side attachment slip-fitter inse between 2 sections, a spacer or spacers shall be placed between the 2 sections. The ver dimension of spacers shall permit proper seating of the serrations between the slip-fitter and 2 sections. Holes in spacers shall align with the front holes in the section housings. In addi to the fastening through the large openings in the housings, the 2 sections shall be joined I at least 2 machine screws through holes near the front of the housings and the spacers, through matching holes in a reinforcing plate installed in each housing. Machine screws s be No. 10 minimum size. Spacers shall be made of the same material as the signal housin Reinforcing plates and machine screws shall be as specified above. Reinforcing plates will be required where the housing is provided with reinforcing webs connecting the rear of housing with the top, bottom and sides. em r,s 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 121 01 e Holes for machine screws shall be eithh cast or drilled during fabrication of the signal section. Each hole shall be surrounded by a 3 mm (I/:) minimum width boss to permit contact between signal sections about the axis of the hole. Each plastic signal face shall be provided with plastic or metal visors. Plastic signal faces which require backplates shall be provided with plastic backplates. A serrated nylon washer shall be inserted between each plastic signal section and a metal mounting assembly. Each washer shall be not less than 4 mm’~/,;) nor more than 6 mm (’/,#) thick. Serrations shall match those on the signal section and the mounting assembly. 209-4.01 C Electrical Components. The electrical components for 300 mm (1 %inch) and 200 mm (Sin) traffic signal assemblies shall meet the requiremenk of section 209-4.01 C (1) for incandescent illumination for yellow or green signals or section 209-4.01C(2) for light emitting diode illumination of red signals. 209-4.O1C(l) Electrical Components - incandescent. Each optical unit for yellow or green, circular ball or arrow, signals shall meet the requirements of this section. Lamp receptacles and wiring shall conform to ITE Publication: ST-008B. The threaded portion of the lamp receptacle shall be metal. Aluminum shall not be used. Each lamp receptacle shall be wired with a conductor, connected to the shell of the receptacle, with white insulation, and a conductor, to the bottom or end terminal of the receptacle, with black insulation or with insulation color-coded. These conductors shall, in turn, be connected to a terminal block mounted inside at the back of the housing. The terminal block shall have sufficient screw shall be permanently identifed or conductors shall be color coded to facilitate field wiping. Lamp receptacle conductors shall be No. 18, or larger, 600-VI appliance wiring material (AWM), with 0.75 mm (30 mil) thickness insulation rated 105°C or with insulation that conforms to Military Specification MIL-W-16878 Dl Type 6, with vinyl nylon jacket rated 115°C. The manufacturer‘s name or trademark, conductor size, insulation type letter designation and temperature rating shall be marked on the insulation or a Certificate of Compliance conforming to the provisions in Section 4-1.5, ‘Certification,” shall be submitted by the manufacturer with each shipment of traffic signal faces. 2094.01 C(2) Electrical Components - Light Emitting Diodes. All electrical components for for red, circular or arrow, signals shall consist of an assembly that utilizes light emitting diodes as the light source in lieu of an incandescent lamp for use in traffic signal sections and shall conform to the following: 1. LED signal modules shall conform to the requirements of the VTSCH standard. 2. The manufacturer‘s name or trademark, conductor size, insulation type letter designation and temperature rating shall be marked on the insulation or a Certificate of Compliance conforming to the provisions in Section 4-1.5, “Certification,” shall be submitted by the manufacturer with each shipment of traffic signal faces. 3. The LED signal module shall be rated for use in the ambient operating temperature range of 4. The LED signal module shall be dust and moisture tight to protect all internal LED and electrical components. 5. The LED signal module shall be capable of withstanding exposure to an environment of 74OC (+165OF)/95% relative humidity for 168 hours without internal condensing moisture. 6. All wiring and terminal blocks shall meet the requirements of Section 13.02 of the WCSH standard. 7. Two captive, Z-color coded, 1 m (36”) long, 600 VI 18 AWG minimum, jacketed wires, with quick disconnect terminals attached conforming to the National Electric Code and Section 209-4.01 C, “Electrical Components,” of these specifications and rated for service at 105OC, are to be provided for electrical connection. 8. The LED signal module shall operate off of a 60 Hz ac line voltage ranging from 80 volts rms to 135 volts rms. Nominal rated voltage for all measurements shall be 117 volts rms. The -34OC (-29OF) to +74% (+165OF). Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 122 of 221 e% 6c 2/26/97 circuitry shall prevent flicker over this voltage range. The circuitry shall prevent flicker at i voltages below 80 volts rms for a minimum time period of 16 milliseconds. 9. The signal module on-board circuitry shall include voltage surge protection to withstand a single peak transient of 600 vob of each polarity for I00 ms duration. 10.The individual LED light sources shall be wired so that a catastrophic failure of one LED I source will not result in the loss of illumination in more than 20 percent of the LED light 11 .The LED signal moduie shall be operationally compatible with currently used controllers E conflict monitors. 12.The LED signal circuitry shall prevent false controller conflict monitor action due to excessively high off-state input impedance. 13.The LED signal module on-board circuitry may provide dimming capability, triggered by a on-board photodiode to sense ambient light. The dimming operation shall diminish light output by one half, to match threshold ambient lighting conditions. 14.The LED signal and associated on-board circuitry must meet Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Part 15 regulations concerning the emission of electronic noise. 15.Each new LED signal module shall undergo the bum-in procedure (described in the definition section) in order to cause any electronic infant mortality to occur and to detect a electronic component reliability problem before the product is shipped to be installed. 16.All tests described herein shall be accomplished with a minimum quantity of 6 LED signal modules. 17.All optical testing shall be without a visor or hood attached to the LED signal module. 18.After the bum-in procedure is completed, each LED signal module shall be tested for rate initial intensity (described in the definition section). This may be done using an integratin! photometer. The test data shall be kept on file for a minimum period of six years. LED signal modules not meeting minimum light intensity per Table 1 of VTCSH shall be reject€ 19.LED signal modules representative of typical average production units shall be measured light output performance according to VTCSH, Section 11 .OO, after a 30 minute warm-up time period (module is illuminated at rated voltage). 20.Each LED signal module shall be tested for light output at 80, 117, and 135 volts. LED signal modules shall not be allowed to fall short of the minimum intensity values. 21 .The LED's shall utilize AllnGaP technology and shall be the ultra bright type rated for 100,000 hours of continuous operation from 4O0C to 74OC. 22.The individual LEDs shall be wired such that a catastrophic failure of one LED will result i the loss of not more than 5 percent of the signal module light output. 23.The failure of an individual LED in a string shall only result in the loss of that LED, not the entire string or indication. 24.The LED signal modules tested or submitting for testing shall be representative of typical average production units. 25.Circular modules shall be tested according to California Test No. 604. 26.All optical testing shall be performed with the module mounted in a standard traffic signal section but without a visor or hood attached to the signal section. 27.Maximum initial power requirements for LED signal modules shall be 25 watts for 300 mn red, 15 watts for 200 mm red and 15 watts for 300 mm red arrow at 25OC. 28.LED signal modules shall be rated for a minimum useful life of 48 months and shall main1 not less than 85 percent of the standard light output values found in the ITE publication S 0088, "Vehicle Trafftc Control Signal Heads" (VTCSH ST-OI?), after 48 months of continuous use in a traffic signal operation over the temperature range of -4OOC to +74OC 29.The LED red arrow indication shall meet existing specifications stated in the VTCSH Sed 9.01 for arrow lenses. 30.The LED's shall be spread evenly across the illuminated portion of the arrow area. 0 sources. e e 0 @ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 123 o 31. Each LED signal section indication shall provide a minimum average luminws intensity of 5,500 candela/m2, as measured by the VTCSH. All measurements shall be performed at rated operating voltage of 120 VAC. 2094OlD Visors. Each signal section shall be provided with a removable visor conforming to ITE Publication: ST-008B. Visors are dassified, on the basis of lens endosure, as full circle, tunnel (bottom open), or cap (bottom and lower sides open). Un!ess otherwise specified, visors shall be the full circle type. The visor shall be a minimum of 240 mm (91/2") in length for nominal 300 mm (12") round lenses and 180 mm (7') in length for nominal 200 mm (8") round lenses, with a downward tilt between 3 degrees and 7 degrees. Plastic visors shall conform to the following: 1) Visors shall be either formed from sheet plastic or assembled from one or more injection, rotational or blow molded plastic sections. 2) Sections shall be joined using thermal, chemical or ultrasonic bonding or with aluminum rivets and washers permanently colored to match the visor. 3) Visors shall be of black homogeneous colored material with a lusterless finish. Each visor shall be secured to its door in a manner that will prevent its removal or permanent deformation when the wind load specified in California Test 605 for plastic visors is applied to the side of the visor for 24 hours. 209-4.02 Directional Louvers. Where shown on the plans, directional louvers shall be furnished and installed in signal visors. Directional louvers shall be so constructed as to have a snug fit in the signal visors. The outside cylinder shall be constructed of 0.75 mm (0.030") nominal thickness, or thicker, sheet steel and the vanes shall be constructed of 0.4 mm (0.016") nominal thickness, or thicker, sheet steel or the cylinder and vanes shall be constructed of 5052-H32 aluminum alloy of equivalent thickness. Dimensions of louvers and arrangements of vanes shall be as shown on the plans. 209-4.03 Backplates. Where shown on the plans, backplates shall be furnished and installed on signal faces. Dimensions, materials and installation details shall be as shown on the plans. No background light shall show between the backplate and the signal face or between sections. Plastic backplates shall be suppjied and either formed from sheet plastic or assembled from extruded, molded or cast sections. Sections shall be factory joined using (1) an appropriate solvent cement, (2) aluminum rivets and washers painted or permanently colored to match the backplate, or (3)lNo. 10 machine screws with washer, lock washer and nut, painted to match the backplate. Backplates shall be of black homogeneous colored material with a lusterless finish. Each plastic backplate shall be secured to the plastic signal face in a manner that will prevent its removal or permanent deformation when the wind-load test is applied to either the front or the rear of the signal face. The permanent deformation of any portion of the backplate shall not exceed 5 degrees forward or backward after the wind loading has been applied for 24 hours. When a plastic backplate requires field assembly, it shall be joined with at least four No. 10 machine screws at each field assembled joint. Each machine screw shall be provided with an integral or captive flat washer, a hexagonal head slotted for a standard screwdriver, and either (1) a locking nut with an integral or captive flat washer, or (2) a nut, flat washer and lockwasher. Machine screws, nuts and washers shall be stainless steel. Where a metal backplate consists of 2 or more sections, the sections shall be fastened with rivets or with aluminum bolts peened after assembly to prevent loosening. In lieu of the screws shown on the plans, plastic backplates may be fastened to the plastic signal face using self-threading No. 10 stainless steel screws. The screws shall have an integral or captive flat washer and a hexagon head slotted for a standard screwdriver, and shall he stainless steel. <$ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 124 of 221 2094.04 Programmed Visibility Vehicle Signal Faces. Each programmed visibility sic face and the installation thereof shall conform to the provisions in Sections 2094.01, "Veh Signal Faces," 2094.03, 'Backplates," and 209-4.06, "Signal Mounting Assemblies," exc that the provisions in Section 209-4.01A, "Optical Units," shall not apply. Each programn visibility signal section shall provide a nominal 300 mm (lr) diameter circular or an indication. Color and arrow configuration shall conform to ITE Publication: ST-008B. Ei section shall be provided with a cap visor. Each signal section shall be provided with adjustable connection that permits incremental tilting from 0 to 10 degrees above or below horizontal while maintaining a common vertical axis through couplers and mountings. Term connection shall permit external adjustment about the mounting axis in 5 degree increments. The signal shall be mountable with ordinary tools and capable of being serviced without toc Adjustment shall be preset at 4 degrees below the horizontal, unless otheMlise specified. - visibility of each programmed visibility signal face shall be capable of adjustment programming within the face. When programmed, each signal face's indication shall be vis only in those areas or lanes to be controlled, except that during dusk and darkness a faint g to each side will be permissible. Prior to programming, each signal section with a ye1 indication shall provide a minimum luminous intensity of 2500 cd on the optical axis, an( maximum intensity of 100 cd at 15 degrees horizontal from the axis. Each signal section wi yellow indication shall be capable of having its visibility programmed to achieve the follov luminous intensities: a minimum of 2500 cd on the optical axis, a maximum of 100 cd at f 0.5 to 2 degrees horizontal from the axis and a maximum of 10 cd at from 2 to 15 degr horizontal from the axis. Under the same conditions, the intensities of the red indication and green indication shall be at least 19 and 38 percent, respectively, of the yellow indication. E signal face or each signal section shall include integral means for regulating its lumin intensity between limits in proportion to the individual background luminance. Lamp inter shall not be less than 97 percent of uncontrolled intensity at 10 000 Ix, and shall reduce tc e percent of maximum intensity at less than 10 lx. The dimming device shall operate ovei applied voltage range of 95 to 130 V, 60 Hz and a temperature range of -40°C to 74°C. Contractor shall program the head as recommended by the manufacturer and as directec the Engineer. 2094.05 Pedestrian Signal Faces. Message symbols for pedestrian signal faces shall white WALKING PERSON and Portland orange UPRAISED HAND conforming to requirements of, the Institute of Transportation Engineers Standards: "Pedestrian Tr; Control Signal Indications" and the 'Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices." The heigt each symbol shall be not less than 250 mm (10") and the width of each symbol shall be not I than 165 mm (61/2n3,. The luminance of the UPRAISED HAND symbol shall be 3750 cc (1,100 foot-lamberts), minimum, and the luminance of the WALKING PERSON symbol sha' 5300 cd/m2 (1,550 foot-lamberts), minimum, when tested in accordance with California . 606. The uniformity ratio of an illuminated symbol shall not exceed 4 to 1 between the hig luminance area and the lowest luminance area. The luminance difference betwee nonilluminated symbol and the background around the symbol shall be less than 30 per1 when viewed with the front screen in place and at a low sun angle. Brightness measureml for signals designed for an incandescent lamp will be made when the signal is equipped wit1 A-21 traffic signal lamp operated at a voltage to produce 665 lumens. Each housing, inclu the front screen, shall have maximum overall dimensions of 470 mm (181/2") width, 483 (19") height and 292 mm (ll'//) depth. All new pedestrian signal faces installed at any intersection shall be the same make and type. Each pedestrian signal face shall be installe the location and mounted in the manner shown on the plans. em '4 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 125 o @ a a 209-4.05A Types. Pedestrian signal faces shall be Type A and shall conform to the following: 209-4.05A(I) TypeA Each TypeA signal shall consist of a housing, two-color message plate, a-reflector assembly, 2 incandescent lamps with suckets and a front screen. Each message plate shall be one piece and shall be made 4.7 mm ?/,e") tempered glass. The symbols shall be applied to the inside smooth surface of the message plate. Each reflector assembly shall consist of a double reflector or 2 single reflectors. Each reflector shall be made of either aluminum or plastic. All refkctors shall conform to the provisions in Institute of Traffic Engineers Publication: ST-O08B, Vehide Traffic Control Signal Heads." Plastic reflectors shall consist of molded or vacuum-formed plastic v&h a vacuum-deposited aluminum reflecting surface. The plastic material shall not distort when the reflector is used with the lamp of the wattage normally furnished with the signal. In addition, the UL nonmechanical loading temperature of the material shall exceed, by at least lO"C, the maximum temperature in the signal section with the lamp 'ON" and measured in an ambient air temperature of 25°C in accordance with UL Publication UL 7468. Each completed reflector shall, when operated with the appropriate lamp and lens, provide the message brightness specified. 209-4.05B Front Screen. The front screen provided on each Type A signal shall have a 38 mrn (1'/2.) deep eggcrate or Z-crate type screen ob 0.8 mm (0.03") nominal thickness polycarbonate. The screening shall be mounted in a frame constructed of 1.0 mrn (0.04") minimum thickness polycarbonate. The screen shall be installed parallel to the face of the message plate and shall be held in place by the use of stainless steel screws. The front screen shall not fracture, separate at the welds, or compress more than 3 mrn ('/*") when a 75 mm (3') diameter, 1.8-kg (41b.) steel ball is dropped onto the screen from a height of 1.2 m (4') above the screen. The screen will be lying in a horizontal position and supported on its edges for this test. The message plate will be removed from the pedestrian signal housing, when the pedestrian housing is used to support the front screen during the test, so there will be no back support for the screen. The screen and frame shall be fabricated from aluminum anodized flat black, or finished with lusterless black exterior grade latex paint formulated for application to properly prepared metal surfaces, or shall be fabricated from flat black plastic. Alternate methods of screening may be substituted for the above screens provided that the results are at least equal to those obtained with the above specified screens as determined by the Engineer. 2099.056 Housing. Pedestrian signal housings shall conform to the provisions in Section 209-4.01 By "Signal Sections." 209-4.05E Finish. The exterior of each housing and visor and the interior of visors shall be painted in accordance with the provisions in Section 209-2.16, "Painting." 2094.05): Control. All pedestrian signals shall be capable of being controlled by the solid-state switching devices specified for traffic signal controller assemblies. 209-4.050 Terminal Blocks. Each pedestrian signal face shall be provided with a light duty terminal block conforming to the provisions in Section 2094.01 Cy "Electrical Components." All field wiring shall connect to this terminal block. 209-4.06 Signal Mounting Assemblies. Signal mounting assemblies shall consist of 40 mrn (1'1;) standard weight steel galvanized pipe conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 53, necessary fittings, slip-fitters and terminal compartments. Pipe ,fittings shall be ductile iron, galvanized steel, aluminum alloy Type AC-84B No. 380, or bronze. Mast arm slip-fitters shall be cast bronze or hotdip galvanized ductile iron. Post top slip-fitters and a 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 126 of 221 terminal compartments shall be cast bronze, Type 356-T6 aluminum or hotdip galvani ductile iron. After installation, any exposed threads of galvanized pipe brackets and all area the brackets damaged by wrench or vise jaws shall be cleaned with a wire brush and pair with 2 applications of approved unthinned zinc-rich primer (organic vehide type) conformin! the requirements in Section 210, “Paint and Protective Coatings.” Aerosol cans shall nol used. Each terminal compartment shall be fitted with a terminal block containing a minimum of poies, each with 2 screw type terminals. Each terminal shall be designed to accommodatc least 5 No. 14 conductors. A cover shall be provided on the compartment to give ready am to the terminal block. Where used to bracket mount signals, the terminal compartment shal designed to bolt securely to a pole or standard. The horizontal dimension of moun assembly members between the vertical centerline of the terminal compartment or slip-f and the vertical centerline of each signal face, shall not exceed 280 mm (1 V), except wl required to provide proper signal face alignment or permit programming of programmed visit signal faces or when otherwise directed by the Engineer. Each mounting assembly shal oriented to provide maximum horizontal clearance to the adjacent roadway. All moun assembly members shall be either plumb or level, symmetrically arranged and sea assembled. Construction shall be such as to permit all conductors to be concealed. Moun assemblies shall be watertight and free of sharp edges or protrusions which might dam conductor insulation. For post-top mounting of signals, a slip-fitter shall be used. Slipfitter shall fit over a 115 (4’1,”) outside diameter pipe or tapered standard end. Each slip-fitter shall be provided cadmium-plated steel set screws, arranged as shown on the plans. Each slip-fitter usel post-top mount signals with brackets shall be provided with an integral terminal compartmt Each mounting assembly shall be provided with positive locking, serrated fittings, which w mated with similar fittings on the signal faces shall prevent faces from rotating. Fittings I permit fastening at increments of not more than 7 degrees. Signal faces shall not be installed at any intersection until all other signal equipment, inclu the complete controller assembly, is in place and ready for operation at that intersection, ex that the signal faces may be m‘ounted if they are not directed toward traffic or if they covered. 209407 Flashing Beacons. Each beacon shall consist of a single section traffic signal f conforming to the provisions in Section 2094.01. Vehicle Signal Faces,” with yellow or red as shown on the plans. The beacon flasher unit shall be independent of the intersection fla unit. 209-4.07A Backplates. Each beacon shall be provided with a backplate conforming to requirements in Section 209-4.03, “Backplates.” 209-4.07B Visors. Each beacon shall be provided with a full circle type visor conformir the requirements in Section 209-4.01 D, “Visors.” 209-4.07C Flashing Beacon Control Assembly. Each flashing beacon control asse shall consist of switches, circuit breakers, terminal blocks, flasher, dimming relay, wiring electrical components necessary to provide proper operation of the beacons, all housed single enclosure. 0 J e Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 127 t IRti b 2/26/97 209407C(l) Enclosure. The endosure shall be NEMA Type 3R, and shall be provided with dead front panel and a hasp to permit padloding of the cover. The padlock will be furnished by others. The enclosure shall be hotdip galvanized or, at the option of the Contractor, shall be provided with a factory applied rust resistant prime coat and finish coat. 209-4.076(2) Circuit Breakers and Switches. A 15-A circuit break& shall be installed to control each ungrounded conductor entering the endosure. A switch to permit manual operation of the sign lighting circuit shall be provided. Switches shall be of the single-hole-- mounting toggle type, single-pole, single-throw, rated at 12 A, 120 V. Switches shall be furnished with an indicating nameplate reading =Auto - Test" and shall be connected in parallel with the load contacts of the photoelectric control circuit. A 15-A circuit breaker may be used in place of the toggle switch. 209407C(3) Flasher. The flasher shall meet the requirements of Won 8, "Solid-State Flashers." of NEMA Standards Publication No. TS 1. The flasher shall be a solid-state device with no contact points or moving parts. The flasher shall provide 2 output circuits to permit alternate flashing of signal faces and shall be capable of caving a minimum of 10 A per circuit at 120 V. 2094.07C(4) Wiring. Conductors and wiring in the enclosure shall conform to the requirements in Section 209-3.04C, 'Cabinet Wiring." 2094.07C(5) Terminal Blocks. Terminal blocks shall be rated at 25A, 600V, shall be molded from phenolic or nylon material and shall be the barrier type with plated brass screw terminals and integral type marking strips. 209407C(6) Dimming Relay. A heavy duty dimming relay shall be provided to reduce the voltage to the lamps at night. Heavy duty relays shall be designed for continuous duty. Relays shall operate during ambient temperatures from -1 8°C to 71 "C (0" to 160°F). Each relay shall operate in the &pin Jones-type socket shown on the plans. Relays shall be provided with double-pole, double-throw contacts. Contact points shall be of fine silver, silver-alloy, or superior alternative material. Contact points and contact arms shall be capable of operation for 250.000 cydes with 20 A of tungsten load per contact at 120 V, 60 Hz AC. Coils shall have a power consumption of 10 V-A or less and shall be designed for continuous duty on 120 volts AC. Heavy duty relays shall be enclosed with a removable, clear plastic cover. , 209-5 DETECTORS 209-5.01 Vehicle Detectors. Vehicle detectors shall be the type or types shown on the plans. All sensor units, control units, and amplifiers shall meet the requirements of California Test 675. The units shall not be affected by transient voltages when tested in accordance with California Test 667. After a power interruption the units shall return to normal operation within one minute. Each unit shall be provided with a light or meter, for each output circuit, to indicate when the detector is detecting a vehicle. Each detector shall operate over the range of voltages from 100 volts to 135 volts at 60 Hz. Circuitry shall be solid-state except relays with normally closed contacts may be used for the output circuit. Units shall be designed to provide ease of maintenance with easily accessible electronic components. Each detector shall provide vehicle detection without readjustment from -18°C to 71 "C (0" to 160°F). Units shall use printed circuit boards designed to facilitate identification of components. This shall be done by either part identification markings or by providing a pictorial diagram showing physical location and identification of each component. Each printed circuit board shall have the following minimum quality requirements: NEMA FR-4 glass cloth base epoxy resin board, 1.5 mm ('/,!") minimum thickness, organic solder masking and gold plated contacts. lntercomponent wiring shall be a 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 128 of 22 1 copper track with a minimum mass of 600 g/d (2 ozlff). Printed circuit design shall be I that components may be removed and replaced without permanent damage to board! tracks. Splices shall conform to the provisions in Section 209-2.09, "Wiring." 209-5.01 Inductive Loop Detectors. Inductive loop detectors shall conform to the followin 209-5.01.1 General. The term 'inductive loop detector" applies to a complete installa consisting of a loop or group of loops installed in the roadway, as shown on the plans, lea cable and a sensor unit with power supply installed in a controller cabinet. 209-5.01.3 Sensor Unit Construction. "Card" type sensor units shall conform to requirements in 'Traffic Signal Control Equipment Specifications," issued by the Statc California, Department of Transportation, and to all addendums thereto cunent at the tim project advertising. Shelf mounted sensor units shall conform to the requirements in Sectior of the NEMA Standards Publication No. TS 1. Capacitors or inductors necessary for I tuning shall not be mounted external to the sensor unit. 209-5.01.4 Construction Materials. Conductor for each inductive loop detector shall continuous and unspliced and shall conform to one of the following: 1) Type 1 loop wire shall be Type RHW-USE neoprene-jacketed or Type USE cross-lir polyethylene insulated, No. 12, stranded copper wire. The minimum insulation thicknes any point shall be 1 .O mm (40 mils). 2) Type 2 loop wire shall consist of a conductor inside of plastic tubing. The conductor : be Type THWN or Type XHHW, No. 14, stranded copper wire. The tubing shal polyethylene or vinyl, rated for use at 105"C, and shall be resistant to oil and gasoline. tubing shall have a maximum outside diameter of 7 mm (0.27") and a minimum thickness of 0.71 mm (0.028"). The conductors shall not be spliced inside the tubi Conductors for loop detector lead-in cable shall be 2 No. 16 (19 x 29) stranded tir copper. Loop detector lead-in cable shall conform to the calculated cross sectional are ASTM Designation: B 286, Table 1. The lead-in cable shall conform to one of the followi 3) Type B lead-in cable shall be insulated with 0.5 mm (20 mils) of high-dei polyethylene. The conductors shall be twisted together with at least 6 turns per meter the twisted pair shall be prot@cted with a copper or aluminum polyester shield. A No. minimum, copper drain wire shall be provided and connected to the equipment ground w the cabinet. The cable shall be provided with a high-density polyethylene or high-dei polypropylene outer jacket with a nominal thickness of 0.8 mm (35 mils). An amorpt interior moisture penetration barrier of nonhydroscopic polyethylene or polypropylene fi shall be provided. 4) Type C lead-in cable shall conform to international Municipal Signal Association (Ih' Specification No. 50-2. A No. 20, minimum, copper drain wire shall be provided connected to the equipment ground within the cabinet. 209-5.01.5 Installation Details. Installation and tests shall conform to the details and r shown on the plans. Unless shown otherwise each loop shall consist of 3 turns of conduct( specified in Section 209-5.01A(4), "Construction Materials." Slots cut in the pavement sha washed clean, blown out and thoroughly dried before installing conductors. Residue res1 from slot cutting operations shall not be permitted to flow across shoulders or lanes occupie public traffic and shall be removed from the pavement surface before any residue flows c the pavement surface. Residue from slot cutting operations shall be disposed of outside highway right of way in accordance with Section 7-8.1, "Cleanup and Dust Control." , conductors are installed in the slots cut in the pavement, the slots shall be filled with seala within 3 mm ('/By) of the pavement surface. The sealant shall be at least 25 mm (7") above the top conductor in the saw cut. Before setting, surplus sealant shall be removed 0 0 a 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 129 ( the adjacent road surfaces without the use of solvents. The sealant for filling slots shall conform to one of the following: 1) Elastomeric Sealant- Elastomeric sealant shall t~ a polyurethane material of a composition that will, within its stated shelf life, cure only in the presence of moisture. Sealant shall be suitable for use in both asphalt concrete and portland cement concrete. The cured sealant shall have the performance characteristics in Table 209-5.01 (A): TABLE 2094.01 .S(A) 2) Asphaltic Emulsion Sealant.- Asphaltic emulsion sealant shall conform to the State of California Specification 804041A-15 and shall be used only for filling slots in asphalt concrete pavement. This material shall not be used in slots which exceed 16 mm (5/a") in width or where the slope causes the material to run from the slot. The material shall not be thinned in excess of the manufacturer's recommendations and shall not be placed when the air temperature is less than 7°C (45°F). 3) Hot-Melt Rubberized Asphalt Sealant.- Hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be in solid form at room temperature and fluid at an application temperature of 190°C (375°F) to 205°C (400°F). Fumes from the material shall be non-toxic. Sealant shall be suitable for use in both asphalt concrete and portland cement concrete. Performance characteristics of the cured hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be as follows: Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 130 of 221 @% E+ 2/26/97 0 Propee Measuring Standard (ASTM Results Designation) Cone ASTM D 3407, Sec. 5 3.5 mm, max. Penetration Flow, 60°C ASTM D 3407, Sec. 6 5 mm, max. Resilience ,ASTM D 3407, Sec. 8 25%, min. Sofie n i ng ASTM D 36 82 "C, min. Point, Ductility, ASTM D 113 300 mm, min. Flash Point, ASTM D 92 288 "C, min. COC, "C Viscosity, ASTM D 4402 2.5-3.5 Pa% Brookfield Thermosel, Conditions 25"C, 150 g, 5 s 25°C 25"C, 50 mm/min No. 27 Spindle rpm, 19O"C, snap-acting type, single-pole, double-throw, switching unit, with screw type terminals, rated 15 A at 125 volts AC, and shall have the following characteristics: 1) Switching unit shall have a stainless steel plunger actuator and shall be provided with U- frame to permit recessed mounting in push button housing. 2) Switch shall have an operating force of 2.5 N (9 02.) to 3.6 N (13 02.) and a minimum release force of one newton (4 02.). 3) Pretravel shall be 0.4 mm (l/w") maximum. 4) Overtravel shall be 6 mm ('/%7 minimum. 5) Differential travel shall be 0.01 mm (0.00W) to 0.05 mm (0.00Y). 6) Actuator shall have a minimum diameter of 50 mm (2"). Where a pedestrian push button is attached to a pole, the housing shall be shaped to fit the curvature of the pole and secured to provide a rigid installation. Saddles shall be provided to make a neat fit when required. Where a pedestrian push button is to be mounted on top of a Size 65 (2'4") diameter post, the housing shall be provided with a slip-fitter fitting and screws for securing rigidly to the post. Pedestrian push button signs shall be porcelain enameled metal or structural plastic. Push button and sign shall be installed on the crosswalk side of the pole. Arrows on push button signs shall point in the same direction as the corresponding crosswalk. Where Type A push buttons are specified, each push button assembly shall be equipped with red and green indicator lamps. Lamps shall be so connected that, when the push button has been activated, the red lamp shall be energized and continue so until the next pedestrian walk interval, at which time the green lamp shall be energized in lieu of the red lamp. At the termination of the pedestrian walk interval, the lamps shal! be de-energized until the next actuation of the push button. Lenses for the lamps shall have a visible diameter of approximately 32 mm (l'/qY) and a length of approximately 22 mm ('4,"). On the Type A or Type B push button assembly, the sign shall attach to and be securely supported by the framework. With Type C pedestrian push buttons, the instruction sign shall be mounted, using 2 straps and saddle brackets, on the same standard as the push button assembly. Straps and saddle brackets shall be as shown on the plans and shall be corrosion-resisting chromium nickel steel conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 167, Type 302. Theft- proof bolts shall be stainless steel with a chromium content of at least 17 percent and a nickel content of at least 8 percent. 209-6 LIGHTING 2096.01 High Pressure Sodium Luminaires. High pressure sodium luminaires shall be the enclosed type with a horizontal burning lamp. Luminaires shall be the cutoff type. Each luminaire shall consist of a housing, a reflector, a refractor or a lens, a lamp socket, an integral ballast, a terminal strip and a lamp. Housings shall be fabricated from aluminum. Housings that are painted shall withstand a 1000-hour salt spray test as specified in ASTM Designation: 8 117. All other metal parts of the housing shall be fabricated from metal at least equal in corrosion resistance and finish to the metal in the housing. Each housing shall be provided with a slip-fitter capable of mounting on a 50 mm (2") pipe tenon and of being adjusted 5 degrees from the axis of the tenon. The clamping brackets of the slip-fitter shall not bottom out on the housing bosses when adjusted within the k5 degree range. No part of the slip-fitter mounting brackets on the luminaires shall develop a permanent set in excess of 0.5 mm (0.020") when the four 10 rnm (3/s") diameter cap screws used for mounting are tightened to 13 N-m (10 Wlbs.). All luminaires to be mounted on horizontal mast arms, when tested in accordance with California Test 61 1, shall be capable of withstanding cyclic loading in (G = Acceleration of Gravity ): 1) a vertical plane at a minimum peak acceleration level of 3.0 G peak-to-peak sinusoidal loading (same as 1.5 G peak) with the internal ballast removed, for a minimurn of 2 million cycles without failure of any luminaire parts. 2) a horizontal plane perpendicular to the direction of the mast arm at a minimum peak Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 132 of 221 q b 2/26/97 Lamp Lamp s55 150 S66 200 S50 250 S67 31 0 S5 1 400 ANSI Code No. Wattage Maximum Bright1 (dm2) 140 140 175 21 0 260 Lumens 16 000 22 000 27 000 37 000 50 000 Lamp Wattage 150 200 250 . 310 400 be mounted on mast arms, brackets or lowering assemblies shall be located within luminaire housing. 209-6.OlA(l) Regulator Type Ballasts. 0 Regulator type ballasts shall conform to the following: 1) For nominal input voltage and lamp voltage, the ballast design center shall not vary rr than 7.5 percent from rated lamp watts. 2) The ballast shall be designed so that a capacitance variance of fi percent will not ca more than a *8 percent variation in lamp wattage regulation throughout rated lamp life nominal input voltage. 3) The lamp current crest factor shall not exceed 1.8 for input voltage variation of percent at any lamp voltage from initial through life. I.Lag-Type Regulator Ballasts.- Each lag-type regulator ballast shall have the primary secondary windings electrically isolated and, when operated with the appropriate lamp, I have the following characteristics and shall maintain the following lamp operation: a) The power factor shall be not less than 90 percent throughout the life of the lam nominal line voltage with a nominally rated reference lamp. b) Lamp wattage regulation spread at any lamp voltage from nominal through life i not vary by more than 18 percent for k10 percent input voltage variation. 2) Lead-Type Regulator Ballasts.- Each lead-type regulator ballast (CWA-constant wat auto-regulator) shall, when operated with the appropriate lamp, have the follo characteristics and shall maintain the following lamp operation: a) The power factor shall be not less than 90 percent when the ballast is operatc nominal line voltage with a nominally rated reference lamp. b) Lamp wattage regulation spread at any lamp voltage from nominal through life I not vary by more than 30 percent for *lo percent input voltage variation. autotransformer, or high reactance ballast shall, when operated with the appropriate lamp, h the following characteristics and shall maintain the following lamp operations: 1) The power factor shall be not less than 90 percent when the ballast is operated at nom line voltage with a nominally rarted reference Lamp. 2) Lamp wattage regulation spread at any lamp voltage from nominal through life shall vary by more than 25 percent for &5 percent input voltage variation. 3) For nominal input voltage and lamp voltage, the ballast design center shall not vary r than 7.5 percent from rated lamp watts. 4) The lamp current crest factor shall not exceed 1.8 for input voltage variation of *5 perc at any lamp voltage from initial through life. 209-6.01B High Pressure Sodium Lamps. High pressure sodium lamps shall conform to ANSI Standard: C 78, “Lamp Specifications, Physical and Electrical Characteristics of High tensity-Discharge Lamps,” when tested in accordance with ANSI Standard: C 78.1 “Methods of Measurement of High Pressure Sodium Lamp Characteristics.” High-press sodium lamps shall have a minimum average rated life of 24 000 hours. 209-6.01C Street light poles shall be ornamental round concrete with expo aggregate 209-6.065 Internally Illuminated Street Name Signs. Internally. illuminated street nz signs shall conform to the details shown on the plans. The general design of signs shall bc shown on the plans. Minor details of construction shown are typical and may be modi subject to approval by the Engineer. The sign fixture shall be designed and constructec Regulator type ballasts shall be lag-type or lead-type conforming to the following: w * 209-6.0lA(2) Autotransformer or Reactor Type Ballasts. Each nonregulating reac Poles. 0 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 135 of -a Ee 2/26/97 prevent deformation or failure when subjected to 11 3 km/h VOmph) wind loads as set forth in the AASHTO publication, 'Standard Specifications for Structural Supports of Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals," and amendments thereto. The sign panels shall not deform or warp under a 113 kmh (70 mph) wind loading. A Certificate of Compliance conforming to the provisioris in Section 4-1.5, 'Certification," shall be submitted by the manufacturer with each lot of internally illuminated street name signs. The certificate shall state that the internally illuminated street name signs meets the wind load requirements as described above. All material used in fabrication shall be new. If not covered herein, both the material and workmanship shall be of the best quallty consistent with the intended purpose. All ferrous parts shall be galvanized or cadmium plated, unless othenrvise specified herein or shown otherwise on the plans. Signs shall be Type A or Type B. Additionally all Internally Illuminated Street Name Signs shall conform to the following requirements: 1) Housing.-The top and bottom shall be formed or extruded aluminum and shall be attached to formed or cast aluminum end fittings. The design shall provide continuous sealing between top and bottom assemblies and the end f~ngs. The housing shall be rigidly constructed to resist torsional twist and warp. Provisions shall be made for ease of maintenance of all components. The opening or removal of one panel shall permit access to the interior of the sign and allow for replacement of lamps, ballasts and fuses. Photoelectric unit sockets will not be allowed. On Type A signs, both sides shall be hinged at the top to permit installation or removal of the sign panels, and to permit access to the interior of the sign. On Type B signs, the sign panels shall be slide-mounted into the housing. 2) Reflectors.-At the option of the Contractor, reflectors may be used to provide the required sign brightness. Reflectors, if used, shall be formed aluminum with acrylic baked white enamel surface having a minimum reflectance of 0.85. 3) Sign Panels.-The sign panels shall be slide-mounted or rigid mounted in a frame, with white legend, symbols, arrows, and border on each face, as shown on the plans. The background shall be green. The entire surface of the sign panel shall be evenly illuminated. The average of brightness readings for the letters shall be 500 dm2 (150 foot-lamberts), minimum. The light transmission factor of the sign panel shall provide a letter to background brightness ratio of between 10 to 1 and 20 to 1. The luminance of the background shall not vary by more than 40 percent from the average of background brightness reading. The luminance of the letters, symbols and arrows shall not vary by more than 20 percent from the average brightness reading qf letters, symbols and arrows. The sign panels shall be translucent panels of high impact resistant plastic of one of the following types: - a) Glass fiber reinforced acryiated resin. b) Polycarbonate resin. c) Cellulose acetate butyrate plastic. d) Paint on the outside of the plastic shall be protected by a plastic film which shall seal the front surface of the panel and filter out ultraviolet radiation. Paint shall be acrylic plastic type. e) All surfaces shall be free of blemishes in the plastic or coating that may impair the serviceability or detract from the general appearance and color matching of the sign. 9 The white or green color shall not fade or darken when the sign is exposed to an accelerated test of ultraviolet light which is equivalent to 2 years of outdoor exposure. The green color of the sign, when not illuminated, shall conform to Color No. 14109 of Federal Standard 595B. g) The sign panels shall not crack or shatter when a 25.4 mm (1") diameter, steel ball with a mass of 67 grams is dropped from a height of 2.6 m (8.5') above the sign panel to any point of the sign panel. The panels shall be lying in a horizontal position and supported within their frame for this test. 4) Gaskets.- On Type A signs, gaskets shall be installed between the sign panel frame and the fixture housing to prevent the entrance of water between the frame and the fixture 4- ES 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 136 of 221 housing. Gaskets shall be uniform and even textured and shall be the closed cell, spon neoprene type, designed for use at temperatures between -20°C and +70°C. Gaskets st be neatly applied to thoroughly degreased, clean surfaces with a suitable heat-resisti adhesive which will not allow the gaskets to slip at temperatures between -20°C and +70"C 5) Ballasts- Ballasts shall be of the high power factor type and shall be capable of starti the lamps at -20°C and above. Ballasts for Type A signs shall be rated at 200 mA. Balla! for Type B signs shall be rated at 430 rrA Ballasts shall be listed by UL or ETL for operati on 11 0 to 125 V, 60 Hz circuits, and shall conform to the requirements of ANSI Standav C 82.1 and ANSI Standard: C 82.2. A separate ballast shall be provided for each lamp. 6) Lamp holders.-Lamp holders shall be listed by UL or ETL for outdoor use, shall provided with silver coated contacts and waterproofed entrance leads for use with a rap start fluorescent lamp. Removal of the lamp from the socket shall de-energize the primary the ballast. Each lamp holder shall be provided with a heat-resistant, circular cross sectic partially recessed neoprene ring to seal against the lamp ends and protect electrical contac from moisture and dirt or other injurious elements. One lamp holder for each lamp shall of the spring-loaded type. The distance between the face of the lamp holders for each lat shall provide a compression of at least 2.5 mm (O.lO') on the spring-type lamp holder wh the lamp is in place. The lamp shall have positive mechanical and electrical contact wh the lamp is in place. The socket on the spring-type lamp holder shall have sufficient trave permit installation of the lamp. Springs for lamp holders shall not be part of the curr carrying circuit. Lamp holders shall match lamp requirements and shall not increase cathc filament circuit resistance by more than 0.1 042. 7) Lamps.-Lamps shall be of the types shown on the plans and shall meet requirements of ANSI Standard: C 78. 8) Terminal Blocks.-All wiring connections in the fixture shall be terminated on molc phenolic, barrier type, terminal blocks rated at 15 A, 1000 V, and shall have integral t! white, waterproof marking strips. All current carrying parts of the terminal block shall insulated from the fixture with integral plugs or strips to provide an insulating value in exc of the line-to-ground flashover voltage. If the Contractor elects to use sectionalized tern blocks, each section shall be provided with an integral barrier on each side and shall capable of rigid mounting and alignment. Terminal screws shall be size No. IO, minimum. 9) Fuses.- Fuses shall be Type 3AG, miniature, slow blowing type with appropriate cur and voltage ratings. FuseholUer shall be a panel-mounting type with threaded or bayc type knob which grips the fuse tightly for extraction. A separate fuse shall be provided each ballast. , 10) Weep Holes.- Screened weep holes shall be provided at strategic locations in members subject to the collection of moisture. Weep holes shall be shielded to prevent I leakage from the fixture. 11) Fasteners.- All fasteners, screws, and hardware shall be of passive stainless : (Type 302 or 304) or aluminum Type 6060-T6. 12) Mounting Assemblies.- The top of the fixture housing shall have 2 free-swin mounting brackets. Each of the brackets shall be adjustable vertically for leveling the sig either a straight or curved mast arm. The bracket assembly shall permit the fixture to SI perpendicular to the sign panel. Hinge pins for the free-swinging brackets shall ha\ minimum diameter of 6 mm (0.25"). At least 4.6 m (15') clearance shall be provided betcl the bottom of the fixture and the roadway. 13) Message.- The message, as shown on the plans, shall be displayed on both panels. If not shown on the plans, the message, and the size of symbols or arrows wi furnished by the Engineer at the request of the Contractor. Unless shown otherwise, le shall be 200 mm (SS) upper case and 150 mm (6") lower case, Series E. 14) Mass.-The total mass of the complete sign assembly, including lamps, balk mounting brackets and appurtenances shall not exceed 30 kg. c3 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 137 of 0 4 o a 15) Conductors- All fixture conductors shall be UL or ETL listed appliance wiring material (AWM) stranded copper wire with 0.7 mm (28 mils), minimurn, thermoplastic insulation, rated at 1000 volts and rated for use at 90°C. Conductors shall be No. 16, minimum, and shall match the color coding of the ballast leads. The size of conductors from the sign disconnect to the fuse block shall be as shown on the plans. All conductors within the fixture shall be secured with easily removable spring cross straps (not damped) in the chassis or fixture. Straps shall be installed not more than 300 mm (lr) apart. Stranded copper conductors connected to screw type terminals shall terminate in approved crimp type ring connectors. Splices will not be permitted within the fixture unless approved in writing by the Engineer. 16) Equipment List and Drawings.- Within 15 days following approval of contract, the Contractor shall submit 3 sets of shop drawings and a list of equipment and materials he proposes to instal, as specified in Section 2-5, "Plans and Specifications." The shop drawings shall show the message for each sign and shall include the size of letters, symbols or arrows, as shown on the plans or as furnished by the Engineer. The list of equipment shall include the name of the manufacturer of all materials and sufficient detail to identify the materials. If requested, the Contractor shall supply, without cost to the Agency, sufficient samples of materials to be used in the fabrication of the sign, or a complete sign assembly, to permit adequate testing and evaluation of conformance to the specified requirements. 209-6.07 Photoelectric Controls. Photoelectric controls, as specified in these special provisions or as shown on the plans, shall be capable of switching multiple lighting systems directly. Type IV photoelectric control shall be used unless otherwise shown on the plans or required by these special provisions and shall be installed in a receptacle integral with the luminaire. I) Type I photoelectric control shall consist of a remote photoelectric unit and a test switch housed in an enclosure. 2) Type II photoelectric control shall consist of a remote photoelectric unit, a separate contactor located in a service equipment enclosure, and a test switch located in the service equipment enclosure unless shown otherwise. 3) Type 111 photoelectric control shall consist of a remote photoelectric unit, and a separate contactor and a test switch housed in an enclosure. 4) Type IV photoelectric control shall consist of a photoelectric unit which plugs into an €El-NEMA twist lock. 209-6.07A Types. The types of photoelectric controls shall be as follows: a) receptacle integral with the luminaire. b) Type V photoelectric control shall consist of a photoelectric unit, contactor and test switch located in a service equipment enclosure. A switch to permit manual operation of the lighting circuit shall be provided for each Type I, Type 11, Type Ill, and Type V photoelectric control. Switches shall be of the single-hole r-sunting toggle type, single-pole, single-throw, rated at 12A and a voltage rating to match the xcuit. Switches shall be furnished with an indicating nameplate reading "Auto-Test" and shall be connected in parallel with the load contacts of the photoelectric unit. Test switch shall not have an "OFF" position. Photoelectric units for Types I, II and Ill photoelectric controls, shall be pole-top mounted unless othewise specified. 209-6.07B Equipment Details. Equipment details shall conform to the following: em %? 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 138 of 221 209-6.078(1) Photoelectric Unit. The photoelectric unit shall provide an output in respol to changing light levels. Components of the unit shall not require periodic replacement. UI shall have a rumsn" between 10 and 50 lux (one and 5 footcandles) and a 'tum-off" between 1.5 and 5 times 1Yum-on." Measurements shall be by the procedures set forth in E NEMA Standards for Physical and Electrical Interchangeability of Light-Sensitive Con Devices Used in the Control of Roadway Lighting. Photoelectric controls, except Type IV i Type V, shall be furnished with a 100 mm (4") minimum inside diameter pole-top mounl adaptor containing a terminal block and with cable supports or clamps to support pole wire The photoelectric unit receptacle shall be the EEI-NEMA type. Mounting brackets shall be u! where pole-top mounting is not possible. locations shown on the plans and oriented as directed by the Engineer. For switching 48C 60 Hz circuits, a 100 V'A, minimum, 480/120-volt transformer shall be installed in the contac enclosure to provide 120 volts for the photoelectric control unit. Where more than c photoelectric unit is to be installed at the same location, a single transformer, with a volt-amp rating capable of handling the total controlled load, may be used. Photoelectric units shall screened to prevent artificial light from causing cycling. The photoelectric unit shall also conform to the following: 0 Photoelectric controls shall be installed at 1) The supply voltage rating shall be 60 Hz, 105-130 V, 210-240 V, or 105-240 V, specified. 2) The load rating shall be 800 W minimum, incandescent, mercury or fluorescent. 3) The operating temperature range shall be from -29°C to 65°C. 4) The power consumption shall be less than 10 W. 5) The unit shall be housed in a weatherproof enclosure. 6) The base of the unit shall be provided with a 3-prong, EEI-NEMA standard, twist-lock F mounting. 7) Units shall be provided with a "fail-on" feature. 209-6.078(2) Contactor. The contactor shall have contacts rated to switch the speci lighting load and shall be normally open, unless otherwise specified. The contactor shall either the mechanical armature type or the mercury displacement type. The contacts of mechanical armature type contactor shall be either fine silver, silver alloy, or superior alterna material. The contactor shall have a minimum rating of 30 A, per contact, inductive load. 209-6.079(3) Contactor and Test Switch Housing. The enclosure for Type I and Typc photoelectric controls shall be NEMA Type 3R. The enclosure shall be provided with a fac applied rust resistant prime coat and finish coat. Two applications of paint to match the colc the standard shall be applied as specified in Section 209-2.16, "Painting." The enclosure r be hot-dip galvanized in lieu of painting. A minimum of 65 mm (2'/;) shall be provided betw contactor terminals and end of enclosure for wiring connections. The enclosure shall mounted on the same standard as the photoelectric unit at a height of approximately 1.8 m above the base. 209-6.078(4) Wiring. Conductors between the photoelectric unit and an external conta shall be No. 14 and shall be run inside the lighting standard, or in conduit, unless othen shown on the plans, 209-6.07B(5) Terminal Blocks. Terminal blocks shall be rated at 25A, 600V, shal molded from phenolic or nylon material and shall be the barrier type with plated brass s( terminals and integral type marking strips. 0 -d em tip 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 139 o 0 20916.09 Transformers. Multiple to multiple and series to muMple transformers shall be of the single-phase, dry type designed for operation on a 60 Hz supply. 209-6.09A Electrical Requirements. Transformer ratings shall be 120/480 volts, 240/480volts or 480/120votts for multiple to multiple units and 6.6 A/120votts or 6.6 A1480 volts for series to multiple units or other ratings as shown on"the plans. Secondary 480-volt windings shall be center tapped. Volt-ampere ratings shall be as shown on the plans. Transformer efficiency shall exceed 95 percent for multiple Uo multiple units and 80 percent for series to multiple units. Secondary voltage regulation and Uolerance shall be &3 percent from half load to full load for multiple to multiple units and +10 percent (maximum) at no load to &3 percent at full load for series to multiple units. Transformers shqll have a decal showing a connection diagram. The diagram shall show either color coding or tagging of wires with primary (Hi, H2) or secondary (Xi, X2) markers, and shall also show the primary and secondary voltage and volt-ampere rating. 209-6.09B Physical Requirements. External leads for multiple to multiple and series to multiple secondary connections shall be Type USE, No. 10, rated 600 volts AC. Primary conductors for series to multiple transformers shall be rated for use on 5000-volt AC circuits. Transformer leads shall extend a minimum of 300 mm (12') from the case. Transformer insulation shall be NEMA 185°C or better. Series to multiple transformers shall withstand the application of 12 000 volts AC from core to primary coil and from coil to coil for a one minute period. Series to multiple transformer secondaries and multiple to multiple transformers shall withstand the application of 2200 volts AC from core to coils and, for multiple units only, from coil to coil for a one minute period. The above tests shall be made immediately after operation of the transformer at full load for 24 hours. Non-submersible transformers shall be provided with metal half-shell coil protection, shall have moisture resistant, synthetic varnish impregnated windings and shall be suitable for outdoor operation in a raintight enclosure. Each transformer to be installed in a pull box shall be the submersible type and shall be provided with a handle and a hanger. 20916.09C Submersible Type Transformers. Submersible type transformers shall be securely encased in a rugged corrosion resistant, watertight case and shall withstand a 5day test submerged in 600 mm (2') of salt water (2 percent salt by mass) with 12-hour on and off periods. The operating periods shall be at full load. Leads of submersible transformers shall be brought out through one or more sealed hubs and shall be secured in a manner which will withstand a 450-N (100 Ib) static pull without loosening or leaking. 209-7 REMOVING, REINSTALLING OR SALVAGING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 209-7.01 Removing Electrical Equipment. Attention is directed to Section 7-9, "Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements." Existing electrical equipment shown on the plans or specified in these special provisions to be removed and not reused or salvaged, and pull boxes, conduit and detector frames not reused, shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the street right of way in accordance with the provisions in 300-1, 'Clearing and Grubbing," except, if not interfering with other construction, underground conduit may be abandoned in place after all conductors have been removed. Care shall be exercised in salvaging equipment so that it will not be damaged or destroyed and will remain in its existing condition whenever possible. Mast arms shall be removed from standards. Luminaires, signal heads, and signal mounting assemblies shall be removed from standards and mast arms. Page 140 of 21 1 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) 3 b 2/26/97 Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 7-9, "Protection and Restoration of Exis Improvements" and 300-1.2, 'Preservation of Property." The Contractor will be require( repair or replace, at the Contractor's expense, any electrical equipment to be salvaged wh as dete'imined by the Engineer, has been damaged or destroyed by reason of the Contract operations. Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 209-2.03, "Foundations," regarc foundations to be abandoned or removed. Hdes resulting from removing pull boxes t detector frames shall be filled with material equivalent to the surrounding material. 209-7.02 Reinstalling Removed Electrical Equipment. When removed electrical equiprr is to be reinstalled, the Contractor shall furnish and install all necessary materials i equipment, including signal mounting assemblies, anchor bolts, nuts, washers and concrete required to complete the new installation. All traffic signal and flashing beacon faces to reinstalled or to be part of a modified system shall be cleaned and relamped. All luminaires t sign lighting fixtures to be reinstalled shall be cleaned and relamped. Existing mater required to be relocated and found to be unsatisfactory by the Engineer shall be replaced new material and the cost therefor will be paid for as extra work as provided in Section : 'Extra Work." 209-8 PAYMENT 209-8.01 Payment. The contract lump sum price or prices paid for signal, flashing beac lighting, sign illumination, or combinations thereof; for modifying or removing those systems; temporary systems; or the lump sum or unit prices paid for various units of those systems the lump sum or per meter price paid for conduit of the various sizes, types and installa methods listed in the Engineer's Estimate shall include full compensation for furnishing all la1 materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing i installing, modifying, or removing the systems, combinations or units thereof, as shown on plans, as specified in these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer, including necessary pull boxes (except when the type required is shown as a separate contract itt excavation and backfill; concrete foundations (except when shown as a separate contract itt pedestrian barricades; furnishing and installing illuminated street name signs; installing Age1 furnished sign panels on pedestrian barricades, on flashing beacon standards, and on tri signal mast arms; restoring sidewalk, pavement and appurtenances damaged or destra during construction; salvaging existing materials; and making all required tests. Full compensation for all additional materials and labor, not shown on the plans or specil which are necessary to complete the installation of the various systems, shall be considerec included in the prices paid for the systems, or units thereof, and no additional compensation be allowed therefor, except as provided in Section 209-1.05, "Maintaining Existing Temporary Electrical Systems." When shown as a contract item, the contract price paid per meter for cast-in-drilled-I concrete pile (signal foundation) shall include full compensation for furnishing all la materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in construc reinforced concrete pile foundations of the size shown on the Engineer's Estimate, incluc drilling holes, disposing of the material resulting from drilling holes, furnishing and plal anchor bolt assemblies and reinforcing steel, complete in place, as shown on the plans, anc specified in these special provisions and as directed by the Engineer. * e v 4- rrs 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 141 o 0 When shown as a contract item, non-&inforced portland cement concrete foundations will be measured and paid for in the manner as provided in Section 303-1. 11, "Payment." When shown as a separate contract item by the lump sum or per bid item linear measurement, interconnection conduit and conductor shall indude all interconnection conductors, but shall only indude conduit and pull boxes containing interconnection conductors and no other conductors. The quantity of interconnection conduit and conductor to be paid for by the lump sum bid or the bid item linear measurement shall be the length of that conduit. Compensation for conduit containing interconnection conductors and other conductors shall be considered as induded in the contract price paid for the item requiring the other conductors. Full compensation for furnishing, installing, maintaining and removing falsework lighting equipment shall be considered as induded in the contract prices paid for the items of work involved in the structure which requires the falsework lighting and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Full compensation for furnishing and installing of street lights, conduits, cables, wiring, pullbox, energizing and all other work necessary to have complete and operating street lights, shall be included in the contract unit prices for street lighting system and no other payments will be made. 2098 TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES (PCMS) 209-1.01 Portable Changeable Message Signs. Each portable changeable message sign unit shall consist of a controller unit, a power supply, and a structural support system all mounted on a trailer. The unit shall be assembled to form a complete self-contained portable changeable message sign which can be delivered to the site of the work and placed in immediate operation. The complete message sign unit shall be capable of operating in an ambient air temperature range of -20% (-4OF) to +7OoC (158OF) and shall not be affected by unauthorized mobile radio transmissions. The trailer shall be equipped so that id can be leveled and plumbed. The message displayed on the sign shall be visible from a distance of 460 m (1500') and shall be legible from a distance of 230 7n (7507, at noon on a cloudless day, by persons with vision or corrected to 20120. The sign panel shall be 3-line matrix and shall display not less than 7 characters per line. Sign messages to be displayed shall be as approved by the Engineer. The sign face shall be flat black and shall be protected from glare of the sun by P vethod which does not interfere with the clarity of the sign message. The sign shall be raised and lowered by means of a power driven lifting mechanism. The matrix sign shall be capable of complete alphanumeric selection. Lamp matrix type signs shall be equipped with an automatic dimming operational mode that automatically compensates for the influence of a temporary light source or other abnormal lighting conditions. The sign shall have manual dimming operation modes of 3 or more different lamp intensities. Matrix signs not utilizing lamps shall be either internally or externally illuminated at night. Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 142 of 21 1 q % 2/26/97 The controller shall be an all solid-state unit containing all the necessary circuitry for the stor of at least 5 pre-programmed messages. The controller shall be installed in a location allov the operator to perform all functions from one position. A keyboard entry system shall provided to allow an operator to generate an infinite number of additional messages over pre-programmed stored messages. The keyboard shall be equipped with a security locl feature to prevent unauthorized use of the controller. The controller shall contain a nonvolatile memory to hold the keyboard created message memory during periods when the power is not activated. The controller shall provide fc variable message display rate which allows the operator to match the information display to speed of the approaching traffic. The flashing off time shall be operator adjustable within control cabinet. . Full operation height shall be with the bottom of the sign at least 2.1 m (7') above the gro and the top no more than 4.4 m (14.5') above the ground. After initial placement, portable changeable message signs shall be moved from locatio1 location as directed by the Engineer. Portable changeable message signs shall be furnished, placed, operated, and maintaine locations shown on the plans, specified in the special provisions, or designated by the Engin The PCMS will be diligently maintained and repaired by the Contractor throughout the proje accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. When ownership is transferred to City (at the end of the job), it must be demonstrated to be in good working condition, and n the provision of these specifications, induding current registration. 2094.02 Measurement and Payment. The contract unit price for Portable Change Message Signs shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tc maintaining, repairing, replacing, transporting from location to location, and delivery of the s to the City at the completion of the construction, in good working order, and as directed by Engineer, and no other compensation will be made. 0 d @ equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing, placing, opera 0 @ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 143 c SECTION 210 - PAINT AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS 210-1.6 Paint for Traffic Striping, Pavement Marking, and Curb Marking. Modify as follows: Paint for traffic lane lines, turn pocket lines, edge lines, channelizing lines, bike lane lines, chevrons, and curbs shall be rapid dry water borne conforming to CALTRANS Specification No. 801 0-91 0-30. Paint for pavement legends, pavement symbols, pavement arrows, cross walks, parking stall markings and stop baas shall be alkyd thermoplastic conforming to CALTRANS Specification No. 8010-21C-19. Glass beads to be applied to the surface of the rapid dry water borne paint and the molten thermoplastic material shall conform to the requirements of CALTRANS Specification No. 8010-216-22 (Type 11). CALTRANS Specifications for water borne paint, thermoplastic material and glass beads may be obtained from the CALTRANS Transportation Laboratory, P.O. Box 19128, Sacramento, CA 95819, telephone number (91 6) 227-7000. Add the following section: 21 0-3.6 Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities. The requirements of this section shall pertain only to the preparation and galvanizing of traffic signal facilities. Galvanizing of products fabricated from rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strip 3.2 mm ('1;) thick or thicker, shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 123, except that complete seal welding of tightly contacting surfaces of these products prior to galvanizing is required only where seal welding is shown on the plans or specified in these special provisions. Except for pre-galvanized standard pipe, galvanizing of material 3.2 rnm (1/e") thick or thicker shall be performed after fabrication into the largest practical sections. At the option of the Contractor, material thinner than 3.2 mrn ('/;) shall be galvanized either before fabrication in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 525M, Coating Designation 2600, or after fabrication in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 123, except that the weight of zinc coating shall average not less than 365 g per square meter (1.2 02. per @) of actual surface area with no individual specimen having a coating weight of less than 305 g per square meter (1 .O oz. per ff). Galvanizing of standard pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 53. Galvanizing will not be required fpr stainless steel, monel metal and similar corrosion resistant parts. Fabrication shall include all operations such as shearing, cutting, punching, forming, drilling, milling, bending, welding and riveting. All welded areas shall be thoroughly cleaned prior to galvanizing to remove all slag or other material that would interfere with the adherence of the zinc. When it is necessary to straighten any sections after galvanizing, the work shall be performed without damage to the zinc coating. Galvanizing of iron and steel hardware and nuts and bolts, when specified or shown on the plans, shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 153, except whenever threaded studs, bolts, nuts, and washers are specified to conform to ASTM Designation: A 307, A 325, A 325M, A 449, A 563, A 563M, or F 436 and zinc coating is required, they shall be hot-dip zinc coated or mechanically zinc coated in accordance with the requirements of the ASTM Designations. Unless otherwise specified, galvanizing shall be performed after fabrication. Components of bolted assemblies shall be galvanized separately before assembly. Tapping of nuts or other internally threaded parts to be used with zinc coated bolts, anchor bars or studs shall be done after galvanizing and shall conform to the requirements for thread dimensions and overtapping allowances in ASTM Designation: A 563 or A 563M. I Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page I44 of 21 1 -9 t* 2/26/97 Property Minimum Dry Weight Nitrogen (1 1 Dry Weight Passing 1" Sieve Dry Weight Passing ##4 Sieve Dry Weight Passing #16 Sieve Dry Weight Passing #30 Sieve Dry Weight Passing #50 Sieve Dry Weight Passing #lo0 Sieve Salinity (1) 100% 95% 45% 30% 0% 0% 0.08% Iron ( Dilute acid soluble on dry weight basis) Ash (dry weight basis) 0% PH 6.0 Wettability (1) Maximum (1 1 100% 100% 65% 40% 10% 2% (1) -- 6.0% 7.0 (1) Component Virgin Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch Binder (1) Fertilizer (1 2-1 2-1 2) Urea Formaldehyde Soil Sulfur Ag. Gypsum Tacklfier Mulch Application Rate (pounds per acre) (2000) (60) (300) (300) (1 00) (2000) (80) (2000) Seed Variety Artemisia Califomica Atriplex Lentiforms(Brewer II) Eschscholzia Califomica Erigonum Parvifolium Lasthenia Glabrata Scoparius Lupinus AI bicaul is Salvia Mellifera d 0 Lotus Application Rate Common name Pounds California sage brush 41AC Quailbush ZAC California Puppy 3lAC Sea Cliff Bulkwheat 41AC Goldfields 51AC Deerweed WAC Sickel Keeled, Lupine 51AC Soak seed 24 hr. in water prior to hydroseedin Black Sage ZAC Zorro Fescue 201AC rejected, and immediately removed from the site and replaced with new plants by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. The Engineer resewes the right to change the species, variety, and/or sizes of plant material to be furnished, provided that the cost of such plant changes do not exceed the cost of plants in the original bid, and with the provision that the Contractor shall be notified in writing, at least 60 days before the planting operation has commenced. 212-1.5.3 Tree Stakes. Mod@ as follows: Tree stakes shall be 50mm (2") diameter turned lodgepole pine, pointed on their driven end. Add the following section: 212-1.6 Erosion Control Matting. Erosion control matting shall be made of 100-percent- biodegradable, weedifree wheat straw of thickness and density yielding 270 grams per square meter (0.50 LB./SY) with photodegradable polypropylene netting with a density of 0.89 grams per square meter (1.64 LB/1000SY) having an approximate mesh interval of 50mm x 50mm (2" x 2") on each face of the straw mat. The straw mat shall be sewn together with unidirectional lines of cotton or polypropylene thread spaced approximately 50mm (2") apart. Erosion control matting shall be "North American Green, DS150", 'BonTerra ST, or approved equal, Add the foilowing section: 212-1.7 Erosion Control Mat Staples. Erosion control mat staples shall be 25mm x 150mm (1" x 67, U-shaped 1 l-gauge mild steel staples. Add the following section: 2124.8 Root Barriers. Root bamers shall be no less than lm (39') in width. Root barriers shall be 'Biobamer", as manufactured by Reemay, Inc., 70 Old Hickory Boulevard, Old Hickory, TN 971 38, Phone 61 5-847-7000, no substitutes will be accepted. 212-2.1.3 Blastic Pipe for Use with Solvent Weld Socket or Threaded Fittings, add the foliowing: Except as provided in this section, all buried piping in the imgation system shall be installed with underground utility marking tape conforming to the requirements of section 207-21 and identrfylng it as redaimed water. Intermittent pressure lines (lines on the downstream side of a controller valve that will not be subject to constant pressure) will not require underground utility marking tape. All PVC pipe used for irrigation systems shall be colored purple by the addition of a dye integral to the PVC. Painted pipe will not be accepted. Pressure mainline piping for sizes 50mm (2") and larger shall be PVC having a pressure rating of 315 PSI, S.D.R. 13.5. Stenciled pipe is required for all irrigation system piping including portions not required to be marked with underground utility marking tape. All pipe shall have stenciling appearing on both sides of the pipe with the marking 'Redaimed Water in 16mm (5/8n) letters repeated every 300mm (12"). PVC non-pressure buried lateral line piping shall be PVC Schedule 40. Add the following section: 212-2.1.7 Brass pipe shall be IPS standard weight 125LB 85 percent copper and I5 percent zinc, trade designation seamless red brass pipe conforming to the requirements of ASTM B43-91. Brass pipe fittings and connections shall be Standard 125LB class 85 percent red brass fittings and connections. 212-2.2.7 Valve Boxes. Add the following: All valve boxes shall be marked "RCV", "BV" or 'QC", 'PB" respectively. Remote control valves shall be marked with station numbers embossed on the valve cover with a brass tag. (RCV boxes shall have locking covers.) Other boxes such as pull boxes, etc., shall be marked with appropriate identification. 212-2 IRRIGATION SYSTEM MATERIALS. Brass Pipe and Fittings. Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 148 of 21 1 'Ti Et. 2126197 Add the following section: 212-2.2.8 Ball Valves. Ball valves shall have bottom-loaded pressure-retaining stems, gla reinforced seats, and reinforced TFE stem packing seals. Vatves sizes 13 mm (W) to 50 I (W) shall be pressure rated at 4140 kPa (600 PSI) WOG and 1030 kPa (150-PSI) satura steam. Each valve shall be tested, air under water, in the opened and dosed position by manufacturer. Ball valve must conform to Federal Specification W-V-35B. Type II, Class Style 3, End Connection A or C. Add the following section:21&2.2.9 Pressure Regulator Valve Pressure regulator valve sh be bronze body with screw fitting. 212-2.4 Sprinkler Equipment. Add the following: All sprinkler heads are to have fad built-in check valves or a check valve under each head. Drip assemblies shall meet following requirements: The drip emitter shall be Pepco Quadra or Rainbird XERI-Bird-8 approved equal as called on drawings, with four ports. Drip tubing for emitter outlets shall Rainbird (RBT-l60V), Salco, or approved equal. Drip tubing stakes shall be Rainbird RS-13, Salco, or approved equal. Bug cap for drip tubing shall be manufactured by Rainb Pepco, or approved equal. The drip pressure regulator shall be Rainbird, Netafim PVR, approved equal. Drip emitter filter shall be Amiad, Rainbird, or approved equal. Drip emi access boxes shall be Rainbird No. SEB-GX, Salco Subterranean Emitter Box, or appro! equal. Check valves shall be of heavy-duty virgin PVC construction with FIP thread inlet i outlet. Internal parts shall be stainless steel and neoprene. Antidrain valves shall be fi adjustable against drain out from 1.5 m to 12 m (5’ to 40’) of head. All sprinkler heads that without valves in the heads are to have an antidrain valve feature and shall have an excess f feature, which will automatically stop the flow of water when it exceeds the GPM preset by manufacturer. Check valves shall be King Bros., Rainbird, or approved equal. 212-2.4.1 Additional Equipment. Contractor shall provide the following items to Engineer: Two control valve keys. Two wrenches for removing each-different type of sprinkler head. Two quick coupler keys. The keys and hose ells shall be of the same manufacturer as the Five keys for opening and locking each automatic controller and enclosure. 21 23 ELECTRICAL MATERIALS. 212-3.1 General. Add the following: All electrical materials shall conform to requirements of the 1996 National Electrical Code. 212-3.2.2 Conductors. Add the following: Low voltage electric wiring running fr controller to the automatic control valves shall be no smaller than No. 14 solid single conduc copper wire, 0.015 mm (60 mil) insulation, 0.015 mm (60 mil) neoprene jacket, style UF (Dir Burial), or equal, calor code wires to each valve. Neutral wires shall be white, no smaller tl No. 12 solid single conductor wire, 0.015 mm (60 mil) insulation, 0.015 mm (60 mil) neoprt jacket, style UF (Direct Burial). 212-3.3 Controller Unit. Add the following: All controllers shall be grounded by one mm (518”) diameter by 3 m (10’) long stainless steel grounding rod and a 5hhm resistai lightning arrestor. em 0 0 coupling valve. e ts 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 149 of Add the following section. 21 2-3.4 irrigation Electrical Service Equipment and Enclosures. Electrical service equipment shall incorporate the following elements: A 1 @amp, 120/240-volt, single-phase load center, as approved by the Engineer; A 100-amp rated commercial meter socket suitable for the San Diego Gas and Electric Company meter, with provision for test block bypass having a UL listing and EUSERC approval; One 1 $amp circuit breaker for each irrigation controller energized, by the service; One 20-amp circuit breaker for the duplex receptacle. The design, assembly, grounding, wiring, and components of the irrigation electrical service equipment and endosure shall meet the requirements of the 1996 edition of the National Electrical Code. Electrical service equipment shall be endosed in a cabinet constructed entirely of 14-gage, or heavier, 304 stainless steel. The cabinet shall be of welded construction with a brushed finish; anchoring points shall be inside the enclosure. The cabinet shall be HYDROSAFE Model No. HS9, Strong Box, or approved equal. The cabinet shall have a 304 stainless steel interior bulkhead separating the 120/240-volt electrical service section from the irrigation controller section. No wood components shall be used in the enclosure. Each section of the cabinet shall have full front opening doors with piano hinges, integral keylock and hasp and staple, or other provision, for padlock. The cabinet shall be provided with cross-flow ventilation. Ventilation openings shall be located and designed to preclude rain, irrigation splash, vermin, and insects from entering the cabinet. The controller side door shall have provision for mounting control schematics without the use of adhesives or fasteners. The service side door shall have a dear acrylic plastic window to allow the electrical meter to be read. The cabinet shall have a duplex lfi-amp, 120-volt receptacle with ground fault interrupter protection mounted on the interior service side. Concrete footings and pads supporting the Electrical service equipment shall be 560-C-3250 and shall be no less than 150mm (6") thick. Anchor bolts to secure the service equipment to the concrete pad shall be 1Omm ("/,y) diameter by 150mm (e) long hot dip galvanized or stainless steel headed bolts with washers, without sleeves, conforming to section 3-04-1.7. Anchor bolts to secure the service equipment to the concrete pad shall be embedded in the concrete slab between 65mm and 1OOmm (2% and 4"). 21 3-2 GEOTEXTILES. 213-2.1 General. Add the following: Geotextile types shall be used for the applications listed in Table 21 3-2.1 (A) Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 150 of 21 j -* E* 2126197 0 Add the following section: 213-3 EROSION CONTROL SPECIALTIES. 213-3 Gravel bags. Gravel bags for the use of temporary erosion control shall be burlap t filled with no less than 23kg (50 Ibs) of 19 mm (3/4") crushed rock and securely tied clos Plastic bags are not acceptable. e 0 q 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 151 o SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS PART 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS CONSTRUCTION 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS -ion DescriDtion Paae PART 3 SUPPLEMENTAL PROWSIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBUC WORKS COhlSTRUC77ON FOR CONSTRUCTION METHODS ...................................................... 754 300 Earthwork ............................................................................................ 154 300-1.4 Payment ................................................................................................ 154 300-2 Unclassified Excavation ..................................................................... 154 300-2.2.3 Unsuitable Soils Within Right-of-way .................................................... 155 Payment ................................................................................................ 155 300-3 Structure Excavation and Backfill (culvert) ..................................... 156 300-4.7 Compaction ........................................................................................... 157 302-5 Asphalt Concrete Pavement ............................................................... 160 303 Concrete and Masonry Construction ................................................. 160 303-6 Stamped Concrete ............................................................................... 161 300-2.9 301 -1 Subgrade Preparation ......................................................................... 159 303-5 Concrete Curbs, Walks, Gutters, Cross Gutters. Alley Intersections, Access Ramps. and Driveways ........................ 161 306 Underground Conduit Construction .................................................. 165 306-1.5 Trench Resurfacing ............................................................................... 167 306-5 Abandonment of Conduits and Structures ....................................... 168 307-3 Streetlighting Construction ................................................................ 168 308 Landscape and Irrigation Installation ................................................. 169 308-4 Planting ................................................................................................ 170 308-4.2 Protection and Storage .......................................................................... 170 308-4.10 Erosion Control Matting Installation ....................................................... 171 308-5 Irrigation System Installation ............................................................. 172 308-5.2 Irrigation Pipeline Installation ................................................................. 172 306-3.3 Dewatering ........................................................................................... 168 307-4 Traffic Signals Construction .............................................................. 168 e- p, 4 2/26/97 Contract No . 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 152 of 211 Paq 0 308-5.2.3 Plastic Pipeline .... ... ........... . .. . ... .. .. ... .. . . .. .. ... . .... . .. ..... . . . ... .. ... . .. . . ... . ... . . . . . . . 173 308-5.5 Remote Control Wiring .......................................................................... 173 308-6 Maintenance and Plant Establishment ............ . ................................. 173 308-7 Guarantee ............................................................................................ 174 308-7.1 Record Drawings ................................................................................... 175 308-7.2 Controller Chart ...................... . .............................................. ..... . ..... ... .. 176 308-7.3 Operations and Maintenance Manuals ................................................. . 176 310-5.6 Painting, Traffic Striping, Pavement Markings, and Curb Markings ....... 177 31 0-6 Temporary Traffic Signing, Striping, Pavement Markings and Pavement Markers, and Temporary Railing (Type K) ................ 178 31 0-6.4 Temporary Railing and Crash Cushions ............................. .................. . 179 Cribwall Leucadia County Water District Specifications for the construction of the sewerline - 0 f 4= p,s 2126197 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 153 of : e SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 3, CONSTRUCTION METHODS SECTION 300 - EARTHWORK 300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING. 300-1.1 General. add the following to the third paragraph: During surface clearing operations, the Contractor shall not cover or bury any plant growth or other objectionable materials. If the Contractor cannot successfully separate the plant growth from the surface soil and advertently or inadvertently mixes organic or other objectionable materials with the soil, the soil so contaminated shall be removed from the site by the Contractor. All costs, if any, associated with removing the soil mixed with organic or other objectionable materials and importing soil to replace said contaminated soil shall be borne by the Contractor and no additional payment therefor shall be made to the Contractor. 300-1.1 General. add the following to the second paragraph: If the Contractor stockpiles, or otherwise deposits soil or unclassified excavation materials, it shall clear and grub the area over which stockpiled soil or unclassified excavation materials are placed. 300-1.3 Removal and Disposal of Materials. add the following: Also included in clearing and grubbing shall be removal and disposal of existing irrigation lines, metal guard rail, fences, aggregate base, concrete curb and gutter, concrete sidewalk, existing abandoned underground pipes and conduits, existing headwalls, riprap, traffic signs, and other existing features which interfere with the work, whether or not such items are called out on the plans or in the specifications for removal. 300-1.4 Payment. modify as follows: Payment for Clearing and Grubbing shall be made at the contract lump sum price for clearing and grubbing and no other payments will be made. 300-2 UNC LASS1 FI ED EXCAVATION. 300-2.1 General. add the following: Unclassified excavation sh, * include removal and stockpile of suitable material, recompaction, mixing, grading for mitigation work, salvaging clean excavated material and filling all areas to the required grades and cross sections shown on the plans, removal and recompaction of compressible soils, removal and recompaction of slides and slipouts, removal and disposal of unsuitable materials not included in the bid item for clearing and grubbing, all cut and fill including removal and recompaction of unsuitable soil, salvaging clean excavated material and filling areas to the required grades and cross section. Unclassified excavation shall be utilized onsite to make all fills shown on the plans. Unclassified excavation shall also include scarification and moisture adjustment and compaction of the top one foot of subgrade in the roadway prism to 95 percent relative compaction. , wetland mitigation grading and attendant work, export of remaining excess material to a disposal site or spill area acquired by the Contractor and pumping and disposal of pumped water. c3 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 154 of 21 1 300-2.2.1 General. add the following: Alluvial, colluvial and unsuitable material removal recompaction shall consist of excavating, blending and recompacting loose soils in areas are designated to receive fills. The existing loose soils shall be removed until a firm unyiel surface is exposed or to a depth determined by the Engineer. If the excavated mat contains 4% more water than the optimum moisture content the Contractor shall blend the soil with soils having a lower moisture content and/or spread the excavated material manner that enables the material to dry to optimum moisture content. The cost of sprea and/or drying shall be included in the contract unit price for unclassified excavation. excavated material shall be placed and compacted in accordance with section 300-4 of specifications except that section 300-4.9, Measurement and Payment, shall not apply. excess material shall be removed and legally disposed of offsite. 300-2.2.1 General. add the following to the first paragraph: Such direction may include is not limited to, directing the Contractor to blend, adjust moisture content of, rework, and p unsuitable soils at specific locations or elevations on the site. Add the following section: 300-2.2.3 Compressible Soil. Compressible soils such as, alluvium, colluvium, uncontn stockpiles, and other uncompacted or unconsolidated materials may exist on the site. Tt materials shall be excavated and recompacted in areas to receive fill or in areas upon w surface improvements are to be placed and shall be paid for as provided in subsection Extra Work, when approved in advance by the Engineer. 300-2.2.4 Instability of Cuts. Add the following: The Contractor shall remove additi material as directed .by the Engineer to improve the stability of excavated cuts. The remov, such excavated material shall be paid for at the Contract Lump Sum Price for unclass excavation unless it is considered otherwise unsuitable by the Engineer, in which case it wi paid for in accordance with Subsection 300-2.2.1. 300-2.5 Slopes. add the following: The hinge points (the top and bottom) of slopes sha located within 0.25 feet of the locations shown on the plans. 300-2.5 Slopes. add the following: after the first sentence of the first paragraph: A s shall be defined as any area steeper than three horizontal to one vertical. 300-2.6 Surplus Material. add the following: The Contractor shall haul and dispose c surplus material from the project. The Contractor shall utilize highway legal haul tn pursuant to section 565 of the California Vehicle Code, for this export of material from project site and to a site secured by the contractor. No earth moving equipment or spc construction equipment, as defined in section 565 of the California Vehicle Code, wil allowed for hauling material on public streets. 300-2.8 Measurement. Delete paragraph 1 and 2. 300-2.9 Payment. substitute the following: Payment for all unclassified excavation is pay and will be made at the contract unit price bid for unclassified excavation per Sectio 1.015 and shall include compensation for excavation, sloping, rounding tops and end excavation, matching existing graded slopes, loading, exporting and disposing of sur material and unsuitable material shown on the plans or specified herein to be rem0 stockpiling, hauling to designated sites, placing and compacting, mixing, grading of mitigz site, salvaging clean and suitable material and filling areas to the required grades and c sections. Unclassified fill, slope rounding, all work incidental to Section 3004.8 construction of transitions will be paid for as a part of unclassified excavation, and no additi payment will be made therefor. 0 ’ ......a 0 0 @ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 155 o When required by the plans or specifications or where directed by the Engineer, the excavation and stockpiling of selected material will be paid for at the Contract Lump Sum price for unclassified excavation. Removing such selected material from the stockpile and placing it in its final-msition will also be paid for at the Contract Lump Sump Price for unclassified excavation and no additional compensation will be albwed therefor. Add the following section: 300-2.10 Grading Tolerance. Excavated areas other than slopes and subgmde below structures, within the roadway and sidewalk areas shall be finished within 30 mm (0.1 feet) of the grades shown on the plans. Subgrade tolerances shall conform to the requirements of section 301 -1.4 SSPWC. 3009 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 300-3.1 General. add the following: The Contractor shall excavate to the lines and levels required and/or shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall provide all shoring, bracing, cribbing, pumping, and planking required. The Contractor shall excavate and maintain the bottom of all trenches in a condition that is level, firm, clean and free from all debris or foreign matter. Excavations shall be kept free from water at all times. The Contractor shall remove any unsuitable material encountered below grade as directed by the Engineer 3005.6 Payment. Add the following: Dewatering. The contract unit price for dewatering shall include full compensation for dewatering of all construction activities in Schedule "A", except for the installation of the Leucadia Sewerline, which will be paid for in the contract unit price bid for dewatering in Schedule "B". 3004 UNCLASSIFIED FILL 300-4.2 Preparation of Fill Areas. add the following: Except as provided in section 300-4.7, "Compaction", areas proposed for improvements all fill (including backfill and scarified ground surfaces) shall be compacted to no less than 90 percent of maximum dry density as determined in accordance with ASTM Test Procedure D1557-91. 300-4.4 Benching. add the foll6wing: Benching shall conform to The details shown on the plans. 3004.5 Placing Materials for Fills. add the following: Grading shall be performed such that the upper 3 feet of fill placed in the roadway pavement area is composed of low expansive soils and compacted to 95% of the maximum dry density. The more highly expansive soils shall be placed in the deeper fill areas and compacted to 90% of maximum dry density, or exported from the site. Low expansive soils are defined as those soils that have an Expansion Index of 50 or less when tested in accordance with 1994 UBC Standard 18-2 as published by the International Conference of Building Officials. Should insufficient soils meeting the requirement of an expansion index of 50 or less be present within the limits of work, soils of the least expansion index that are available within the limits of work shall be incorporated in the upper 3 feet of fill placed in the roadway. Rock encountered in the excavation shall be broken into particles of less than three inches. Particles with dimensions greater than three inches shall be uniformly distributed over the area to be filled so that construction equipment can be operated in such a manner that the larger pieces will be broken into smaller particles and become incorporated with the other materials in the layer. This requirement for particle size reduction does not apply to cobbles, small {$ 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 156 Of 21 1 boulders, and small hard rocks found within the surface soils and formational materials. Rc having any dimension greater than 18 inches shall not be incorporated into the fill. Over material which cannot be utilized for erosion mitigation or landscaping onsite shall be rema from the site by the Contractor. Rock exceeding 6 inches in diameter shall not be placed in upper three feet of any fill. When there are large quantities of rock to be placed in the fill, rc shall not be nested, but shall be spread with sufficient room between them so that intervei voids can be adequately filled with fine material to form a dense, compact mass. If dispose within the City of Carisbad, a separate grading permit will be required for disposal of rock. 300-4.6 Application of Water. add the following: All fill soil shall be placed at a mois content no less than one (1) percent below optimum moisture per ASTM test D-1557-91. 3004.7 Compaction. add the following: Fill soils placed within the top 3 feet of road subgrade shall be compacted to a minimum of 95 % relative compaction. On all slope area receive planting, the top 6" shall be compacted to 85% to allow for plant growth. 300-4.8 Slopes. add the following: Compaction Feathering of fill over the tops of slopes not be permitted. The face of fill slopes shall be compacted with a sheep foot roller at verl intervals no greater than 2 feet or shall be built and cut back to finish grade. In addition, if over built and cut back, the face of the slope shall be track walked upon completion. 3004.9 Measurement and Payment. delete this subsection and add the following: The unit price bid for Unclassified Excavation shall be final pay and shall include compensation for all Unclassified Fill including all grading, shaping, compacting or other H that is required by the plans and specifications and no other payments will be made thereforc 300-5.4 Delete Section 300-5.4 of the Green Book. Add the following section: 300-5.4 Measurement and Payment. The unit price bid for imported borrow shall be final and shall include full compensation for excavation, trucking, placing shaping, compactin< other work that is required by plans and specifications and no other compensation will be ma 300-9 GEOTWILES FOR EROSION CONTROL. Modify as follows: 300-9 GRADING A GEOTEXTILES FOR EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL. Add the following section: 300-9.2 General. Erosion control and water pollution control shall conform to requirements shown on the plans, specified herein, and as elsewhere required by the Conti Documents. Erosion control and water pollution control shall include the work specified her and such additional measures, as may be directed by the Engineer, to meet Best Managerr Practices, as defined herein, and to properly control erosion and storm water damage of limits of work and construction impacts upon areas receiving drainage flows from within limits of work. 300-9.2.01 Silt Fence. A silt fence shown on the erosion plan shall be constructed along entire construction limits and shall be maintained throughout the construction period. - Contractor shall not operate any equipment beyond this limit. 300-9.2.02 Payment. Payment for silt fence shall be included in the unit price bid for eror control and no other payment will be made. 4- p,s 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 157 of 0 4 0 e Add the following section: 300-9.2.1 Grading Controls. The Contractor shall protect all areas within the limits of work from erosion. Said protection shall include areas that have been graded and/or cleared and grubbed as well as areas that have not been graded and/or deared and grubbed. The Contractor shall provide temporary earth berms, gravel bags, silt fence, stabilized construction entrance and similar measures, coordinated with its construction proceddres, as necessary and as shown on the plans to control on site and off site erosion during the construction pried. The Contractor will be required to protect areas which have been deared and grubbed prior to excavation or embankment operations, and which are subject to runoff during the duration or' the contract. The criteria used to determine the appropriate erosion control measures shall be the 'Best Management Practices", hereinafter BMP, defined and descn'bed in the, "California Storm Water Best Management Handbook, Construction Activity", March 1993 edition as published by the Storm Water Quallty Task Force. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of the "California Storm Water Best Management Handbook, Ccmstruction Activity", March 1993 edition on the project site and shall conduct its operations in conformity to said Handbook. Temporary erosion control measures provided by the Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a) Embankment areas, while being brought up to grade and during periods of completion prior to final roadbed construction, shall be graded so as to direct runoff into impoundment areas within the limits of work where such runoff shall have pollutants removed by BMP methods . b) The Contractor shall provide protection by BMP measures to eliminate erosion and the siltation of downstream facilities and adjacent areas. These measures shall include, but shall not be limited to: temporary down drains, either in the form of pipes or paved ditches with protected outfall berms; graded berms around areas to eliminate erosion of embankment slopes by surface runoff; confined ponding areas to desilt runoff; and to desilt runoff. c) Excavation areas, while being brought to grade, shall be protected from erosion and the resulting siltation of downstream facilities and adjacent areas by the use of BMP measures . These measures shall include, but shall not be limited to, methods shown on the plans and described herein Add the following section: 300-9.2.2 Payment. Full compensation for performing erosion control and water pollution control, conforming to the operational requirements herein, of the BMP and conforming to the requirements of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, including the latest amendments thereto, which is not a part of the planned permanent work or included as a separate bid item shall be considered as included in the contract price bid for erosion control, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Add the following section: 300-9.3 Temporary Marsh Protection. All wetland, mitigation and natural habitat, marshlands where shown on the plans, within the limits of work and/or in all construction easements shall be protected by temporary fencing. Prior to construction the outer limits of the construction easement shall be flagged with fluorescent tape to avoid additional wetland impacts. Care must be taken to keep the soil within the construction easement to avoid sedimentation. Add the following section: 300-9.3.1 Payment. the various items of work and no additional payment will be made. Payment for protection of sensitive natural habitat shall be included in 4$ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 158 of 21 1 300-1 I STONEWORK FOR EROSION CONTROL. 300-1 1.4 Payment. delete and replace as follows: Rock protection will be paid for at the 11 sum contract Price Bid for rock protection, complete and in place, in accordance with the de and requirements of the plans and specifications. 0 300-13 ROCK SLOPE PROTECTION FABRIC. Add the following section: 300-13.1 Preparation of Subgrade. Prior to placing rock slope protection fabric, surfaces upon or against which rock slope protection fabric is to be placed shall be free of IC or extraneous material and sharp objects that may damage the fabric during installa Equipment or vehicles shall not be operated or driven directly on the rock slope protec fabric. Rock slope protection fabric damaged during placement shall be replaced or repairec the Contractor at its expense, as directed by the Engineer. Add the following section: 30043.2 Placement. Rock slope protection fabric shall be placed prior to placing rock SI protection. Rock slope protection fabric shall conform to the provisions in Section 21 "Geotextiles," and shall be placed in accordance with the details shown on the plans an( specified herein. Rock slope protection fabric shall be handled and placed in accordance the manufacturer's recommendations and as directed by the Engineer. Rock slope protec fabric shall be placed and fitted loosely upon or against the surface to receive the fabric so the fabric conforms to the surface without damage when the cover material is placed. F slope protection fabrics shall be joined, at the option of the Contractor, either with overlap joints or stitched seams. When fabric is joined with overlapped joints, all adjacent borders 01 fabric shall be overlapped not less than 610 mm (24"). The fabric shall be placed such thal fabric being placed shall overlap the adjacent section of fabric in the direction the cover mat( is being placed. When the fabric is joined by stitched seams, the fabric shall be stitched yam of a contrasting color. The size and composition of the yam shall be as recommendec the fabric manufacturer. The number of stitches per 25 mm (1") of seam shall be 6 * 1. strength of stitched seams shall be the same as specified for the fabric, except when stitc seams are oriented up and down-a slope the strength shall be a minimum of 80 percent of specified for the fabric. Fabric damaged beyond repair, as determined by the Engineer, shal replaced. Repairing damaged fabric shall consist of placing new fabric over the damaged a The minimum fabric overlap from the edge of the damaged area shall be 900 mm (3') overlap joints. If the new fabric joints at the damaged areas are joined by stitching, the stitc joints shall conform to the requirements specified herein. Add the following section: 300.1 3.3 Measurement and Payment. Payment for rock slope protection fabric will included in the unit and/or lump sum prices for items which have said fabric in their design no additional payment will be made therefor 0 -c 301-1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION. 301 -1.2 Preparation of Subgrade. add the following: The Contractor shall scarify, mois condition and recompact the portion of subgrade 300 mm (12") below the aggregate strud section of the street as an integral part of the street section (structural section and tyy section) The upper 300 mm (12") of subgrade beneath paved areas shall be compacted tc less than 95 percent maximum dry density as determined by ASTM test D-I 557-91. e t$ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 159 o 301-1.7 Payment. add the following: ‘Payment for subgrade preparation shall be induded in the contract bid price for unclassified excavation and shall include all labor, materials; including water, operations and equipment to scarify, adjust moisture, compact or recompact the subgrade, both in cut areas and in fill areas, and no further compensation will be allowed. 302-5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT. 302-5.4 Tack Coat. add the following: Tad< coat will be required between the successive interfaces of existing pavement and new pavement, when in the opinion of the engineer, the Contractor has failed to maintain or prepare each existing or previously laid course of asphalt receiving the subsequent course of asphalt in a sufficiently dean state and the asphalt receiving the new pavement course is dirty enough to impair bonding between the next lift of asphalt. 3026.5 Distribution and Spreading. modify as follows After second sentence of sixth paragraph, add: The spreading and finishing machine used to construct the asphalt concrete surface course shall be equipped with an automatic screed control for surface course paving. The automatic screed control shall be 9 m (30’) minimum length. The paving machine shall be operated by an operator and two full-time screed men during all paving. A backup paving machine will be onsite during all paving operations. A backup asphalt windrow pickup machine (ASPWP) will be required at all times when a ASPWP is used. Additionally, a front end loader will be required during all ASPWP paving. The surface course shall be 50 mm (2”) thick. Leveling courses will be required in a variable thickness pavement section. 302-5.6.1 General. modify as follows: Second paragraph, Part (2), add: Pinched joint rolling procedures shall be required, and vibratory rollers shall be limited to breakdown, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Modify as follows: After last paragraph, add: Unless directed othenrvise by the Engineer, the initial breakdown rolling shall be followed by a pneumatic-tired roller as described in this Section. 302-5.9 Measurement and Payment. add the following: Payment for asphalt concrete shall be at the unit price bid per ton. No additional payment shall be made for any tack coat. 303 CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION. 303-1 CONCRETE STRUCTURES 303-1.6.2 Falsework Design. add the following: Temporary bracing shall be provided, as necessary, to withstand all imposed loads during erection, construction, and removal of any falsework. The falsework drawings shall show provisions for such temporary bracing or methods to be used to conform to this requirement during each phase of erection and removal. Wind loads shall be included in the design of such bracing or methods. Camber strips shall be used where directed by the engineer to compensate for falsework deflections, vertical alignment, and anticipated falsework deflection. The Contractor will furnish calculations substantiating the amount of camber to be used in constructing the falsework. Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 160 of 21 1 q b 2/26/97 Type of underground facilities Water Service Lateral ' Sewer Service Lateral Irrigation Water Lateral or Sleeve Marking W S RW The drawings and these specifications'are based on the furnishing and installation of the reinforced concrete crib walls as shown on the plans. The plan, profile and various details for the crib wall shown on the plan is based on the use of a pre-cast, reinforced concrete crib wall system as manufactured by Retaining Walls Company, 1531 Grand Avenue, San Marcos, California, telephone 471 -2500. THE BID PRICE FOR THE RETAI NlNG WALL SHALL BE STRICTLY BASED UPON THE PES~GN SHOWN ON THE PLANS AND AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. However, after the bid award, the Contractor may, subject to the requirements herein, propose the use of an alternative wall type system which he considers equal to and as acceptable as the crib wall system shown. The offer, made in writing, shall include submittal of complete calculations, shop drawings, erection drawings, sections, plans and profiles of the proposed system for the Engineer's review and acceptance. The plans, details, and calculations shall be signed by a registered civil or structural engineer and, if required, shall be based upon soils analysis and recommendations which, in turn, are signed by a registered civil engineer or engineering geologist currently practicing and experienced in that type of work. If required, the Contractor, at herhis own expense, shall have the proposed substitute, material, apparatus, equipment, or process tested as to its quality and strength, its physical, chemical, or other characteristics, and its durability, finish, efficiency, service or suitability by a testing laboratory as selected by the City. Such proposal of substitution shall be made prior to beginning of construction, if possible, but in no case more than ten (10) days after start of construction. The Contractor shall allow four (4) weeks for review and determination of the acceptability of the alternate by City. The Engineer's findings shall be final. Installation and use of a substitute item or system shall not be made until approved by the Engineer. If the substitute offered is not deemed to be equal or acceptable to that indicted or specified, then the Contractor shall furnish, erect, or install the material, apparatus, equipment, or process indicated or specified. The specified contract completion time shall not be affected by any circumstances developing from the provisions of this subsection. All modifications to the drawings and specifications that are required to use the alternative system, or any substitute therefor as herein provided, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and subject to the review and acceptance of the Engineer. Concrete materials and construdon methods for pre-cast crib wall system members and cast- in-place elements shall conform to the provisions in Sections 201-1 and 303-1 , respectively, of the Standard Specifications, these special provisions as shown on the plans. Crib walls shall consist of a series of rectangular cells composed of interlocking, precast, reinforced concrete headers, stretchers, and blocks. Concrete for crib members shall have a minimum comprehensive strength at 28 days of 3,250 pounds per square inch. Reinforcement for crib members shall conform to ASTM standard A615, A616, or A617 with a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi. The provisions in Section 303-1.9 "Surface Finishes," of the Standard Specifications will not apply to concrete crib members. 4w 6$ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 162 of 211 When removed from the forms, the members shall present a true surface of even texture from honeycombs and voids larger than ten square inches in area and 5/16 inch in depth pockets or areas that are larger than specified above and less than twenty square incht area may, at the Engineer's discretion, be cleaned, filled with mortar, allowed to cure fo hours, and then be placed in the wall. Whenever such pockets or areas exceed twenty sq inches, the unit shall be rejected and immediately removed from the site of the work replaced with acceptable members. Mortar for member repair shall conform to Section 201 and shall be either dass A, B or C. If the quantity or location or rock pockets are of such an extent or character as to affeci strength of the member materially or to endanger the life of the steel reinforcemenl determined by the Engineer, the member shall be replaced by the Contractor at his expensc The members shall be handled in such a manner as to prevent breakage, spalling or crack Any members that are damaged during handling and placing shall be removed and repli with new members by the Contractor at his expense. Crib walls shall have front stretcher elements which result in an 'open-face" appearance. will provide space for landscaping of the wall face. Reinforcement and its installation for cast-in-place concrete portions of the crib wall sy2 shall conform to the provisions of Sections 201-1 and 303-1, respectively, of the Stan Specifications and as shown on the plans. Miscellaneous metal required for construction of the crib wall system shall conform to provisions of Section 304-1 of the Standard Specifications and as shown on the plans. Structural steel required for construction of the crib wall system shall conform to the provis of Section 206-1 of the Standard Specifications and as shown on the plans. The foundation for crib walls shall be excavated as shown on the plans and shall conform tc provisions elsewhere in these special provisions and as specified on the plans. The found: grading and subgrade soils shalt be approved by the Engineer before any crib members placed. Structure excavation and backfill shall be done in conformance with the requirements of Sec 300-3 of the Standard Specifications and as specified herein. The provisions of Section 300-3.6, "Payment," of the Standard Specifications shall be amer to provide the following: Payment for structure excavation for crib walls shall be considered as includc the contract price paid for unclassified excavation and no separate payment I be made therefor. 2. Payment for structure backfill and pervious backfill for crib walls shal considered as included in the contract price paid for each crib wall anc separate payment shall be made therefor. Reinforced concrete crib walls will be measured and paid for at the lump sum price for c section or reach of wall as set forth in the Engineer's Estimate. @ @ 1. 4.m e r,s 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 163 a The contract lump sum price paid per section or reach of reinforced concrete crib wall shall indude full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tds, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing and erecting the crib walls (except excavation, landscaping and irrigation system), complete in place, as shown on the plans, including overexcavation and compaction, piers, tiebacks and testing as provided on the plans, the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. If an alternative wall system is proposed, accepted as specified above and constructed, measurement and payment shall be as set forth above and as specif~ed herein. Payment for an alternative wall system shall include, but not be -limited to, preparation, submission, and approval of any and all design engineering, calculations, soil investigations, reports, wall layout and plan and provide drawings, and manufacturer's specifications. Such price shall also be considered to include full compensation for any differences in the quantities of or methods of installation for appurtenant items o work made necessary by selection of the alternate wall system instead of the crib wall system. This includes, but is not limited to, changes in quantities of earthwork, pervious backfill material, subdrain system, footings, reinforcing, cast-in-place concrete, anchors, ties, clearing and grubbing, landscaping and irrigation system. Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 164 of 21 1 -* 6w 2/26/97 SECTION 306 - UNDERGROUND CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION 306-1 .1.1 General. Add the following: Pipe bedding and trench backfill for storm drains : be as shown on SDRS Dwg. D-60. Add the following section: 306-1.1.7 Steel Plate Bridging - With a NonSkid Surface. This section covers the us steel plate bridging. No steel plate bridging or trench plate shall be used that does not meet requirements of this subsection. Add the following section: 306-1 .1.7.1 Requirements for Use. Alternate construction methods that avoid the use of s plate bridging shall be used unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. It is recognized th: accommodate excavation work, steel plate bridging may be necessary. All conditions for us steel plate bridging set forth in the following requirements must be fulfilled as condition approval of the use of steel plate bridging. Consideration of steel plate bridging in the re\ process will take into account the following factors: 1. Traffic volume and composition. 2. 3. Weather conditions. Duration and size of the proposed excavation. The following formula shall be used to score the permitted use of steel plate bridging: PS = [ADT + EML + DAYS + 10 X WEEKEND + 5 X NIGHTS + 20 X WEATHER + SPEFD (krnh) + SLOPE X 1001 X LANES lo00 8 PS 5 [ADT + EML + DAYS + 10 X WEEKEND + 5 X NIGHTS + 20 X WEATHER + SPEED (rnDh) + SLOPE X 1001 X LANES loo0 5 @ Traffic Manual. DAYS - - total number of 24 hour periods that the plates will be utilized at the being considered. WEEKEND = total number of Saturdays, Sundays and holidays that the plates wil utilized at the site being considered. NIGHTS - - total number of overnight periods that the plates will be in pl, exclusive of Saturday, Sunday and holiday nights. WEATHER = ' total number of 24-hour periods that the plates will be utilized at the being considered when the possibility of rain exceeds 40 percent. SPEED - - the design speed in kilometers per hour or miles per hour, as applic in the formulae above, of the street where the plates are to be insta This number shall not be reduced for construction zone speed reductions. the quotient of the vertical differential divided by the horizontal distan SLOPE - The vertical and horizontal dimensions shall be measured at locations spanning a distance of 15 m (50') up and downstream of the position of proposed steel plate bridging. LANES the number of lanes where plates will be used. When the computed value of the plate score exceeds 50, steel plate bridging shall not be L unless, and at the sole discretion of the Engineer, the Engineer determines that no altern: method of construction is possible in lieu of using steel plate bridging or that other overri considerations make the use of steel plate bridging acceptable. Alternatives considere bridging shall include, but not be limited to, detouring traffic, construction detour roi tunneling, boring and other methods of trenchless construction. Unless specifically noted in provisions of the Engineer's approval, the use of steel plate bridging at each approved lo= shall not exceed four (4) consecutive working days in any given week. e 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 165 o - - - 0 Add the following section: 306-1 .I .7.2 Additional Requirements. When the Engineer determines that shoring will be a part of the Contractor's work, the Contractor shaH install shoring conforming to Section 7-10.4.1 of the standard Specifications. All approvals for design, substitution of materials or methods shall be submitted by the Contractor in accordance with all provisions of section 2-5.3 Shop Drawings and Submittals. The Contractor shall backfill and resurface excavations in accordance with section 306-1.5. Add the following section: 306-1.1.7.3 Installation. When backfilling operations of an excavation in the traveled way, whether transverse or longitudinal cannot be properly completed within a work day, steel plate bridging with a non-skid surface and shoring may be required to preserve unobstructed traffic flow. In such cases, the following conditions shall apply: Steel plate bridging when the plate score exceeds 50 is not allowed except when, at the sole discretion of the Engineer, it is approved as specified hereinbefore. Steel plates used for bridging must extend a minimum of 300 mm (12") beyond the edges of the trench. Steel plate bridging shall be installed to operate with minimum noise. The trench shall be adequately shored, per section 7-10.4.1, to support the bridging and traffic loads. Temporary paving with cold asphalt concrete shall be used to feather the edges of the plates, if plate installation by Method (2) is used. Bridging shall be secured against displacement by using adjustable cleats, shims, or other devices. When the use of steel plate bridging and shoring is approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall install using either Method (1) or (2). Method 1 [For speeds more than 70 Km/hr (45 MPH)J: The pavement shalt be cold planed to a depth equal to the thickness of the plate and to a width and length equal to the dimensions of the plate. Method 2 [For speeds 70 Km/hr-(45 MPH) or less]: Approach plate@) and ending plate (if longitudinal placement) shall be attached to the roadway by a minimum of 2 dowels predrilled into the comers of the plate and drilled 50 mm (2") into the pavement. Subsequent plates are butted to each other. Fine graded asphalt concrete shall be compacted to form ramps, maximum slope 8.5% with a minimum 300 mm (12") taper to cover all edges of the steel plates. When steel plates are removed, the dowel holes in the pavement shall be backfilled with either graded fines of asphalt concrete mix, concrete slurry, or an equivalent slurry satisfactory to the Engineer. At the Contractor's option, the methods required for Method 1 may be used. If the Contractor so elects, all requirements of Method 1 shall be used. The Contractor shall maintain the steel plates, shoring, and asphalt concrete ramps and maintain and restore the street surface during and after their use. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 4w rrs 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 166 of 21 1 Maximum Trench Width 0.3 m (10”) 0.45 m (23”) 0.6 m (31”) 0.9 m (41”) 1.2 m (63”) Minimum Plate Thickness 13 mm (I/;) 19 mm (V4.) Zmm (I/:) - 25 mm (1”) 32 mm (1 W) 306-1.5 Trench Resurfacing. 306-1 3.1 Temporary Resurfacing. Delete the fourth paragraph and substitue the following: Temporary bituminous resurfacing materials which are placed by the Contractor are for its convenience shall be at no cost to the Agency. Temporary bituminous resurfacing materials shall be used in lieu of permanent resurfacing only when approved by the Engineer. When temporary bituminous resurfacing materials are used in lieu of permanent resurfacing it shall be removed and replaced with permanent resurfacing within 7 days of placement. No additional payment will be made for temporary bituminous resurfacing materials. The price bid for the associated conduit or structure shall include full compensation for furnishing, placing, maintaining, removing, and disposing of such temporary resurfacing materials. 306-1.5.2 Permanent Resurfacing. Add the foliowing: Except as provided in section 306- 1.5.1, Temporary Resurfacing," the Contractor shall perform permanent trench resurfacing within 24 hours after the completion of backfill and desification of backfill and aggregate base materials. 306-3.3 Dewatering. Revise as follows: All water encountered in constructing this project, shall be disposed of by the Contractor in such manner as will not damage public or private property or create a nuisance or health menace. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and operate pumps, pipes, appliances, and equipment of sufficient capacity to keep all excavations free from water until the excavated area is back filled, unless otherwise authorized by the engineer. The Contractor shall provide all means or faatities necessary to conduct water to the pumps. Water if odorless and stable, may be discharged into an existing storm drain, channel, lagoon in a manner approved by the engineer. When required by the Engineer, a means shall be provided for desilting the water before discharging it. 306-3.3.1 Payment for the removal of all water encountered in construction of the various items of work shall be included in the price bid for the respective items of work and no additional payment wilt be allowed. 306-5 ABANDONMENT OF CONDUITS AND STRUCTURES. Add the following: Unless otherwise noted on plans, all exisgng abandoned pipelines and conduits of any type or use and pipelines and conduits of any type or use that are abandoned during the course of the work are to be removed and replaced with properly compacted soils. Payment for removal and disposal of abandoned utilities shall be included in the lump-sum bid for Clearing and Grubbing, and no additional payment will be made. SECTION 307 - STREET LIGHTING AND TRAFFIC SIGNALS 3074 STREET LIGHTING CONSTRUCTION. Modify as follows: Section 86, "Signals, Lighting and Electrical Systems" found in section 209 herein, shall replace Section 307-3, "Electrical Components", of the SSPWC in all matters pertaining to the specifications for measurement, payment, warranty, and methods of construction for all elements of street lighting and traffic signals. 307-4 TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONSTRUCTION. Modify as follows: Section 86, 'Signals, Lighting and Electrical Systems" found in section 209 herein, shall replace Section 307-4, "Electrical Components", of the SSPWC in all matters pertaining to the specifications for measurement, payment, warranty, and methods of construction for all elements of street lighting and traffic signals. @ 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 168 of 21 1 Soil Property PH Dissolved Salts Acceptable Range Test Method Repeatability Ran! 6.5 to 7.3 Saturation Paste pH kO.1 pH < 4.0 Saturation Paste Soluble Salts & 7% 3084 PLANTING. 3084.1 General. add the following: Actual planting shall be performed during those periods when weather and soil conditions are suitable and in accordance with locally accepted horticultural practice and as approved by the Engineer. No planting shall be done in any area until it has been Satisfactorily prepared in accordance with these specifications. Soil moisture level prior to planting shall be no less than 75 percent of field capacity. The determination of adequate soil moisture for planting shall be the sole judgment of the Engineer, and hisher decision shall be final. The Contractor shall obtain approval of planting pits before planting operations begin. For pit planted vegetation when the soil moisture level is found to be insufficient for planting, the planting pits shall be filled with water and allowed to drain before starting planting operations. No more plants shall be distributed in the planting area on any day than can be planted and watered on that day. All plants shall be planted and watered as herein specified immediately after the removal of the containers. Containers shall not be wt prior to placing the plants in the planting area. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide continuous horticultural services and temporary and/or permanent irrigation to all planted and hydroseeded areas so that the planted and hydroseeded vegetation is 100 percent healthy and thriving prior to, and throughout the, landscape maintenance period. 30842 Protection and Storage. add the following: The Contractor's onsite plant storage area shall be approved by the Engineer prior to the delivery of any plant materials. Any plant determined by the Engineer to be wilted, broken, or otherwise damaged shall be rejected at any time during the project, whether in the ground or not. AI1 plants shall be handled by their containers. Any plant that has been handled by its trunk or stem shall be rejected. All rejected plants shall be removed from the site immediately. 3084.3 Layout and Plant Location. modtfy as follows: Planting areas shall be staked by the Contractor. 3089.5 Tree and Shrub Planting. add the following: Amend each cubic yard of backfill for planting holes with a thoroughly blended mixture of clean loamy soil meeting the requirements of Table 30&2.3.2(A) and the amendments listed in Table 30845(A). ' Planting tablet requirements are not cumulative and apply to the size container indicated Pruning shall be limited to the minimum necessary to remove injured twigs and branches, and to compensate for loss of roots during transplanting, but never to exceed one-tenth the branching structure. Pruning may be done only with the approval of, and in the presence of, the Engineer. Cuts over 19 mm (W) shall be painted with an approved tree wound paint. 4w aS 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 170 of 21 1 3084.6 Plant Staking and Guying. add the following: the details shown on the plans. 3084.B.2(b) Method 8. add the following: A. Slurry preparation shall take place at the job site. Slurry additives shall arrive at the sealed and properly identified by the manufacturer. All specified additives shall be at the r specified and shall be thoroughly mixed. Seed shall be added to the slurry after the fiber IY has been thoroughly incorporated. Seed shall remain in the mixing tank for a period not grf than 60 minutes. Spray ail areas with a uniform, visible coat using the green color of the mulch l guide. The slurry shall be applied in a sweeping motion, in an arched stream so as to fa1 rain allowing the mulch fibers to built on each other until a good coat is achieved and material is spread at the required rate per acre. The applicator shall use care not to drag s hoses over container planted material and shall attempt to spray from the edges of the plai areas wherever possible. Any slurry mixture which has not been applied to the planting areas within four (4) hours mixing will be rejected and removed from the project at the Contractor's expense. Any s spilled into areas outside the limits of work shall be cleaned up at the Contractor's expen3 the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall assure that the site is pro1 prepared. The Contractor shall repair all tire ruts created by the equipment. Areas nee grading repair prior to hydroseeding shall be blended and floated to match surrounding gra Where less than 80% seed coveragdgermination has occurred, these areas shall be resee every ten (10) days until filled in to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Add the following section: 3084.8.3.1 Weed Eradication. Water all irrigated areas to be hydroseeded for threc weeks prior to hydroseeding to allow for germination of the weed seeds. Then spray all w( with a herbicide approved by the Engineer. Wait two (2) weeks, then eradicate the weeds to the application of the hydroseed mixes. Areas shall be inspected and deemed to be ii acceptable condition by the Engineer prior to hydroseeding. Add the following section, 3084.1 0 Erosion Control Matting Installation Add the following section, 3084.10.1 General. Before installation of erosion control matting all soil preparation, grading, and hydroseeding of the areas to receive erosion control matting shall be complete Add the following section: 3084.10.2 Coordination with Hydroseeding. Erosion control matting shall be inst, immediately after the first application of hydroseed materials. In all cases the erosion co matting shall be placed within three days of the first hydroseed material application. Should seed in the hydroseed materials begin to germinate within the three-day period after applici or before the installation of the erosion control matting, the installation of the erosion co matting shall be considered as late and the Contractor shall disc the hydroseed materials the top 100m (4") of the underlying soil, condition the soil for hydroseeding, and E hydroseeding materials at the rates and of the type specified. No additional payment wi made for second or subsequent hydroseed applications resulting from late installatio erosion control matting. All boxed trees shall be installec 0 d 0 Contract No. 3215 (RsBid) Page 171 c e% E* 2/26/97 Add the following section: 3084.1 0.3 Installation. Erosion control matting shall be installed using the following techniques: Begin at the top of the slope by placing the erosion control matting into a 150 mm (6’) wide by 150 mm (6‘) deep trench with the end of the matting laid fat in the bottom of the trench and anchoring the end of the erosion control matting with erosion control mat staples spaced no more than 300 mm (12”) on centers placed at the intersection of the bottom and the downhill vertical face of the trench. Roll the erosion control matting down the slope. Staple the erosion control matting on an alternating grid consisting of three across and two across lines of staples in horizontal lines spaced 900mm (3’) on centers. Erosion control mat so stapled shall be spaced such that no less than 1 % staples per square meter (1% staples per square yard) are provided to anchor the erosion control matting Start the adjacent erosion control mat as in Item 1 of this section, overlapping the previously placed mat by no less than 50 mm (2”). Staple placement may be such as to use the staples used to secure the adjacent mat to secure both mats along their edges. 308-5 IRRIGATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION. 3C 1 5.1 General. add the following: Where appropriate, irrigation water shall be applied as otsq and in sufficient amounts, as conditions may require, to germinate and establish the seed and keep the container plants healthy and growing. Locate lines, valves, and other underground utilities and receive the approval of the Engineer before digging trenches. Contractor shall be responsible for damages caused by its operations. Connections shall be made at approximately the locations shown on the drawings. Contractor shall be responsible for unapproved changes. Permission to shut off any existing in-use water lines must be obtained 48 hours in advance, in writing from the Engineer, as to the exact length of time of each shut-off. The entire irrigation system shall be under full automatic operation for a period of seven days prior to anyplanting. 308-5.2 Irrigation Pipeline Installation. add the following: All pressure main line piping from the imgation system shall be installed to maintain 3.1 m (10’) minimum horizontal separation from all potable water piping. Where reclaimed and potable water pressure mainline piping cross, the reclaimed water piping shall be installed below the potable water piping in a P.R. 200 PSI, SDR 21 ‘Alertline” PVC sleeve which extends a minimum of 3.1 m (10’) on either side of the potable water piping and provide a minimum vertical clearance of 300 mm (12”). Conventional (white) PVC pipe Schedule 40 may be used for sleeving material if it is taped with 75 mm (3’) wide purple warning tape which reads “Caution Reclaimed Water“. For trenching through areas where topsoil has been spread, deposit topsoil on one side of trench and subsoil on opposite side. Subsoil shall be free of all rocks 13 mm (W) in diameter or larger, debris, and litter, prior to use as backfill where so indicated on detail. Repair any leaks and replace all defective pipe or fittings until lines meet test requirements. Do not cover any lines until they have been inspected and approved by the Engineer for tightness, quality of workmanship, and materials. The trenches shall not be backfilled until all required tests and observations are performed. Observations include sprinkler heads, all fittings, lateral and mainline pipe, valves, and direct burial wire. Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page I72 of 21 i 3 +* 2/26/97 30849.3 Plastic Pipeline. add the following: Pipe and fittings shall be stored under c until used, and shall be transported in a vehicle with a bed long enough to allow the length of to lay flat so as not to be subjected to undue bending or concentrated external load at any pc Pipe ends and fittings shall be Wiped with MEK, or equal, before welding solvent is app Welded joints shall be given a minimum of 15 minutes to set before moving or handling. All cuts shall be beveled to remove burrs and excess before fitting and gluing together. Center pipe with small amount of backf~ll to prevent arching and slipping under pressure. Leave j( exposed for inspection during testing. Plastic-to-plastic joints shall be solvent-welded, u only solvent recommended by pipe manufacturer. Add the following section: 3086.2.6 Installation of Brass Pipe. Cut brass piping by power hacksaw, circular cu machine using an abrasive wheel, or hand hacksaw. Cut no piping with metaflic wheel cuttc any description. Ream and remove rough edges or burrs so that smooth and unobstructed is obtained. Place Teflon tape, Teflon dope, or approved equal on male threads only, tighten to prevent any leakage. Tighten screwed joints with tongs or wrenches. Caulking is permitted. Add the following section: 308-5.3.1 Valves. add the following: Install each control valve in a separate valve box with a minimum of 300 mm (12") separ; between valves and 150 mm (6") from any fixed object or structure. Add the following section 308-5.3.2 Valve Boxes. Install no more than one valve per box. All boxes are to be marke to the type of valve. Remote control valve boxes shall also indicate control station number. Add the following section: 308-5.3.3 Backnow Preventer. Backflow preventer assembly shall be installed in accord: with manufacturer's specifications and as directed on drawings. Exact location and positio shall be verified on the site by the Engineer. 308-5.4.4 Sprinkler Head Adjustment. add the following: The Contractor shall flush adjust all irrigation heads and valves for optimum performance and to prevent overspray walks. Roadway? buildings, walls, and other structures. Add the following section: 308-5.4.5 Drip Assembly. Drip emitter filter shall be installed prior to electric pres regulating control valve for all emitter systems. Flush valve shall be installed to the downhill of the drip lateral as shown on the drawings. 308-5.5 Automatic Control System Installation. add the following: All elecl installation methods shall conform to the requirements of the 1996 National Electrical Ca Provide one control wire and one common ground wire to service each valve in system. 308-5.6.3 Sprinkler Coverage Test. add the following: This test shall be accompli5 before any ground cover is planted. 308-6 MAINTENANCE AND PLANT ESTABLISHMENT. Modify as follows: hydroseeded, median planters and mitigation area, the maintenance period shall be minir 120 days or until final acceptance of the project, whichever is the greater. The Contractor provide complete landscape maintenance of all planting areas. The work shall include, but nc limited to, watering, litter control, weed control, stake repair, cultivating, repair of inigi 4w +# 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 173 c 0 - 0 0 systems, and control of diseases and pests. All planted areas shall be treated with an approved granular preemergent herbicide, according to manufacturer's slpedfications, at the beginning of the maintenance period and if the product specifies, additional scheduled treatments on a regular schedule, as required through the maintenance period. At the direction of the Engineer, the Contractor shall contrd weeds, disease, and pest infestations in the planting areas. The Engineer shall approve all methods and materials for such control. Upon approvhl, the Contractor shall implement the control mums, exercising extreme caution in using pestiades and taking all steps to ensure the safety of the public. Only licensed personnel will be permitted to perform toxic spraying work. During establishment period, the Contractor shall furnish sufficient men and equipment on a daily or weekly basis to perform the work required by this section. Any day when the Contractor fails to adequately carry out specified maintenance work, as determinedl necessary by the Engineer, will not be credited as one of the plant establishment days. All planting areas which are damaged by construction shall be repaired by the Conttador within 30 days following completion of construction in such areas, unless othenrvise approved. Repair shall consist of bringing the damaged area back to final grade: replanting the area with the same vegetation as originally specrfied, and maintaining the area to achieve acceptable plant establishment. Contractor is required to take all precautionary measures to protect the native vegetation in all areas outside the limits of grading. Individual trees which are to remain should be protected with the placement of an approved barrier at the dripline of the tree. Protective barriers to be plastic mesh on redwood stakes 900 mm (36") high. Groups of trees or shrubs which are to remain should be protected with approved barriers firmly anchored to the ground at an adequate distance to protect the planting. No material should be stockpiled; no equipment parked, repaired, or refueled; and no oil, gasoline, paint, or other contaminants dumped or stored within 7.6 m (25) of the dripline of trees and shrubs which are to remain. Temporary irrigation shall be provided for hydroseeded areas for a minimum of 120 days to ensure adequate plant establishment. Towards the end of the maintenance period, the Contractor shall gradually reduce the amount of irrigation to allow plant adaptation to nonimgated conditions. The Engineer shall inspect all hydroseeded areas for adequate plant establishment at the end of the maintenance period. Upon the approval of the engineer, the temporary irrigation system shall be shut off at that time. Prior to the acceptance of the hydroseeded areas by the engineer, a certification report must be submitted by a registered Engineer, stating that the hydroseeding was done according to the project specification and that its growth is adequately established, Le.,, 80 percent coverage, to prevent erosion. Contractor shall call for a final inspection two weeks before the end of the 30day and 12Oday maintenance period. Failure to pass inspection will result in an extension of the maintenance period for such period as the engineer deems necessary. 308-7 GUARANTEE. Add following: All 600 mm (24") box trees installed under the contract shall be guaranteed to live and grow for one year from the day of final acceptance of the contract work. All other plant material, including ground covers, shall be guaranteed to live and grow for a period of 30 days from the last day of the maintenance period or final acceptance of the contract work, whichever is the later. Any material found to be dead, missing, or in poor condition during the maintenance period shall be replaced immediately. The Engineer shall be the sole judge as to the condition of the material. Material found to be dead or in pr condition within the guarantee period shall be replaced by the Contractor, at its expense, within 15 days of written notification. Replacements shall be made to the same specifications required for the original plantings. 43 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 174 of 21 1 Submit written imgation guarantee in approved form that all work showing defects in matei or workmanship will be repaired or replaced at no cost to the Engineer for a period of one 1 from the date of acceptance by the Engineer. The Guarantee form shall be retyped on mntractots letterhead and contain the following information: 'Guarantee for infgation system (project name): We hereby guarantee that the irrigation sys we have furnished and installed for (project name) is free from defects in materials workmanship, and the work has been completed in accordance with the drawings specifications, ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse or neglecf excepted. We agrec repair or replace any defects in material or workmanship which may develop during the pe of one year from date of acceptance and also to repair or replace any damage resulting f the repairing or replacing of such defects at no addifional cost to the Engineer. We shall rn such repairs or mplacements within a reasonable time, as determined by the Engineer, c receipt of written notice. In the event of failure to make such repairs or replacements wifh reasonable time afier receipt of wMen notice from the €ngineer, we authorize the Enginee proceed to have said repairs or replacements made at our expense, and we will pay the cc and charges therefore upon demand. Project (Project Name) Location (Legal Description of Project Propem) Signed Tifie Address Telephone Signa ture Date Add the following section: 308-7.1 Record Drawings. Record drawings shall be prepared and shall show all changes in work constituting departures from the original contract drawings, induding those involving I constant-pressure and intermittent-pressure lines and appurtenances. All conceptual or m design changes, including any changes that may be affected by the requirements of tt standard specifications, shall be approved before implementing the changes in the construc contract. Failure to receive prior approval may result in rejection of the work. Record accura' on one set of blue line prints of the irrigation drawings, all changes in work constituting departi from the origina1,contract drawings, including changes in both pressure and nonpressure li Upon completion of each increment of work, transfer all such information and dimensions to prints. Record changes and dimensions in a legible and professional manner. When drawings are approved, transfer all information to a set of reproducible photo mylar drawin Dimension from two permanent points of reference (buildings, monuments, sidewalks, cu pavement). Post information on record drawings day to day as the work is installed. All text numerals placed on drawings shall be 0.30 mm ('/<) in size. Upon completion of each incren of work, all required information and dimensions shall be transferred to the record drawin Facilities and items to be located and verified on the record drawings. Show dimensional locz and depth of the following: a) Point of connection b) Routing of irrigation pressure mainlines (dimension maximum 3.1 m (10') along routing all directional changes). c) Ball valves d) Irrigation control valves. e) Quick coupler valves 9 Routing of control wires g) Automatic controllers h) Other related equipment (as directed by the Engineer). Iilr 0 ' W 0 0 \? 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 175 0' Maintain record drawings on the site at all times. These drawings are subject to inspection at any time. Make all changes to reproducible drawings in waterproof ink (no ballpoint pen). Use eradicating fluid when redoing drawings. Changes in dimensim shall be r-ed in a legible and professional manner. Record construction drawings shall be maintained at the job site during construction. The Contractor shall provide one set of mylar Rrecorcfw drawings to the Engineer after submitting blue-line prints of the proposed "record" drawings for, and obtaining their approval by, the Engineer. Add the following section: 308-7.2 Controller Chart. Record drawings shall be approved by the Engineer before charts are prepared. Provide one controller chart of the maximum size controller door will allow, for each controller supplied, showing the area covered by that automatic controller. The chart shall be a reduction of the actual record system drawing with a legend to explain all symbols. If the controller sequence is not legible when the drawing is reduced, enlarge it to a size that will be readable when reduced. Chart shall be photocopied, with a pastel transparent mlor used to show area of coverage for each station. When completed arid approved, hermetically seal the chart between two pieces of plastic, each piece being a minimum 20 mils thick. Charts shall be completed and approved prior to final inspection of the irrigation system. Add the following section: 308-7.3 Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Prepare and deliver to the Engineer, within 10 calendar days prior to completion of construction, all required and necessary descriptive material in complete detail and sufficient quantity, properly prepared in four individual bound copies. Describe the material installed in sufficient details to permit qualified operating personnel to understand, operate, and maintain all equipment. Include spare parts list and related manufacturer information for each equipment item installed. Each manual shall include the following: a) Index sheet stating Contractor's address and telephone number. b) Duration of Guarantee period. c) List of equipment, with names and addresses of manufacturer's local representative. d) Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. e) In addition to the maintenance-manuals, provide the maintenance personnel with instructions for major equipment, and show written evidence to the Engineer at the conclusion of the work that this service has been rendered. . Add the following section: 308-7.4 Check List. Complete the following checklist at the end of the project, using the format shown: (a)Plumbing permits (if none required, so note) (b)Materials approval (c) Pressure mainline test (by whom, and date) (d)Record drawings completed (received by, and date) (e)Controller chart completed (received by, and date) (f) Materials furnished (received by, and date) (g)Operation and maintenance manuals furnished (received by, and date) (h)System and equipment operation instructions (received by, and date) (i) Manufacturer warranties (received by, and date) 0) Written guarantee by Contractor (received by, and date) Forward signed and dated checklist to the Engineer before final acceptance of project. Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 176 of 21 1 e% +* 2/26/97 308-8 Measurement of Papnt. add the following: The lumpsum or unit prices Set forl the contract documents shall include, but not be limited to, full compensation for furnishins labor, materials, tools, and equipment and performing all work necessary to complete, main1 and guarantee the planting and imgation work described or specified in the contract docume including soils testing and mcommended soil amendments, seed and hydroseed slurry, ' stakes, bark mulch, erosion control matting, plant materials, temporary irrigation and permar irrigation, including reduced-pressure back-flow preventer, ball valves, drip valve assem electric control valves, quick couplers, control wires, pull boxes, valve boxes, all piping sleeves, electrical conduits, irrigation heads, drip emitters, bubblers, drip irrigation equipm connection from electrical service to irrigation electrical meter, connection from metei irrigation controller(s), installation of controller enclosure, concrete pads, preparal correction, reproduction and lamination of "as-built" drawings, controller charts, assembly submittal of the check list and operation and maintenance manuals and all appurtenance the aforementioned items, as well as 120 days' maintenance and project guarantees. P completion of the project, the Engineer will retain $16,000 of the total contract amount, and dispurse to the Contractor on a monthly basis of $4,000 per month. The Engineer reserves right to stop payment until all punch list submitted to the Contractor every month are comple' Add the following section: @ 308-9 WETLAND AND SENSITIVE HABITAT PROTECTION Add the following section: 308-9.1 General. a) The marshes, sensitive habitat and previously installed mitigation areas (DWG. No. 281 shall be protected. b) Prior to construction, the outer boundary of limits of work shall be staked and flagged 1 fluorescent tape at 7.6 m (25') on center to avoid wetland and mitigation area disturbana sedimentation of downstream areas. Should such sedimentation occur the Contractor s remove all sediments so deposited and shall take all measures to restore the streambe1 its preconstruction condition at the Contractor's expense. -4 * c) The Contractor shall take care that the soil remains within the limits of work to a1 Add the following section: 308-9.2 Payment. Payment for wetland and sensitive habitat protection shall be included in various items of work and no additional payment shall be made. SECTION 310 - PAINTING 310-1 GENERAL. 310-5.6 Painting, Traffic Striping, Pavement Markings, and Curb Markings. Delete Sec 310-5.6 and substitute as follows: Traffic signing, striping, and pavement marking s conform to the Plans; the State of California Traffic Sign Specifications; the State of Califo Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, July 1995, Sections 56, 82, 84, and only insofar as they relate to construction materials and methods and the State of Califo Department of Transportation Traffic Manual, all as supplemented and modified herein. requirements of Parts 1 of the SSPWC and these Special Provisions shall remain in full fc and shall not be superseded by the CALTRANS Standard Specifications. 0 q 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 177 oi Add the following SWtiOn: 310-5.6.5 Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markings. Traffic stripes and pavement markings as indicated and required shall conform to the requirements specified in CALTRANS Standard Specifications Section 84 only insofar as they relate to construction materials and methods, and except: The Contractor shall lay out (cat track) immediately behind installation of surface course asphalt and as the work progresses. The first coat of paint shall be done immediately upon approval of striping layout by the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide all materials required for execution of the work. Delete all references to measurement and payment. Existing pavement markings in conflict with the plans shall be removed by sandblasting by the Contractor. Paint end of median noses yellow. 31 0-5.6.10 Payment. modify as follows: Final striping, curb markings, signage, pavement markings and traffic signs as indicated and required shall be included in the lump-sum price bid for final signing and striping, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. The lump sum prices bid and shall include all labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals for doing all Work in installing the traffic signing and striping. 310-5.8 Markers and Delineators. Markers and delineators shall conform to the materials and installation requirements specified in CALTRANS Standard Specifications Section 82. Add the following section: 31 0-6 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC SIGNING, STRIPING, PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND PAVEMENT MARKERS, AND TEMPORARY RAILING (TYPE K). Add the following section: 31 06.1 General. Temporary pavement delineation consisting of temporary traffic stripes, temporary pavement markings, and temporary pavement markers shall be applied at the locations shown on the plans. The temporary traffic stripe, temporary pavement marking, and temporary pavement markers shall be complete in place at the location shown, prior to opening the traveled way to public traffic. Temporary traffic stripes shall be applied in one coat. Temporary traffic stripes shall be maintained by the Contractor so that the stripes are clearly visible both day and night. Reapplication of the stripes and markings shall be repainted at the Contractor's expense. Except as otherwise provided below, temporary pavement markers shown on the plans shall be, at the option of the Contractor, either of the following removable type temporary reflective raised pavement markers or equal: TFPM, manufactured by DAPCO Davidson Plastics Company, 18726 East Valley Highway, Kent, Washington 98032, Telephone (206) 251 -8140. Stimsonite Chip SeallTemporary Overlay Market (Models 300 and 301), manufactured by John C. Henberger Co., Traffic Safety and Control, San Diego, California, Telephone (619) 292- 5772. m '8 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 178 of 211 Temporary pavement markers shall be placed in accordance with the manufactun instructions. Temporary pavement markers shall be cemented to the surfacing with adhesive recommended by the manufacturer, except epoxy adhesive shall not be used to pli temporary pavement markers in areas where removal of the markers will be required. Pavement striping, legends and markers which conflict with any traffic pattern shall be rem01 by grinding as determined by the Engineer. The Contractor may use reflective pavement markers for temporary pavement markers, exc when the temporary pavement markers are used to replace patterns of temporary traffic stn Reflective pavement markers used in place of the removable-type pavement markers s' conform to the section entitled "Pavement Markers" of these special provisions, except 14day waiting period before placing the pavement markers on new asphalt concrete surfac as specified in Section 851.06, "Placement", of the CALTRANS Standard Specifications s not apply; and epoxy adhesive shall not be used to place pavement markers in areas wt removal of the markers will be required. Reflective pavement markers used for tempo1 pavement markers will be paid for as temporary pavement markers. Add the following section: 3106.1 .l Measurement and Payment. Temporary traffic striping and markings shown on plans will be paid for as a part of the lump-sum cost for traffic control. The lumgsum contract price paid for traffic striping and markings shall include compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for dc all the work involved in applying, maintaining, and removing temporary traffic stripes pavement markings, complete in place, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Stanc Specification and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. Full compensation for furnishing, placing, maintaining, and removing the temporary reflet raised pavement markers, used for the temporary laneline and centerline delineation whic not shown on the plans, including the signing specified for "no passing" zones; and for provii equivalent patterns of the permanent traffic lines when required; shall be considered included in the lump-sum prices paid for that item of work. Add the following section: 310-6.3 Signing. Signing for temporary traffic control shall conform to the folio\ requirements. Add the following section: 310-6.3.1 General. The Contractor shall provide and install all temporary traffic control si! markers, markings, and delineators at locations shown on plans and specified herein. Add the following section: 310-6.3.4 Payment. All costs for signing for temporary traffic control shall be included io lump-sum price bid for temporary traffic control, and no additional compensation will be allc therefor. Add the following section: 310-6.4 Temporary Railing and Crash Cushions 0 a a rrs 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 179 c 0 Add the following section: 310-6.4.1 General. Temporary railing (Type K) shall be placed, stockpiled and/or relocated at the locations shown on the plans, specified herein, or as ordered by the Engineer, and shall conform to the provisions in Section 12, "Construction Area Traffic ControJ Devices", of the CALTRANS Standard Specifications and as modified by these speaal provisions. The first paragraph in Section 12-3.08, "Temporary Railing (Type K)", of the CALTRANS Standard Specifications is amended to read: Temporary Railing (Type K) shall consist of interconnected new or undamaged used precast concrete barrier units as shown on the plans. Exposed surfaces of new and used units shall be freshly coated with white paint prior to their first use on the project. The paint shall conform to the provisions in Section 914.05, "Paint; Acrylic Emulsion, Exterior White and Light and Medium lints". Contractor shall be responsible for the removal and deanup or painting over the graffiti from the K-Rails within 48 hours. Temporary sand-filled msh cushions (TSFCC) shall be provided at the ends of each reach of temporary railing. The TSFCC shall be installed per CALTRANS Standard Drawings Tl and T2 for approach speeds of 45 miles per hour. The TSFCC array shall be appropriate to the application as shown on said standard drawing. The last sentence of the seventh paragraph in said Section 12-3.08 of the CALTRANS Standard Specifications is deleted. The first two sentences of the twelfth paragraph of Section 12-3.08 of the CALTRANS Standard Specifications are amended to read: Where shown on the plans, threaded rods or dowels shall be bonded in holes drilled in existing concrete. Drilling of holes and bonding of threaded rods or dowels shall conform to the provisions for drilling and bonding dowels in Section 83-2.02D(l), "General", of the CALTRANS Standard Specifications. Temporary sand-filled crash cushions shall be of the type shown on plans and installed at both ends of the temporary railing (Type K). Temporary crash cushions shall be installed in accordance with CALTRANS-approved specifications and array alignments; see CALTRANS Drawings T1 and T2. Particular care shall be taken to assure that crash cushions are installed with adjacent soil leveled to match the elevation of the bottom of the temporary railing immediately adjacent to the crash cushion. Add the following section: 310-6.4.2 Payment. Payment for temporary crash cushions, concrete barriers, shall be included in the lump-sum price bid for traffic control, and no further compensation will be allowed therefor. On Standard Plan 61 1-30, "Temporary Railing (Type K)", the direction to "See Note 7" on the Elevation detail is amended to read "See Note 6", and the direction to "See Note 6" on the Curved Layout detail is amended to read "See Note 5". 3 e 2l26197 Contract No. 3215 (RsBid) Page 180 of 21 1 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE e LEUCADIA SEWERLINE NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS: The specMcations hereinafter are intended to be used the construction of the Leucadia sewerline and appurtenances only. INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITY - The following describes the installation of piping and appurtenances for this project. These are in addition to Sections 306.-1 .I, 306-1.2 t 306-1.3. The Contractor shall be responsible for all material furnished by him and shall replaa his own expense all such material found defective in manufacture or damaged in handling 6 delivery by the manufacturer. This shall include the furnishing of all material and labor required the replacement of installed material discovered defective prior to the final acceptance of work. All pipe, fittings, couplings and appurtenant items shall be new, free from defects contamination and be the standard product of the manufacturer. They shall be fumishec pressure classes as specified or shown. All valves shall be provided as shown on the drawir plans and schedules and as specified herein. Where not otherwise designated, the valves s have pressure rating not less than the adjacent piping. All assemblies of valves, operators l accessories shall be complete and adequate for the intended purpose and shall include essential components of equipment together with all mountings and other appurtenances nor and necessary for proper installation whether shown or not. Water lines shall be constructec The Contractor shall be responsible for the safe storage of material furnished by or to I and accepted by him and intended for the work, until it has been incorporated in the complc project. The interior of all pipe, fittings and other accessories shall be kept free from dirt foreign matter at all times. All pipe ar fittings shall be clearly marked with the name of the manufacturer or wi trademark of a size and type which has been approved by and filed with the Engineer. Installation of the pipe shall conform to Section 306-1 of the Standard Specifications as listed below. If there is any conflict, the specifications listed below shall govern. The Contractor shall perform all excavation necessary or required for the constructio the pipeline and structures as shown on the Drawings. Said excavation shall include the rem1 and disposal of all materials of whatever nature encountered, including all obstructions of el nature that would interfere with the proper construction and completion of the work, and E include the furnishing, placing, and maintaining of shoring and bracing necessary to safely sur the sides of the excavations. The work shall also include all pumping, ditching, and other reqi measures for the removal or exclusion of water. ductile-iron pipe. d a Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 181 o e% ‘6* 2/26/97 The Contractor shall take care of drainage water from the mshction operations, and of storm water from the construction operations, and of storm water and waste water reaching the right-of-way from any source, so that no damage will be done to the trench, pipe, or structures. The Cormctor shall be responsible for any damage to persons or property on or off the right-of-way due to such drainage water or to the interruption or diversion of such storm water or waste water. The Contractor shall lay the pipeline to the horizontal alignment shown on the construction drawings. The pipe shall be laid so as to maintain a minimum cover over the top of fortyeight (48) inches. The Drawings indicate one possible vertical alignment which maintains the required cover, dears all utilities known to the Engineer and minimizes high and low points in the pipeline. The Contractor shall pothole all utility crossings and points of interference ahead of pipe laying. Any additional costs incurred by the Contractor due to utility crossings shall be at the Contractor's expense. - The trenches for the pipeline shall be excavated as shm on the Drawings. The excavations shall be backfilled to the level of the pavement base. Road construction and paving is specified elsewhere. Backfdl is defined as beginning at a point one foot above the top of pipe. The Contractor shall excavate all material of whatever nature encountered outside of the specified trench section which become necessary to remove for the proper construction of manholes, other stfuctures and encasements, and shall also make all excavations required for the installation of any required branch pipes, blowoff piping, vent pipes, or other accessory pipes appurtenant to the structure. Bedding according to the trench details shown on the drawings shall be used unless otherwise ordered by the Engineer. For a minimum of 4" bedding in the Pipe Zone as shown on the Drawings, the Contractor shall use sand or native free-draining granular material having sand equivalent of not less than 30, or having coefficient of permeability greater than 0.001 centimeters per second, or other material approved by the Engineer. Cost of any sand equivalent tests will be borne by the Contractor and will-be conducted by an Approved Testing Laboratory. Cost for retesting due to the noncompliance with this Section shall be borne by the Contractor. In areas Mere subgrade, as determined by the Engineer or his representative, is unsuitable for placement of pipe due to loose, soft, or deleterious materials exposed at pipeline invert elevation during excavation, those materials shall be removed by the Contractor to their full depth, or to two f@et below the pipe invert, whichever is less. The overexcavation shall be filled with rock having the gradation listed below which meets the requirements for size per Section 200-1.2. Crushed rock, one inch maximum size, or a gradation and quality approved by the Engineer may be allowed as an alternate. Costs of any rock that is rejected by the Engineer for noncompliance with this Item and removal from the site shall be borne by the Contractor. Rock shall be wrapped in a geotextile material as shown in the Drawings. m r,p 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 182 of 21 1 0 Bedding shall be given a final trim such that each pipe section when first laid will continuously in contact with the bedding on the required grade, along the full length of the i section. Wherever bedding is required and due to inaccurate trimming, or other cause, the bot of the trench fails to afford uniform support as herein required, the Contractor shall remove pipe sections placed, shall refill the trench bottom to the required grade with bedding mate compacted to 95% of maximum dry density and shall retrim to the required section and grade. Payment for rock bedding shall be made at the contract price per cubic yard installec directed above including excavation, materials and testing. Backfill soils in the pipe baMill zone as shown in the Drawings shall be in accordance ' Section 306-1.3.1, except noted herein. BaMll shall not contain rocks greater than 4-inche maximum dimension. In streets, rocks greater than 2-1/2 inches in maximum dimension shall be allowed within 1 2-inches of pavement subgrade. All backfill shall be compacted to a 95% of the laboratory maximum soil dry densit) native backfill material cannot meet compaction requirements, then the Contractor shall obtz suitable backfill material at the Contractor's expense. The degree of compaction and density s be determined and controlled in accordance with the requirements of ASTM Standard D1557- The test for determination of the in-place density of the compacted material will be made usii suitable density test as approved by the Engineer. If the Contractor elects to import backfill, he shall comply to Section 306-1.3.5. If Contractor chooses to utilize material from an uncertified source, the cost of certificatioi material from the source shall be borne by the Contractor. Said certification shall accomplished prior to use of said uncertified material. No payment or compensation shal made for work associated with the disposition of uncertified material. The backfill shall not be dropped directly upon the pipe or upon any other structure, an material coming within six inches of any structure shall be free from rocks or boulders larger 1 three inches in maximum diameter and from unbroken masses of earthy materials which r-r arch or bridge and leave unfilled pockets. The material used for backfill, the amount thereof, the manner of depositing shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer, but the Contractor : be held responsible for any displacement of pipe or other structures, any damage to < surfaces, or any instability of the structures caused by the improper depositing of the backl materials. --rc 0 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 183 o e% .r kc 2/26/97 184 186 188 The Contractor shall make such excavations outside of the specified trench section as needed for bell holes, where required, and for spaces sufficient to permit removal of the sling fr each pipe section without damage to the pipe coating and shall subsequently backfill and comF such bell holes and spaces. After each section of pipe has been set into position, it shall be attached to the adjoir section by means of a wbber-gasketed joint or as shown on the Drawings. The use of dogs, dips, lugs, or equivalent devices welded to the pipe for the purpose! forcing it into position will not be permitted. During laying operation, no debris, tools, clothing or other material shall be placed in pipe. Dirt shall be prevented from entering the pipe and if necessary, the pipe shall be swab1 before placing in position. If the pipe-laying crew cannot place the pipe into the trench with getting earth into it, the Contractor shall place a heavy canvas cover over each end of the F which shall remain in place until the pipe lengths are to be joined. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed b watertight wooden bulkhead. This provisions shall apply during the nuon hour as well overnight. If water is in the trench, the bulkhead shall remain in place until the trench is pum completely dry. All pipe shall be carefully inspected by the Engineer's representative for defects be installation. Such inspection shall include light tapping with a hammer while the pipe is suspen in the air. No pipe or fittings which are cracked or which show defects excluded by Specifications for such pipes or fittings shall be used. All injuries to the protective coating of pipe shall be carefully repaired by the Contractor. All pipes and fittings shall be carefulty cleaned before installation. Every open end o installed pipe shall be carefully and securely plugged or capped before leaving the work. For bell and spigot pipe, the position or direction of bells, which shall normally 1 upstream of the flow, may be altered from the positions shown on the Drawings with permission of the Engineer. Bells and spigots must be thoroughly cleaned and free from grease, blisters, and excess coating before spigots are inserted into bells. The spigot end of pipe shall be brought to true line and grade and be inserted to the full depth of the socket be the joints are made. The inner surface of the pipe shall be of uniform width and depth. If any I does not allow sufficient space for jointing material, it shall be replaced by one of prc dimension . Between lengths of buried ductile iron pipe, rubber gasket joints may be used. Joints : conform to AWWA C111. Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's prii recommendations. Gasket seats and rubber gaskets shall be thoroughly cleaned be assembly. The completed joint shall have a uniform contact by the gasket between the c surface of the spigot and the gasket seat of the bell. Flanged pipe shall be cut true to length. Joints shall be made up square, with E pressure upon the gaskets and shall be perfectly water-tight. Gaskets shall fit the in dimension of the pipe accurately, so that no surplus material projects out into the flow area. completed joint shall be smooth and properly aligned. * i e *m %$ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 185 o 0 184 186 188 No payment shall be made expressly for the work and materials required for bulkheads, and any compensation desired for the Contractor for this work shall be included in price quoted for the hydrostatic testing of pipe. The Contractor shall have no claim against Engineer by reason of required construction due to omission of the installation of any or all m line valves. The Contractor shall provide all calibrated meters for measurement of leakage, bulkheads or boiler heads, piping, calibration gages, pumps and other equipment, and all poi and labor necessary to the performance of the pressure tests satisfactory to the Engineer. 1 Contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment and labor to fill each section of pipel necessary for obtaining and maintaining the required test pressures. Payment for hydrostatic testing shall be made at the contract price per lump including calibrated meters, piping, calibration gauges, other equipment, labor and power to perform hydrostatic testing as described above. 27. DUCTILE IRON RESTRAINED PUSH-ON JOINT PIPE - Ductile iron Restrained J Pipe used where indicated in the Drawings shall meet Section 207.9 of the Stand Specifications, referenced Standard Plans, and as listed herein. The ductile iron pipe shall hac minimum Class 50 rating, have a minimum working pressure of 150 psi and shall be restraii push-on type joint per ANSVAWA C110. All buried ductile iron pipe, fittings, and appurtenan shall be coated with a minimum dry film thickness of 30 mil polyurethane as specified in Item : Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, the ductile iron pipe shall have cement mortar-lii Type V lining in accordance with AWA C104 and ANSI A21.4. Lining thickness shall b minimum of 3/16 inch and in conformance with AWA C104. Where specified in the Drawir ductile iron pipe, fittings, appurtenances shall be lined with a minimum dry film thickness of 40 polyurethane as specified in Item 29. Restrained joint ductile iron pipe shall be used in lieu of thrust blocks and where showr the Drawings. Restrained ductile iron pipe shall have flanged or boltless positive lock ring 1 joints such as US. Pipe TR Flex, American Pipe "LOK-FAST', or approved equal. Retainer gl restrained joints with set screws shall not be acceptable. All fittings for ductile iron pipe, unless otherwise required by the Drawings Specifications, #all conform in all respects to the AWWA Specification CllO/A21.10 Clll/A21.11-79 or latest revision and shall be rated for a minimum working pressure of 150 and a test pressure of 200 psi. Fittings shall be restrained joint suitable for specified pi1 Specials or fittings with flanged end connections shall have Class 125 flanges per ANSI B16.1 design working pressures. Bolts, nuts and washers for flanges shall conform to AW Specification CllO/A21.10-93. All buried bolts, nuts, and washers shall be Grade B dome American steel as supplied by National Set Screw, or approved equal, Certificatior manufacture and material shall be provided for review and approval. All gaskets shall be Flar Tite with triple O-ring or approved equal. All polyurethane lined ductile iron pipe shall have bonding pads at the bell and spigo installation of bond wires for cathodic protection. These bonding pads shall be designe dissipate the heat of the alumino-thermic welds. One pad shall be installed by the manufacturer for each bond wire weld on each section of the pipe. Unless otherwise noted, ti shall be a minimum of two bond wires for each pipe segment (see Drawings for DIP Joint Bon Detail). Pads shall be three-eights inch (318") thick hot-rolled, flat bar with length and v dimensions of two by two and one-half inches (2"xZ.S). The pads shall be fully welded to pipe. 0 - e 0 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 187 o 3 b U26197 184 186 188 10 mils minimum. Polyurethane coating shall have a OFT of 30 mils and a minimum DFT of 25 mifs. 1. The polyurethane shall meet or exceed the following requirements: a. Conversion to solids by volume: 97.0 percent plus or minus 0.5 pen per ASTM 01259, Method A. b. Temperature resistance: minus 40°F to plus 150°F. c. Adhesion: 1 ,O00 psi per ASTM D4541. d. Tack-free time: not exceed 3 minutes at 120°F or 30 minutes at 0°F. e. . Cure time: handling in 10 minutes at 120°F and full cure within 48 hour 70°F. f. Impact resistance: 80-inch pounds per ASTM G14. g. Tensile strength: 2,000 psi. h. Hardness: 65 plus or minus 5 Shore D at 70°F per ASTM D543. 1. Flexibiltty resistance: cure l-inch mandrel for 7 days and test per A! D522 for 15 minutes at the extremities of the temperature specified abo j. Abrasion resistance: 1,000 cycles, 0.052 grams removed with Taber C wheel at 1,000 gram weight per ASTM D4060. k. Chemical resistance: less than 5 percent weight change after 90 days ASTM D543. 1. Permeability: less than 0.002 perm inches at 15 mils per ASTM E96. m. Dielectric strength: greater than 200 volts per mil. n. Elongation: average between 15-25 percent per ASTM D412. The polyurethane material shall be resistant to the following environment: a. b. C. 0 2. Exposure to 10,000 ppm of hydrogen sulfate gas saturated with \n vapors at a temperature of 40°F to 100°F. Immersion in a 10 percent solution of sulfuric acid at a temperature of 4 to 150°F. . Immersion in sewage having pH of 6 to 10, a total dissolved s concentration of 100 to 1,000 mgA, a temperature of 40°F to 1 OOOF, an internal pipeline pressure of 200 psi. - 0 , 3. Preparation of surfaces lined and coated shall be as follows: a. General: Before blast cleaning, visible deposits of oil, grease, and c organic contaminates shall be removed by using a solvent wast specified in Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) specification SP1 surfaces to be lined shall be completely dry, free of moisture, dust, grii grease, or any other deleterious substance, at the time the polyurethai applied. Surfaces: Exterior or interior surfaces to be coated shall be prepart near-white finish as described in SSPC-SP10. Temperature: The temperatures of the substrate must be at leas1 above the dew point temperature. b. c. 4. Shop application of polyurethane material shall be as follows: 0 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 189 ( q Ec 2/26/97 a. Equipment: The polyurethane material shall be applii by heated airless spray unit using two component, 1:l mix ratio. b. Temperature: The temperature of the substrate must be at least 5°F above the dew point temperature. c. Humidity: Hgh humidity may cause conditions which may affect performance of the polyurethane. Therefore, the applicator shall exercise caution if relative humidity exceeds 80 percent and heating of pipe surfaces may be required. d. Preparation of materials: Thinning of the resins shall not be allowed. Mix resins as received. Resins shall be stwed above 50°F and shall not be used if exposed to temperatures below this point. e. Application: The manufacturer's recommendations shall be strictly adhered. The polyurethane material shall be applied directly to substrate to achieve the specified minimum dry film thickness. A multiple pass, one coat application process will be permitted provided the maximum allowable recoat time is not exceeded. Recoating: Recoating shall be permitted provided the material has cured less than the maximum time specrfed by the manufacturer. Where the material has cured for more than the recoat time, the surface shall be brush blasted or thoroughly sanded, followed by blow-off cleaning using clean, dry, high pressure compressed air. Maximum recoat times are as follows: f. g. Curing: The polyurethane material will cure, when properly applied, at any ambient temperature above 0°F. Coated surfaces shall be permitted to cure as long as a time practical. The minimum cure time and maximum recoat time shall be as listed above. 5. The quality and appearance of the polyurethane shall be smooth and glossy, with no graininess or roughness. The polyurethane shall have no blisters, cracks, bubbles, under film voids, mechanical damage, discontinuities, or holidays. a. Factory test and certify lining and coating using a dry probe hoUiday test at 2,500 volts conducted per National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE) specification RP-0188. If the number of holidays or pinholes is fewer than or equal to one per 10 square feet of coating surface, repair and retest. Repair the holidays and pinholes by applying the coating manufacturer's recommended patching compound to each holiday or pinhole and retest. If the number of holidays or pinholes exceeds one per 10 square feet of coating surface, remove the entire lining or coating and recoat the pipe or fitting and retest. Any deviation from the specified test voltage shall be submitted for review by the Engineer with notarized certification of detailed technical data from the polyurethane material coating manufacturer supporting the alternative b. Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 190 of 21 1 -0 E* 2/26/97 recommended voltage. The dielectric strength of the polyurethane matt determined in accordance with a standard testing procedure shall provided. The submittal of a request to deviate from the specified voltage is sub@ to final approval of the Engineer based on the techr adequacy of the data submitted to support the deviation request. Fadory measure and certify the DFT at three locations on the lining three locations on the coating of each pipe length using a coating thickn gauge calibrated at least once per &hour shift. Record each measu thickness value. Where individual rneasud, thickness values are I than the specified minimum thickness, measure the coating thicknes! three additional points around the defective area. The average of th measurements shall exceed the spedfied minimum thickness value, no individual thickness values shall be more than 5 mils Ww the speu minimum values excepting that lining thickness at gasket recess shall 10 mils minimum. If a pipe length does not meet this criteria, remove entire lining or coating and recoat the entire pipe length. Every section of pipe shall be delivered with certified holiday and C test results of the lining and coating of that individual pipe length. pipe is not accompanied by such certifications or does not meet tests as specified above, the pipe shall be rejected. Relaxation of requirement may be allowed at the discretion of the Engineer based submittal for approval of alternative standard lining and coating test quality assurance methods to be employed in the manufacture and coa of this pipe. As a minimum, notarized certification by the coating applic that every piece of pipe has undergone standardized individual factory C and holiday testing, repair, and acceptance shall be provided consideration by the Engineer prior to shipping of the coated materials. The Engineer will conduct in the field an independent inspection of lining and coating for compiiance with the above criteria. Coated F failing this irispection will be cause for rejection. Field repairs shall be performed on scratches and damaged areas incurred w installing the polyurethane lined and coated ductile iron pipe and fittings. Mate for repair and filed touch-up shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of polyurethane coating material. Field repairs and touch-up shall be as follows: a. a c. d. - 0 e. 6. Remove all traces of oil, grease, dust, dirt, or other contaminates from surfaces to be field repaired. Remove any disbonded polyurethane that was field damaged and cli any exposed metal by sanding or scraping. Lightly abrade or sandblast lining or coating on the sides of the damaged area to provide an anc pattern for the repair material. Repaired areas shall overlap the paren base coating a minimum of one inch. Apply coating material manufacturer's recommendations to damaged lining and coating to ar smaller than 20 square inches. If a damaged area exceeds 20 sqL inches, remove the entire lining or coating and recoat the entire pip€ fitting. b. Polyurethane lining shall not be required for PVC pipe. 4- 0 p,s 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 191 of 30. INSTALLATION OF NEW AND MODIFIED BLOWOFFS - Installation of new and modified blowoffs shall be as indicated in the Drawings. New 6" blowofb are required on the new 24" force main. Modified six inch blwffs shall be required on the existing 24" force main as shown on the Drawings and modified four inch blowof6 shall be required on the existing 12" force main as shown on the Drawings. Installation of piping is specified in Item 26. Piping and appurtenances are listed in Items 28 and 35. The Blowoff and SCAV Schedule shall be used in determining work on each blowoff. When tapping sleeve is used on the existing 24" and 12" force mains, the tapping sleeve port shall be horizontal. Tapping sleeves and tapping gate valves are required for the installation of blmffs on the existing 1T and 24" force mains. Tapping sleeves shall be of the sleeve type with a minimum of 4 bolts per side. The outlet shall be flanged with 15W ANSI. The body shall be ASTM A-36 steel or ASTM 283 Gmde C and have fusion bonded epoxy coating with a minimum dry film thickness of 12 mils. The bolts and nuts shall be stainless steel 18-8 type 304. Gasket shall be made from nitrile rubber. The service rating of the tapping sleeve shall be the same as the pipe. The tapping sleeve shall be JCM 412 manufactured by JCM Industries, Inc., Smith-Blair 622 or approved equivalent. A two-wire corrosion test station and anode shall be installed where indicated in the drawings and in the Blowoff and SCAV Schedule. All blowoff laterals connected to the new Leucadia 24" parallel force main with a 249~24~x6" Tee, shall have bonding wires connected to the force main. Payment for installation of new blowoffs including vault, piping, isolation valves, tapping sleeves and valves, and connections to the force mains shall be at the contract price per blow off installation induding all work required to install items shown on the Drawings induding excavation, removal and disposal of unsuitable material and import of suitable material, bedding. backfilling, and compaction. Payment for the corrosion test station and anode are induded in the cathodic protection devices cost. The Contractor shall furnish and install new sewage cornbination air valves (SCAV) shall be as indicated in the Drawings. New sewage combination air valve installations are required on the new 24" force main, the existing 24" force main and the existing 12" force main. The new force main and the existing 24" force main shall have four inch sewage combination air valve assemblies and the 12" force main shall have two inch sewage combination air valves assemblies as shown on the Drawings. Installation of piping is specified in Item 26. Piping and appurtenances are listed in Items 28 and 35. 31. INSTALLATION OF NEW SEWAGE COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES - 4- p,@ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 192 of 21 I The body and cover of the sewage combination air valve shall be cast iron AS A126 Grade B and trimmed with stainless steel internal components. The float shall concave and made of stainless steel ASTM A240 T304. The valve stem shall be stainlc steel, Series 7300. The needle and seat shall be Bum-N Nitrile Rubber and must fastened to the valve cover without distortion, for droptight shut-off. The plug shall brass ASTM 8124 for valve sizes less than six (6) inches. The leverage ftame shall made of cast iron ASTM A126 Grade B. The diameter of the smaller orifice shall b minimum of seven and thirty-second (7/32) inch diameter. Valve end fittings and v% sizes shall be as shown on the Drawings. Valves shall be equipped with backfli apparatus including inlet and blow& valves, quick disconnect couplings and a ten ( feet of hose for flushing. 0 d 0 4- r,@ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 193 oi 0 BLMNOTrANDSCAVSCHEWLE LEUCADlA PARALLEL 24- FORCE h8" AND APPURTENANCEEHABLITAT" PHASE W - LA COSTA AVENUE WIDf%Iffi Install new piping, isolation valve, and Mowoff per detail 111 1. Use JCM 412 24W fw ho; approved equivabt. Install manhole per detail 31 1. When FM is removed from service, r Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 194 of211 Q% E* 2/26/97 All ferrous surfaces shall be factory coated both inside and outside with a fusion-bonl epoxy conforming to the requirements of AWA Standard for Protective Epoxy Interior Coati for Valves and Hydrants; 6.550-90 to minimum thickness of 16 mils and be holiday free. Val shall be Sewage Combination Air Valves Series 440 SCAV as manufactured by Apco, UBS and UB408 as manufactured by Crispin, or approved equal. Valves shall be installed at the tocations shown on the Drawings. Valve stems shall vertical on the new force main. A tapping sleeve and valve shall be required for connection to existing 24" and 12" force mains (see specification in Item 30). Work shall be completed on e sewage combination air valves in accordance with the Blowoff and SCAV Schedule. A two-wire corrosion test station and anode shall be installed where indicated in drawings and in the Blowoff and SCAV Schedule. All SCAV laterals connected to the r Leucadia 24" parallel force main with a 24"x24%4" Tee, shall have bonding wires connected to force main. Payment for installation of the new sewage combination air valves, induding vault, pip isolation valves, tapping sleeves, tapping gate valves, and connections to the force mains shal at the contract price per sewage combination air valve assembly induding all work require( install items shown on the Drawings induding excavation removal and disposal of unsuiti material, materials, bedding, backfilling, and compaction. The corrosion test station and an are included in the cathodic protection devices cost. 32. ABANDONMENT OF EXISTING BLOWOFFS AND AIR RELEASE VALVE ASSEMBL - Existing blowoff assemblies and air release and vacuum assemblies shall be abandonec indicated in the Drawings after the installation and testing of new blowoff and sewage combina air valve assemblies to the existing force mains. Cones shall be removed from the existin( release and vacuum valves vaults as specified in Section 306-5 to two feet below ground surf; The air release and air vacuum valves shall be salvaged as property of the Leucadia Coi Water District and shall be delivered to the LCWD maintenance yard. Backfill shall be placed and above the vault and compacted to 95%. Pavement shall be placed above the abando vault if in the street. Existing blow offs shall be removed from the exposed blow off to the isola valves. Payment for the abandonment of existing blowofk and air release valves, including items required as shown on the Drawings shall be at the contract price per existing blowoffs air release valve assemblies including all work required to perform the work as shown on Drawings. 33. MOVEMENT OF CORROSION TEST STATIONS - Existing corrosion test stations foi existing 24" force main shall be moved to a location as shown on the Drawings. Installation ! be as indicated in the Drawings. Payment for movement of the corrosion test stations shall include installation of all it shown on the Drawings and shall be at the contract price per corrosion test station inch excavation, removal and disposal of unsuitable material, bedding, backfilling, and compaction. 34. CATHODIC PROTECTION BY SACRIFICIAL ANODES - Cathodic protection shal installed on the new 24" force main. The locations of the sacrificial anodes and corrosion stations are as shown on the Drawings. 0 - e= e p,s 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 195 o Materials and equipment furnished under this Section of the specifications shall be the standard product of manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacturing of such products and shall be the manufacturer's latest standard design that complies with specifcation requirements. All materials and equipment shall bear evidence of U.L. approval when U.L. standards exist. 1. PreDackaaed Maanesium Anodes. Standard potential magnesium anodes shall have a theoretical energy content of loo0 amperehours per pound and have a minimum useful output of 500 ampere-hours per pound. ndard Potential): a. Chemical Com~os&m (Sta *. . Aluminum 5.0 to 7.0% Zinc 2.0 to 4.0% Manganese 0.15% Min. Silicon 0.1 % Max. Copper 0.02% Max. Nickel 0.002% Max. Iron 0.003% Max. Other Impurities 0.3% Max. Magnesium Remainder Size and Weiaht: Anodes shall be 48 Ib. pre-packaged, standard potential magnesium ingot. The ingot shall have a trapezoidal cross-section and a length of 31 inches. The total packaged weight shall be approximately 96 pounds. Anode Construct! 'on: Anodes shall be cast magnesium with a galvanized steel core rod. Recess one end of the anode to provide access to the rod for connection of the lead wire. Silver braze the lead wire to the rod, and make the connection mechanically secure before brazing. Insulate the connection to a 600 volt rating by filling the recess with epoxy and covering any exposed bare steel core or wire with heat shrinkable tubing. The insulating bbing shall extend over the lead wire insulation by not less than one-half inch. Anode Backfill Material: The anodes shall be completely encased within a doth bag in a special low resistivity backfill mix with the following composition: Gypsum 75% Powdered Bentonite 20% Anhydrous Sodium Sulfate 5% Backfill grains shall be such that 100 percent is capable of passing through a screen of 100 mesh. Backfill shall be firmly packed around the anode such that the ingot is approximately in the center of the backfill and surrounded by at least 2-inches of bacMtII material. The resistivity of the backfill shall be no greater than 50 ohm-cm when tested wet in a soil box with no extraordinary means of compaction. b. C. d. em rr@ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 196 of 21 1 2. Wire and Cable. All cable and wire shall be insulated, single conductor, stranc copper suitable for direct burial in corrosive soil and water with HMWPE or TH insulation as indicated on the drawings conforming to U.1. 83 unless othervl a. ode Lead W ire: No. 12 AWG stranded copper wire with TH\ insulation (color white) and of suitable length to reach from the anode to test box without a splice. Cathode (Pioe) Lead Wie: No. 8 AWG with black HMWPE insulation indicated on the drawings. Wire lengths shall be sufficient to reach fr the cathode/pipe to the test box without a splice. c. Bond wires: No. 2 AWG stranded copper with HMWPE insulation. N special pipe joint bonding requirements for plastic lined ductile iron pipe. * - specmed. b. 3. lnsulatina Flanae Kits a. Gasket: The gasket shall be full faced, Type "E", neoprene faced pher material for operation between 20°F and 15OOF. Gaskets shall be suit; for the temperature and pressure rating of the piping system in which 1 are installed. b. lnsulatina Sleeves: 1/32-inch thick tube, full length, laminated gl material as per NEMA Ll-1 G10 for operation between 20°F and 150°F. lnsulatina Washers: 1/8-inch thick laminated glass material as per NE LI-1 GI0 for operation at ambient temperatures to be placed dire adjacent to the flange face. Steel Washers: ?/&inch thick cadmium plated steel to be placed betw the bolt head or nut and the insulating washer. C. - e d. 4. lnsulatina Flanae Coatina (Buried Flanaes Onlv) a. Wax TaDe Coatina: Wax tape coating for all buried insulating flanges s be per NACE RP0375-94. Flanae and Bolt Surfaces Coatina: The flange and bolt surfaces shall prime coated with a blend of petrolatum, plasticizer, inert fillers, corrosion inhibitor having a paste-like consistency. Flanae Coverina: Flange covering material shall be a synthetic felt 1 saturated with a blend of petrolatum, plasticizers, and corrosion inhib that is easily formable over irregular surfaces. A compatible petrola filler should be used to smooth over irregular surfaces. d. Outer Coverina: The primed and wax-tape wrapped flange shall wrapped with a plastic tape covering consisting of three (3) layers o gauge or 10 mil, polyvinylidene chloride or PVC, high cling membrz wound together as a single sheet. b. C. em 0 p,s 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 197 o 5. At-Grade Test Stations a. Test Box: At-grade test boxes shall be round, precast concrete with dimensions of 13-1/2" O.D. by 8" I.D. by 12" high, similar to Brooks type 3 RT with a cast iron supporting ring and lid and shall have sufficient strength to support vehicular traffic. The lid shall be 10" 0.D. and cast with the legend "CP Test" using letters not less than 1-1/2 inches high. The test boxes shall be installed flush with grade. Identification Taas: All test leads shall be identified in each test box with 1- 1/2" diameter by 1/16" brass tags. The tags shall be die stamped according to the legend indicated in the drawings. The tags shall be securely attached to the test leads with uninsulated No. 14 or No. 16 copper wire. Shunts: Anode test boxes shall have a 0.01 ohm shunt rated at 6 amperes similar to the Holloway Type RS, and accurate to plus or minus one percent. Shunts shall be attached to anode and cathode lead wires with split bolt connectors. (Note that anode leads are left disconnected. See Part 3 - Execution.) Wit Bolt Connector: Split bolt connectors shall be UL 486 copper or brass and sized to accommodate the lead wire and shunt being used. Number of Wires: Anode test stations will contain either 2 or 4 pipe leads and 0 or 1 anode leads as indicated in the drawings. Concrete Pad: Test boxes mounted in unpaved areas shall have a 24" square by 6" thick reinforced concrete pad. Alumino-Thermic Weld Kit. Cable-to-metal connections shall be made by the alumino-thermic welding process. Weld charge size, alloy, and mold size shall be as specified by themanufacturer of the weld kit and illustrated on drawings. The Contractor shall insure that the correct charges are used. Wbld Cam Alumino-thermic welds shall be sealed with a pre-fabricated plastic cap filled with formable mastic compound on a base of elastomeric tape. Weld caps shall be Royston Handy Cap 2, Cathodic Protection System READI-CAP or equivalent. Weld Coating. All alumino-thermic welds and weld cap shall be coated with a cold-applied fastdrying mastic consisting of bituminous resin and solvents per Mil. Spec MIL-C-18480A. The minimum coating thickness shall be 25 mils (0.025 inch). Plastic Wamina Taw. Marking tape shall be installed in all trenches above buried piping. Marking tape shall conform to City's Special Provision 207-21 Detectable Undergrounding Utility Special Marking Tape. Cathodic protection installation shall conform to NACE Publication RP0169-92 Recommended Practice, "Control of External Corrosion on Underground or Submerged Metallic Piping Systems". b. c, d. e. f. 6. 7. 8. 9. q 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 198 of 21 1 1. Anodes a. Package Ins& 'on: Each prepackaged anode shall be inspected to ins that the backfill material completely surrwnds the anode and that the c bag containing the anode and backfill material is intact. If the prepacka anodes are supplied in a waterproof container or covering, that containe covering shall be removed before installation. Connection InsDection: All lead wires shall be inspected to insure that lead wire is securely connected to the anode core and that no damage occurred to the lead wire or its insulation. Anode lead wire to an .connection failures shall require replacement of the complete anode lead wire assembly at Contractor's expense. Location: Anodes are to be installed just inside the street right-of-wa] shown on the drawings. Anode positions can be adjusted slightly to a interference with existing structures. Alternate anode positions musl authorized by the Engineer. Do not install anode with any existing met structures between the anode and the pipe. Handlinq: Care shall be taken to insure that the anode is never lift( supported, transported, or handled by the lead wire. All anodes shal lowered into the hole using a sling or a rope. Anode Hole Size and DeDth: Each anode shall be placed vertically at bottom of an augured, 12" diameter (minimum) hole. The depth of hole, as measured from finish grade to the bottom shall be 12 feet. Anode Soakina and Hole Backfill: Once the prepackaged anode is in hole, 15 gallons of water shall be poured into the hole so that the anoc completely covered with water. Allow the anode to soak for a minimui 20 minutes before any soil backfill is added. The hole is then backl with stonefree native soil (not sand) in 12-inch stages and care tamped to ensure that no voids exist around the anode bag and thal bag and anode lead wire are not damaged. After the backfill is level the top of the anode, an additional 5 to 10 gallons of water shall be poi into the hole to completely saturate the soil. Allow the anode and sc soak for 15 minutes (minimum) before backfilling the remainder of the with native, rock-free soil. The backfill shall be tamped and compact€ 28-inch increments taking care not to damage the anode lead wire. 0 b. c. d. e. d e f. , 2. Wire and Cable. All buried wires shall be installed without splices in a trench w minimum depth of 24 inches. All wires shall terminate in a test box and shall t 18 inches of slack wiled at the attachment point and in the bottom of the test b a. PiDe Lead Wires: One of the pipe lead wires shall be attached to one of a shunt at each anode test station location with a split bolt connec The second lead wire from each pipe shall be left unconnected in the box. Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 199 o e% 0 E* 2/26/97 b. Anode Lead Wire: Each anode lead wire shall terminate in the test box but be left unconnected. A split-bolt connector shall be provided (left in the test box) for Engineer to conned the anades to the shunt during the initial system testing. d Wires: Two (2) bond wires are required acms all non-insulating pipe joints induding mechanical connections such as valves, flanges, couplings, and fittings. A third bond wire from the pipe to the valve or coupling is required at buried valves or couplings. Bond wires shall be as short as possible. (Do not install bond wires on plastic lined DIP without bonding pads.) Test Lead Attachment: Test leads shall be attached to the pipe using the alumino-thermic weld process as shown in the Cathodic Protection Detail Drawings. C. d. 3. wire Trenchina and Backfillinq a. Trenching: All buried lead wires shall be installed without splices in a trench with a minimum depth of 24 inches. Wire Backfillinq: The bottom of the ffinished trench shall be sand or stone-free earth. Lead wire shall be centered in the bottom of the trench, covered and tamped in Wnch layers of stone free earth. Soil compaction shall be as speafied in Section 26 of these special provisions. Do not stretch or kink the conductor. Do not place roots, wood scraps, organic matter, or refuse in the backfill. Plastic Wamina TaDe: Plastic waming tape shall be installed in all wire trenches approximately 12 inches below finished grade. Damaaed Wire: Care shall be taken when installing wire and backfilling the trench so that the insulation is not stretched or kinked and that the conductor is not broken, cut, or bruised. If the wire insulation is damaged during installation, it shall be rejected and replaced completely at the Contractor's expense. All rejected wire shall be removed from the job site at the close of each work day. b. C. d. 4. lnsulatina Flanae Kits a. Flanae Kits: Insulating kits shall be installed as shown on drawings and as recommended by the manufacturer. Moisture, soil, or other foreign matter must be carefully prevented from contacting any portion of the mating surfaces prior to installing insulator gaskets. If moisture, soil, or other foreign matter contacts any portion of these surfaces, the entire joint shall be disassembled, cleaned with a suitable solvent, and dried prior to reassembly. Alianment: Alignment pins shall be used to properly align the flange and gasket. b. 4m rrs 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 200 of 21 1 C. Bolt Tiahteninq: The manufacturer's recommended bolt tighter sequence shall be followed. Bolt insulating sleeves shall be centered wi the insulation washers so that the insulating sleeve is not compressed q damaged. 0 5. lnsulatina Flame External Coatina (Buried Flanaes Onlv) All buried insulating flanges shall be mated with petrolatum tape as follows: a. Primer: Flange surfaces must be deaned of all dirt, dust, and loose NS mill scale by wire brush and by wiping with a dean cloth. The surface s be dry. Apply primer by hand or brush. A thin coating of primer shall applied to all surfaces and worked into all crevices. The primer shall applied generously around bolts, nuts, and in threads, and shall comple cover all exposed surfaces and fill all voids. The primer should overlap pipe coating by a minimum of 3 inches. Wax Taw: The petrolatum wax-tape can be applied immediately a primer application. Short lengths of tape shall be cut and carefully mol( around each individual bolt, nut, and stud-end. After all bolts are cove1 the tape shall be circumferentially wrapped over the flange with sMic tension and pressure to provide continuous adhesion without stretching tape. The tape shall be formed by hand into all voids and spaces. Th shall be no gaps or air spaces under the tape. The tape shall be app with at least a 55% overlap. The wax tape system shall have a minim thickness of 50 mils over smooth surfaces and 100 mils over sh projections such as bolts and nuts. Outer Coverina: The clear plastic outer covering shall be applied by h( such that the material conforms and adheres to the wax tape surfaa Two layers of plastic outer wrapping shall be applied. b. C. d 0 6. At-Grade Test Stations 1 a. Location: At-grade corrosion monitoring test boxes shall be located at side of the road just behind the curb which will be installed as part of proposed street improvements, and opposite the test wire connection PC NOTE: Alternate location of anode required at Sta. 35+63. See drawin b. Native Soil: Native soil shall be accessible inside all test boxes. The boxes shall not be filled with sand, gravel, rocks, concrete, or any 01 foreign material. Plastic risers used to protect the test wires dui construction shall be removed. Concrete Pad: A 24" square by 6 deep concrete pad is required aroi each at-grade test station that is not located in a paved area. cathode/structure shall be made by the alumino-thermic weld method shown in the drawings. C. d. Wire to PiDe Connections. All connections of copper wires to 0 t3 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 201 of 1. rem- tion of Wire and Cable : Use a cutter to prevent deforming Lble ends. Do not deform cable. Clean oily or greasy cable with a rapiddrying solvent which leaves no residue. Remove only enough insulation from the cable to allow the alumintHhermic weld connection to be made. Preparation of Metal: Remove all coating, dirt, grim, and grease from the metal structure at weld locations by wire brushing and/or us8 of suitable safe solvents. Clean the stmcture to a bright, shiny surface free of all serious pits and flaws by using a file. The area of the structure where the attachment is to be made must be absolutely dry. Wire Position: The wire is to be held at a 30 degree angle to the surface when welding. Only one wire shall be attached with each weld. Testina of All ComDleted Welds: As soon as the weld has cooled, the weld shall be tested by the Contractor for strength by striking a sharp blow with a two pound hammer while pulling firmly on the wire. All unsound welds shall be rewelded and retested. All weld slag shall be removed from the weld with a wire brush. Coatina of All ComDleted Welds: Assure that the area to be coated is thoroughly wire brushed, clean, and completely dry. Apply a preformed elastomeric weld cap to all direct buried welds in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Apply a generous bikfminous mastic coating material over the weld (and weld cap) and to all exposed areas. This coating shall overlap the pipe coating a minimum of three inches. Allow sufficient time to dry before backfilling. Plastic Lined DIP: All wire welds made on plastic lined DIP shall be made to bonding pads provided by the pipe manufacturer for that purpose . ii. - iii. iv. V. vi. The following procedures outline the testing of the cathodic protection system. Testing of the installed corrosion protection facilities shall be tested by a Qualified Corrosion Engineer retained by the Contractor who is acceptable to the Engineer. A qualified corrosion engineer is a professional, trained and experienced in pipeline corrosion protection, who is either licensed by the State of California as a professional corrosion engineer or who is certified by NACE as a cathodic protection specialist. 1. Procedure ADDrOVal. The Contractor's Corrosion Engineer shall submit his proposed test procedure to the Engineer at least five (5) working days in advance of the time that each phase of the cathodic protection system testing is scheduled to commence. The Engineer shall witness all tests at his discretion. All test data shall be recorded and a copy shall be submitted to the Engineer within 7 working days of completion of the testing. All testing shall be done under the supervision of a qualified Corrosion Engineer who is retained by the Contractor. All deficiencies found to be due to faulty materials or workmanship shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at his own expense. t$ 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 202 of 21 1 a. Test EauiDment 1. Voltmeter: All potential measurements shall be made with a meter having a minimum input impedance of 100,OOO ohmlv The volt meter used for shunt readings shall have a resolutio plus or minus 0.01 millivolt. 2. Reference Cell: Structure or anode-to-soil potential measuremi shall be made using a saturated copper-copper sulfate refere half cell. 0 b. Construction Testinq 1. Testina of All ComDleted Welds: All welds shall be tested strength by striking it a sharp blow with a two pound hammer v1 pulling firmly on the wire. Perform test just after the wire connec is made. The Engineer shall witness at his discretion. 2. AnodeL ead Wire Continue: The continuity of the anode-to- wire connection shall be tested after the pipe, anode, and test are installed. The potential of the unconnected anode to E versus a copper-copper sulfate half cell shall be measured. Ant ,- with potentials that exceed plus or minus 10% of the publi: open circuit potential of the anode shall be rejected and replaa the Contractor's expense. Anode lead wire-to-anode connec failures require replacement of the complete anode and lead wir Pi= Lead Wire Continuitv: The continuity of each pipe lead connection (alumino-thermic weld) shall be verified after the 1 anodes, and test boxes are installed. A resistance between f pair of cathode test leads of no more than 200% of the comb lead wire resistance, based on published data (ohms per fi mus3 be measured. If this resistance is exceeded, the Contr; must replace one or both of the wires at his own expense. Bond Wire Continuity: All bond wires shall be inspected pric backfilling. Inspection of bond wires does not release Contractor of his responsibility to achieve a low resisk continuous pipeline. Continuity testing after the pipeline is inst will determine if bond wire connections are acceptable. 5. Test Lead Trenchina and Backfill: The depth, trench bc padding, and backfill material shall be inspected by the Engine his discretion prior to backfilling. Non-conformance with the tl specifications shall be corrected by the Contractor at his expen! 6. Insulator Testinq: The Contractor shall test the insulators pri coating and backfilling in the presence of the Engineer. assembled flange shall be tested with an insulator testing df (Le., Gas Electronics model 601 Insulation Checker) specifi designed for this purpose. The testing shall be done by a qua Corrosion Engineer. The installation shall not be consid complete unless the Engineer accepts the testing and agrees the insulator is installed correctly. All disassembly and re-asse necessary to gain acceptance of the Engineer shall be done a Contractor's expense. 3. -- 3, 4. 0 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 203 ( qg C. Cathodic Protection Performance Testinq. The Contractor is responsible for system performance testing. 1. pimtesoil "Native" Potential Survev": Before connecting the anodes to the pipe through the shunt, a pipd-to-soil potential survey using a high impedance voltmeter and a copper/copper sulfate reference cell shall be conducted. These readings shall be referred to as "native" potentials. Two readings shall be taken at each test station as follows. Connect the negative pole of the meter to one of the pipe leads. Connect the pos*We pole of the meter to the copper sulfate reference cell. Place the reference cell in the soil directly in the test station and note potential reading. Place the reference cell in the soil 100 feet away from the test box (a wire reel will be necessary) as dose to the pipe as possible and note potential reading. Record the date, the location, and the results of both readings in volts. 2. Post Cathodic Protection Potential Survey: Conduct an identical pipe-to-soil potential survey to that descn'bed in paragraph D.1. after all anodes have been connected. Record all data as indicated above. 3. Anode Current Survev: Measurements of all anode shunt voltage drops shall be made after the anodes are connected. Shunt readings shall be made in millivolts and shall be recorded to the second decimal place, i.e., to plus or minus 0.01 millivolt. The anode current in milliamps is obtained by multiplying the shunt voltage (in millivolts) by 100 milliamp/millivolt. Continuitv Testinq. Continuity tests shall be conducted by the Contractor under the direct supervision of a Qualified Corrosion Engineer. The Engineer shall submit the pipe resistance calculations and test data. 1. . d. Linear Resistance Techniaue: The tests shall consist of measuring the linear resistance of all pipe sections between two test stations (2 wire minimum). The resistance of the pipe Section is measured by applying a known current through the section and measuring the IR drop. Current can be applied through the pipe using any DC source such as a battery. The IR drop shall be measured at three different current values. Instruments used shall be sufficiently sensitive to measure a resistance equal to plus or minus 5% of the calculated resistance of the pipe section. 2. Acceotance: The continuity of the pipeline shall be considered acceptable if the actual resistance measured as described above is equal to or less than 130% of the calculated pipe section resistance. The calculated resistance shall include cylinder resistance, bond wire resistance, and fringing resistance. If the actual resistance is greater than 130% of the calculated value, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, locate all open or high resistance joints, and make all necessary repairs and retest until this criterion is met. 4- Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 204 of 21 1 's 2/26/97 e. External Coatina at Insulator. The Contractor shall nom the Enginet least five days in advance of coating application to external surface insulating flanges. The Engineer shall inspect the completed flange coi for compliance with these specifications. Compliance with SDecrfi . cations. Any deficiencies or omissions in mate or workmanship found by these tests shall be rectified by the Contract( his expense. Deficiencies shall indude but are not limited to: I functioning anodes; unconnected or broken test or anode leads; impn or unclean wire trench backfill; lack of 18" slack wire on each test la each test box; shorted insulators; failure to notify the Engineer in suffic time to test buried insulators; low metallic pipeline conductance; improperly mounted or located test boxes. 0 f. Payment for the cathodic protection system shall be at the contract lump sum F including supply, installation, and testing of corrosion test stations, anodes, alumino-thermic j kits, weld caps and coating, plastic waming tape, and insulating flange gasket kits. 35. RESILIENT SEATED GATE VALVES - The Contractor shall provide and install resil seat gate valves as tapping valves as shown on the Drawings. Tapping valves shall be wt required in the Blowoff and SCAV Schedules. Gate valves shall be manufactured and tested to the requirement of AWA Standarc 509-87 and C-500-86. Gate valves shall have ductile iron bodies, gates, and bonnets confom to ASTM A-536. Shell thickness of the body and bonnet components shall conform to Tab Section 4.4 AWA C-509 and C-500. So-called "thin-wall" valves shall not be allowed. C shall be fully encapsulated with rubber on all interior and exterior ferrous surfaces. The rut shall be securely bonded to the gate body, including the part which houses the stem nut. stem hole through the gate shall be full opening top to bottom and shall also be covered 1 rubber. The "0"-ring stem seal shall be replaceable with the valve under pressure in the full-o position. All internal and external fehus surfaces of body and bonnet shall be coated with 16 rr fusion bonded epoxy coating conforming to the requirements of AWA Standard for Protec Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants; C-550-90. Manufacturer shall certify that coating will conform to the following sections of the Standard: v * a. Section 2-Materials. b. Section 4-Testing and Inspection. Resilient seated tapping valves shall be furnished with tapping flange having a raised f4 or lip designed to engage the correspondence recess in the tapping sleeve flange in accordai with MSS-SP6O. Tapping valves without the raised face on the tapping flange are not permil since they do not assure the proper alignment required to prevent damage by a misaligned s cutter. The interior of the waterway in the body shall be a full opening and capable of passin full-sized shell cutter equal to the nominal diameter of the valve. Valves shall be rated at 250 psi operating pressure and factory tested at 500 psi. G valves ends shall be TR-Flex or approved equal and shall be capable of restraining without use of bolts or set-screws. Tapping gate valves ends shall be flanged by TR-Flex or appro equal. Gate valves shall be operated with t-handle wrench engaging a 2" nut. Gate valves s be Metroseal with TR-FLEX ends as manufactured by U.S. Pipe or approved equal. 0 4- rrs 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 205 of Badmil around all valves and flanged fittings shall consist entirely of dean alkafized sand. Alkalized sand shall consist of sand to which one half sack of lime per wbic yard has been added and thoroughly mixed. Alkalized sand shall be installed in such manner that after compaction no earth or other backfill will be less than 6 inches from any part off the valve, fitting, flanges, bok, or nuts. The sand shall be compacted as specified above for other backfill. Payment for gate valves as tapping valves for blwoffs or sewage combination air valve assemblies are induded with those items. 36. SAXONY PUMP STATION CONNECTION - Discharge from the Saxony Pump Station shall be connected to the existing 24" force main and to the new 24" force main. The connection shall be made such that the discharge can go to either force mains or both force mains. The connection between the new and existing 24" force mains shall be by 16 inch restrained joint ductile iron pipe with plug valves as shown in the Drawings. The Contractor shall provide insulating couplings where shown on the Drawings to electrically isolate the new pipeline connections from the existing pump station and 24" force main. Two of the insulating couplings shall be sized to fit a 25.8 inch outside diameter pipe. The third insulating coupling shall be sized to fit a 9.05 inch outside diameter pipe. The couplings shall have a follower flange meeting ASTM A576. The sleeve body shall meet ASTM 285. The gaskets and boot shall be Buna-S meeting ASTM D2000. Bolts and nuts shall be 304 stainless steel. The coupling shall have a working pressure of 150 psi and test pressure of 200 psi. The coupling shall have fusion bonded epoxy coating in accordance with AWWA C-550. The minimum dry film thickness shall be 15 mils. The insulating coupling shall be made by Smith Blair Style 41 6 or approved equivalent. The Contractor shall provide, install, and test all of the piping, valves, and appurtenances as shown in Detail 1/12, as otherwise shown and specified, and in accordance with a Contractor developed and submitted Saxony Crossover and Connection Plan (SCCP), which shall be submitted for review and approval by the Engineer. The SCCP shall include a precise plan with method, material, and time schedule details. The SCCP shall include consideration of all existing and new piping, valves, corrosion protection requirements, and appurtenances shown in the Saxony PS Connection Detail a/l2. Installation and/or operation of other existing or temporarily installed blow-offs, valving, or highlines necessary to accomplish the connection work shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for collection of all sewage drained from the Leucadia FM and disposal of that sewage at the Batiquitos PS wet well, or other location approved by the Owner. The work must be completed under the following conditions: 1) The existing 24" Leucadia FM is used to transport up to 6,900 gpm peak sewage pump flow from the Leucadia PS to the Batiquitos PS. Night time flows may be as low as an intermittent 4,100 gpm. The Engineer estimates that the Leucadia PS may be shutdown for no more than 1 hour between 12AM and 5AM. Shutdown shall not be allowed at other times of the day or night, unless othewise allowed by the approved SCCP. The Saxony Pump Station can pump up to 800 gpm of sewage to the existing 24" Leucadia FM. The Engineer estimates that the Saxony PS may be shut down for up to 2 hours between IOAM and 4PM or may be shut down from midnight to 6AM. Shutdown shall not be allowed at other times of the day or night, unless allowed by the approved SCCP. 2) Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 206 of 21 1 -* '* 2/26/97 3) Sewage spills or releases are not allowed. Any regulatory agency fines anc deanup and response costs by the Contractor or responsible agencies resul from sewage spills caused by the Contractor in the course of the work shall Contingency plans, equipment, and personnel necessary to extend the allowi time of a PS shutdown for Saxony PS and Leucadia PS shall be provided by Contractor as part of the work. Contractor provided methods that will considered for approval to accomplish failsafe operation of the Leucadia Saxony Pump Stations may indude: highline by-pass pumping; tank tr disposal; or temporary storage and later off-peak pumping disposal. One possible method to provide a by-pass of sewage in the existing 24" force n would be through the use of line stops or line plugs located upstream downstream of the Saxony Pump Station connection. Line stops may be insei into the forcemain through a tapping saddle and tapping valves to restrict the 1 within the force main. Work on the Saxony Pump Station connection could ther completed between the line stops. If this by-pass method is proposed by Contractor: tapping saddles shall be as specified in Item 30; resilient seated I tapping valves shall be as specified in Item 35; and line stopper equipment and pass line shall be removed after installation and testing of the Saxony Pi Station connection. A polyurethane coated blind flange shall be installed on tapping valve after the removal of the line stop equipment. All by-pass line equipment shall be rated for 150 psi working pressure and 200 psi test pressu Line stop equipment manufacturer and installation shall be International F Technologies, Inc., Hydrostop, or approved equal. * - bome by the Contractor. 4) Payment for the Saxony Pump Station connection, including all piping (temporary permanent), tapping saddles, tapping valves, line stops, and appurtenances and submittal implementation of the approved SCCP shall be made at the contract unit price per lump : installed, including trenching, removal and disposal of unsuitable material, bedding, backfill compaction, and testing. Payment for permanent main line plug valves are listed separate Insulating flanges are a separate Cost item under Item 34. 37. Dewatering to lower and control groundwater levels and hydrosl pressures to permit excavation and construction to be performed properly under dry conditi may be required due to the high groundwater levels in the area and the proximity to Batiqu Lagoon. Dewatering operations shall be adequate to assure the integrity of the finished proje The responsibility for conducting to dewatering operation in a manner which will protect adjac structures and facilities rests solely with the Contractor. The cost of repairing any damagt adjacent structures and restoration of facilities shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Except as noted othewise in this Item, the Contractor shall comply with the Stanc Specifications for Public Works Construction, 1997 Edition. The following shall be submitted to the Engineer: Prior to commencement of excavation, a detailed plan and schedule, with description dewatering of excavations. Demonstration of proposed system and verification that adequate personnel, matei and equipment are readily available. 4 0 DEWATEFUNG. 1. e 2. e 2/26/97 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) Page 207 of 3. Submit a Regional Water Quality Control Board appmved dewatering plan with permit prior to the start of work. Adequate control shall be maintained to ensure that the stabiii of excavated and construded slopes are not adversely affected by water, that emion is controlled and that flooding of excavation or damage to structures do not occur. where critical structures or faaiies exist immediately adjacent to areas of proposed dewatering, reference points shall be established and observed at frequent intervals to detect any settlement which may develop. A daily report shall be maintained. The following shall be recorded: Elevation of groundwater and piezometric water levels in observation wells (fi any). Change in elevation of reference points established with critical structures and facilities. Dewatering shall indude well points, sump pumps, temporary pipelines for water disposal, rock or gravel placement, and other means including standby pumping equipment maintained on the job site continuously. Dewatering shall be performed in compliance with Section 306-3.3 and as specified herein. An adequate system shall be maintained to lower and control the groundwater to permit excavation, construction of structures, placement of piping, and placement of fill materials to be performed under dry conditions. Sufficient dewatering equipment shall be installed to predrain the water-bearing strata below the bottom of foundations, drains, sewers, pipelines, and other excavations. The hydrostatic head in water-bearing strata below foundations, drains, sewers, pipelines, and other excavations shall be reduced to ensure that the water level and piezometric water levels are below the excavation surface at all times. The piezometric water level shall be maintained a minimum of %feet below the excavation surface. The system shall be placed into operation prior to excavation below groundwater level to lower the groundwater level and shall be operated continuously 24 hours a day, 7days per week until drains, sewers, pipelines and structures have been constructed and leak tested and fill materials have been placed and dewatering is no longer required. Dewatering shall at all times be conducted in such a manner as to preserve the undisturbed bearing capacity of the subgrade soils at proposed bottom of excavation. If foundation soils are disturbed or loosened by the upward seepage of water or an uncontrolled flow of water, the affected areas shall be excavated and replaced with drain rock at no additional cost to the City. Floatation of structures and facilities shall be prevented by maintaining a positive and continuous removal of water. If well points or wells are used, they shall be adequately spaced to provide the necessary dewatering and shall be sandpacked and /or other means shall be used to prevent pumping of fine sands or silts from the subsurface. A continual check shall be maintained to ensure hat the subsurface soil is not being removed by the dewatering operation. 1. 2. Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 208 of 21 1 3 '* 2/26/97 Water and debris shall be disposed of in a suitable manner in compliance with Sec 306-3.3 and without damage to adjacent property. No water shall be drained into work buil under construction. Water shall be filtered to remove sand and fine-sked soil partides and furl treated if required by regulatory agenaes before disposal into any drainage system. Necess permits form regulatory agencies, if applicable, shall be obtained by the Contractor for disposs water. The release of groundwater to its original level shall be performed in such mannei prevent disturbance of natural foundation soils, prevent disturbance of compacted backfill t prevent flotation or mement of structures, pipelines, and sewers. Payment for dewatering, including all equipment, permits, and labor shall be made at contract unit price per lump sum installed. 38. SHEETING, SHORING, BRACING. Sheeting, shoring and bracing shall be required trenches greater than five (5) feet in depth. Pursuant to Section 6705 of the State Labor Code, all open excavations greater tha feet in depth shall be constructed with bracing, sheeting, shoring or other equivalent met designed for the protection of life and limb. The trench excavation and support system s comply in all respects with the requirements of Title 8, Article 6, of the construction Safety Orc of the Division of Industrial Safety. The Contractor's attention is directed to the provision: Subarticle 1540 (4), Artide 6 of the California Construction Safety Orders for alternative shoi and sloping system. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to provide the additional strer required to support the sides of the excavation against loads which may exceed those emplo to derive the criteria set forth in the Industrial Safety Orders. Prior to commencing work involving sheeting and bracing, the Contractor shall submi * --i the Engineer design drawings and supporting data as required by the California Divisior Industrial Safety. A. The Contractor shall employ and pay a California registered Civil or Structural Enginef prepare, stamp, and sign design drawings and supporting data, including calculations specifications, for the trench and excavation shoring, bracing, and sheeting sys including all components to be used for the performance of the Work. The Contractor and the Engineer employed by the Contractor shall, if required, submit design drawings and supporting data tu the California Division of Industrial Safety review and shall make such additions and modifications as are required for acceptance The minimum required protection will be that described in the Construction Safety Or( of the Division of Industrial Safety. The Contractor shall solely be responsible for any and all liabilities which may arise f his failure to provide adequate shoring, bracing or sheeting as necessary to support excavation under any or all the conditions of loading which may exist or which may arise du the construction of the project. The use or application of alternative methods and materials, and the employmen proprietary systems under lease or franchise in lieu of that specified herein, may be allowl Demonstration of suitability and compliance with these Specifications and approval of Engineer shall be required. Use new or used materials complying with provisions of the approved shoring, bracing sheeting design drawings. Materials shall be free from defects and damage that might in any impair their protective function. ew '4 2/26/97 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 209 oi B. C. 0 Install sheeting and bracing for trench and structure excavation progressively as the removal of excavated material requires. Butt planks to exclude groundwater and fines, preventing the erosion of voids outside sheeting. In soft, wet ground drive sheeting to a lower level as excavation progresses so that sheeting is embedded in undisturbed earth. Bracing of sheet piling may be permitted to penetrate the structural concrete only as approved by the Engineer. Install wales and struts at dose intervals so as to prevent displacement of the dumunding earth and to maintain safe conditions in the work area. Any damage proven to result from improper installations shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Temporary sheeting for trench and structure excavation may be removed and re-used. Wmdraw individual planks alternately as the backfill is raised, maintaining sufficient sheeting and bracing to protect the work and workmen. Remove bracing completely. Where unstable conditions occur in the underigng strata from any cause, and withdrawal of sheeting will endanger the work, a portion of the sheeting, including bracing, may be left in place with approval of the Engineer. Remove all wood within a zone extending four (4) feet below finished grade. Leaving such material in place shall not be cause for an increase in Contract price. Payment for the sheeting, shoring and bracing for excavation and as required by the California Labor Code, including all equipment, required submittal of structural design, and labor shall be made at the contract unit price per lump sum installed. 39. ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVES. All valves except tapping valves shall be eccentric plug valves (plug valves). Plug valves shall be of the non-lubricated eccentric type with resilient faced plugs and shall be furnished with flanged end connections. A restrained bell and spigot pipeline joint shall be placed within one foot of each flanged end of every plug valve. The bell and spiggot shall be restrained as otherwise required on the plans and in Uhe specifications. Flanged plug valves shall be faced and drilled to the ANSI 1291 50 pound standard. Valve bodies shall be ductile iron ASTM A536 GR 80-60-3. Bodies in 4-inch and larger valves shall be furnished with a l/&inch welded overlay seat of not less than 90% pure nickel. Seat area shall be raised, with raised surface completely covered with weld to ensure that the plug face contacts only nickel. Screwed in seats shall not be acceptable. Plugs shall be ductile iron- ASTM A536 GR 80-60-3. The plug shall have a cylindrical seating surface eccentrically offset from the center of the plug shaft. The interface between the plug face and the body seat, with the plug in the dosed position shall be externally adjustable in the field with the valve in the line under pressure. Plug shall be resilient faced with neoprene or hycar, suitable for use with sewage. Valves shall have sleeve type metal bearings and shall be of sintered, oil impregnated permanently lubricated type 31 6 ASTM A743 Grade CF-8M in W-36 sizes. Valve shaft seals shall be of the multiple Wring type and shall be externally adjustable and replaceable without removing the bonnet or actuator from the valve under pressure. Valves utilizing O-ring seals or non-adjustable packing shall not be acceptable. Valve pressure ratings shall be 225 psi through 24-inch. Each valve shall be given a factory certified hydrostatic and seat test of 225 psi. A field hydrostatic test of 200 psi shall be applied to valve bodies only. Page 210 of 21 1 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) q '* 2/26/97 Four-inch manual valves shall have lever actuators. All vatves 6" and larger shal equipped with gear actuators. AI1 gearing shaU be endosed in a semi-steel housing an( suitable for running in a lubricant with seals provided on all shafts to prevent entry of dirt water into the actuator. The actuator shaft and the quadrant shall be supported on permam lubricated bronze bearings. Actuators shall dearty indicate vatve position and an adjustable shall be provided to set dosing toque and provide seat adjustment to compensate for &ani pressure differential or flow diredion change. All exposed nuts, bolts and washers shall be stainless steel. Valves and gear actuators for buried or submerged service shall have seals on all st and gaskets on the valve and actuator covers to prevent the entry of water. Actuator mour brackets for buried or submerged service shall be totally endosed and shall have gasket se All exposed nuts, bolts, springs, and washers shall be 316 stainless steel. Interior plug valve painting and coating shall be Tnemec Series 139, Devoe Bar-rust 2 or equal. The color shall be topcoat white. Surface preparation shall be to Steel Struct Painting Council (SSPC-SP-IO). The coating shall be applied in accordance with the ax manufacturer's written recommendations including the number of coats necessary to achie required minimum 10 to 12 mils dry film thickness. Exterior plug valve painting and coating shall be three or more coats of Ameron Tnemec 104 High Solids, Engard 480 HS, or equal to a minimum dry film thickness of 20 r Surface preparation shall be to SSPC-SP-10. The coating shall be applied in accordance wit1 coating manufacturer's written instructions. All eccentric plug valves and actuators shall be manufactured by DeZURlK or apprc equal. The 24" and 16" plug valves shall be installed with a side mounted actuator and two operating nut for buried installation. Each valve shall be complete with a valve box and cove per manufacturer's instructions and as shown on the Drawings. Valve stem extensions sha furnished and installed where the distance from the valve nut to the top of the valve box exa 4-10". The stem extension shall Provide an operating nut not more than 48" below the top o valve box. Backfill around all valves and flanged fittings shall consist entirely of clean alkalized si Alkalized sand shall consist of sand to which one half sack of lime permbic yard has been ac and thoroughly mixed. Alkalized sand shall be installed in such manner that after compactio earth or other backfill will be less than 6 inches from any part of the valve, fitting, flanges, bol' nuts. The sand shall be compacted as specified above for other backfill. Payment for the plug valves used at the Saxony Pump Station connection (see Iten 36) shall be at the contract price per each item complete with valve boxes and installatic shown on the Drawings. Payment for plug valves as isolation valves for blowoffs and se\ combination air valve assemblies are included with those items. o l' 0 END OF ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR LEUCADIA PARALLEL 24" FORCE MAIN AND APPURTENANCE REHABILITATION PROJECT 0 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page 2tl ( *% 6* 2/26/97 0 AP P E N D IX 'I A" 1 1 4 9 Noise Contour M e Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) e% b 2/26/97 s.E 3 &jGzi = gs E e- 0 g BE0 g 0,Y ,r Jag =.?a 22 ash .E E sg 2-2 0 sga gd- ziiji 56s 2 .gc.c r" nag 3 6 g3g F H c3l !i@ 4 >a .B O@V 0, n f Ohu &za E ox 3 z on€ C 0 .- .., E i €8 a3 a, =o $6 E+ ;EEEEEg yy-T$ drnrnrnrnrn~ oo+ommo, %%??T9% +omm& 88 G5ddK:iri56 r(UOCU0 1 i 7 '-(vmczm(Drc ******a I I - - L - - I .. I I , I I ---- 1111111011 ~ 4..1 I e- APPENDIX "B" Environmental Permits 1 Summary of Environmental Conditions 2. State Water Resources Control Board Permi - 0 3. California Coastal Commission Permit 4. U. S. Army Corps Permit 5. U. S. Fish 8i Wildlife Section 7 Consultation 6. State Department of Fish & Game Permit 0 Contract No. 321 5 (Re-Bid) -4 E* 2/26/97 SUMMARY OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 0 The following clarifications are made to the environmental permit condition: COASTAL COMMISSION CONDITION: Special condition 4-a prohibits grading activities from October 1-April 1. This mc that the contractor.must accomplish all of his construction grading in 6 months w will start April I and end October I. However, no construction time restrictio placed on other construction activities. U. S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS CONDITION: Special condition 4 allows construction within the Army Corps restricted windo February 15-August 15 provided that the conditions are met: If construction equipment noise levels during the restricted window (February 15-Au 15) within or 300 feet adjacent to occupied Gnatcatcher habitat, exceeds pre-construction noise levels shown on Exhibit 'A" Appendix "A", the contractor utilize smaller equipment, limit the number of equipment operating at the same tirr install temporary sound barriers to reduce the noise levels to the pre-construl - 0 levels. STATE DEPARTMENT OF FISH & GAME CONDITION: The State Department of Fish & Game condition special condition is similar to the 1 Corps Permitt special condition and allows construction within the restr construction window, provided that the contractor take steps to reduce constru equipment noise levels to the pre-construction noise levels identified in the Exhib Appendix "A. All other environmental agency conditions shall remain in full force and effect. e APPen Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) Page *% E* 2126197 3'A1C WAtcn ~~~UUHC.C~ ~unrnuLauAfiu PAUL R BOND- meso 001 Pm P. 0. Box loo sc-9 CUIMRNU %81241oo (916) 657-1146 FAX: (916) 657-2388 0' --;,7-9- ---- ALL--&-. \ __ f .: 2 August 20, 1997 PAT ENTEZARI CITY OF CARLSBAD rc.us 2 5 ;:',"SI 2075 LAS PALMAS DR EN::' # -q*.,:~;.i>-l,~ .-I-. - CARLS- CA 32008 GE?.iSiiTlL ,:; .IT RECEIPT OF YOUR NOTICE OF INTENT The State Water Resources Control Board (State Water Board) has received and processed your NOTICE OF INTENT TO COMPLY WITH THE TERMS OF THE GENERAL PERMIT TO DISCHARGE STORM WATER ASSOCIATED WITH CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY. Accordingly, you are required to comply with the permit requirements. Your WDID identification number is 9 37S307755. Please use this number in any future communications with the Regional Water Quality Control Board regarding this permit. SITE DESCRIPTION Owner: CITY OF CARLSBAD Developer: CITY OF CARLSBAD County: SAN DIEGO City: CARLSBAD Site Address: LA COSTA AVE WIDENING Commencement Sate: 10/20/97 Est. Completion Date: 08/20/98 When construction is complete or ownership has been transferred, dischargers lare required to submit a Notice of Termination (copy enclosed for your future use) to the Regional Water Board that all State and local requirements have been met in accordance with Special Provision No. 7 of the general permit. notify the Regional Water Board that construction activity has been completed you will continue to be invoiced for the annual fee. If you have any questions regarding permit requirements, please call the Regional Water Quality Control Board at (619)467-2952 . If you do not Sincerely, @ Audrey Shimizu Storm Water Unit Appendix B Page 2 of 38 Pm STATE OF CAUFORNIA-WE RESOURCES AGENO - - Lj FORN I A COASTAL COMMISSION MH'.O COAST AREA COASTAL DEVELOPMENT PERMIT NO. 6-93-77 a 3111 CAMNO DEL RIO NORTH, Sum a SAN DIW. CA 9210&172S (619) S21- Page 1 of 4 On Auaust 12. 1993 , the California Coastal Commission granted Standard and Speci a1 Condi ti ons . Description: Phase #2 of a three phase project involving widening of, an improvements to, La Costa Avenue in Carlsbad. The project includes the widening of 9,000 feet of the roadway from twc 1 anes to four 1 anes and accessory improvements (medi an, sidewalk, bike lanes etc.) from El Camino Real to 1-5. Zon i ng Plan Designation os OS (Open Space) Site: La Costa Avenue between El Camino Real and Interstate #5, Carl sbad, San Di ego County. Issued on behalf of the California Coastal Comission by _. PETER DOUGLAS Executive Dl rector and IMPORTANT: THIS PERMIT rs NOT VALID UNLESS AND UNTIL A COPY OF THE PER WITH THE SIGNED ACKNWLEDGEMENT HAS BEEN RETURNED TO THE COMMISSION OFF1 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT The undersigned permittee acknowl receipt of this permit and agree! abide by all terms and condition! thereof. b!U& Date F& e Appendix B Page 3 of 38 COASTAL DEVELOPMENT PERMIT NO. '5-2 Page 2 of 4 ARD COW-% 3 1. Matice of WeiDt . The permit is not valid and development shall %%%%??a copy of the pemit, signed by the permi ttee or authorized agent , acknowledging receipt of the permit and acceptance of the terms and conditions, is returned to the Commission office. 2. Bolt-. years from the date on which the Commission voted on the application. Development shall be pursued in a diligent manner and completed in a reasonable period of time. Application for extension of the permit must be made prior to the expiration date. proposal as set forth below. Any deviation from the approved plans must be reviewed and approved by the staff and may require Cornissfon approva condition will be resolved by the Executive Director or the Commission. I 5. B. The Commission staff shall be allowed to inspect the site I and the development during construction, subject to 24-hour advance noti 6. Assianment. The permit may be assigned to any qualified person, provide assignee files with the Commission an affidavit accepting all terms and I conditions of the permit. Terms and Cond i tions Run with the Land . These terms and conditions shal be perpetual, and it-is the intention of the Commi sslon and the permitte to bind all future owners and possessors of the subject property to the terms and conditions. If development has not commenced, the permit will expire two 3. mlianre. All development must occur in strict compliance with the 4. UterDret-. Any questions of intent or Interpretation of any 7. -CONDITIONS: The permit is subject to the following conditions: 1 e betland Mltiaation Proarm . Prior to the Issuance of the coastal development permit, the applicant shall submit a wetland mitigation plan wh indicates the size, location and method of replacement plantings, as well a the proposed dredge elevations for those remedial measures identjfied in th "La Costa Avenue Year Four Mitigation Monitoring Report". mitigation plan shall meet the 80 per cent container plant survival requi rement i denti f i ed in Army Corp of Engineer and Cal i forni a Department c Fish and Game permits. The mitigation plan shall also assure reseeding in riparian woodland areas, irrigation adjustments, and a weed control prograr The detailed plans shall be subject to the review and written approval of ' The wetland I I I Executive Director in consultation with the State Department of Fish and Gi Appendix 6 Page 4 of 38 the extent of work Is not immediately adjacent to wetland resources Coordination with the District staff of the Coastal Commission shal' be provided, in order to allow for a field inspection after said Sti -. the location of access corridors and staging areas. Access corridors and _, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY LOS ANGELES DISTRICT, CORPS OF ENGINEERS 91 1 WlLSHlRE BLVD LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90017-3401 July 16,1997 OF. Office of the Chief D Regulatory Branch --.I- t’F3 psrc-L: E“ A’td JUL21 1517 Mr. Pat Entezari, P.E. City of Carlsbad Engineering Department 2075 Las Palmas Drive Carlsbad, California 92009-1576 DEF ARTL‘d34T Dear Mr. Entezark Ep&J!, - \ LF” izc Reference is made to your request of April 18,1997 to amend Permit No. 93-20868 which authorized you to realign and widen La Costa Avenue (Phase II) adjacent to Batic Lagoon, in the City of Carlsbad, San Diego County, California. Under the provisions of 33 Code of Federal Regulation 325.6(d), the start date is tc remain the same and the completion date is extended from June 8,1997 to June 8,1998. permit modification is subject to the following special conditions 1. The permittee shall impact no more than 1.5 acres of wetlands (0.2 acre of coastal sa marsh, 0.9 ame of brackish marsh and 0.4 acre of riparian woodland) in and adjacent to Batiquitos Lagoon. The permittee shall fence (with silt barriers) the limits of the constn corridor, to prevent additional wetland impact and spread of silt from the construction into adjacent wetlands. The permittee shall submit to the Corps for approval photopi and final construction plans shbwing the fenced limits at least 20 days prior to initiatin wetland impacts authorized by this NWP. If wetland impacts occur outside of these I5 all work shall ease and the Corps shall be notified immediately. Any wetland impa& occur outside of the fenced limits shall be mitigated at a minimum 3:l ratio. 2. The permittee shall staff a qualified biologist on site during project construction to e compliance with the terms and conditions of Permit No. 93-20868-DZ as changed herei produce reports that document compliance with these requirements. The permittee sh report any violation to the Corps within one day of its occurrence, and submit complia reports on a monthly basis to the Corps. 3. The permittee shall submit to the Corps and USFWS within 60 days of completion ( waters impact authorized by this permit a report that will include as-built construction drawings with an overlay of wetlands that were impacted, photographs of wetlands i~ and a summary of all project activities which documents that authorized impacts were exceeded, and documents compliance with the terms and conditions of Permit No. 93-20868-DZ as changed herein. * 0 Appendix B Page 7 of 38 -2- 4. The permittee shall submit a final implementation schedule to the Corps for approval at least 10 days prior to initiating wetland impacts authorized by this Nl". The final implementation schedule shall indicate when wetland impacts will kp and end. The terms and conditions of Permit No. 93-20868-D2, except as changed herein, remain in full force and effect. Special Condition 1 requires compliance with all aspects of the USFWS "Compliance Opinion on La Costa Avenue Road Widening, Permit Application (93- 868-EW), City of Carlsbad, California (1-6-94-F-15)", dated May 26,1994. Tosatisfy Term and Condition 2 of the Compliance Opinion, the City of Carlsbad may perform a pre-construction noise study and compare it to the noise levels during construction. A noise study proposal shall be developed by the City and submitted to the Corps and USFWS for approval. If noise levels during constmction within or 300 feet adjjcent to occupied gnatcatcher habitat exceed preconstruction noise levels established by the noise study, the City must take actions to reduce the noise levels to pre-construction levels by one of the following methods: a. Direct the contractor to utilize smaller equipment, or hit the amount of construction equipment operating at any one time. b. Install temporary sound barriers, constructed of pIywood backed with sound attenuation material, or other feasible alternatives (e.g. earthen berms) that would be placed between construction activities and areas occupied by the gnatcatcher. The sound barrier shall mure that the decibel level of construction does not exceed pre- construction levels, or 60 decibels, whichever is higher. Please note that a copy of this letter is being forwarded to those agencies on the enclosed list. sincerely, *&q$LL!& 'chard J. Chief, Regula ry Branch Endosure Appendix B Page 8 of 38 c RECE JUL 2 ENGINE DEPARI LOS ANGELES DISTRICT U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS Juri 2 t 1gfl DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY PERMIT Permittee : City of Carlsbad Permit Number: 9 3-8 6 8-EW --.Issuing Office: Los Angeles District Note: The term oy~~n and -its derivatives, as used in this permit the permittee or any future transferee. The term "this office" I the appropriate< district or division office of the Corps of Engir having jurisdiction over the permitted activity or the appropriat official acting under the authority of the commanding officer. You are authorized to perform work in accordance with the terms i conditions specified below. Project Description: the attached drawings. Project Location: The project is located at La Costa Avenue, fr Interstate 5 east to El Camino Real, adjacent to Batiquitos Lago the city of Carlsbad, San Diego County, California. To realign and widen La Costa Avenue as shc 0 Appendix B Page 9 of 38 Permit Conditions General Conditions: 1. The time limit for completing the authorized activity ends on June 8. 199 7. authorized activity, submit your request for a the extension to this office for consideration at least one month before the above date is reached . 2. You must maintain the activity authorized by this permit in good condition and in conformance with the terms and conditions of this permit. You are not relieved of this requirement if you abandon the permitted activity, although you may make a good faith transfer to a third party in compliance with General Condition 4 below. wish to cease to maintain the authorized activity or should you desire abandon it without a good faith transfer, you must obtain a modificati from this permit from this office, which may require restoration of tb area. 3. remains while accomplishing the activity authorized by this permit, yc must immediately notify this office of what you have found. initiate the Federal and state coordination required to determine if t remains warrant a recovery effort or if the site is eligible for listi in the National Register of Historic Places. 4. If you sell the property associated with this permit, you must obt the signature of the new owner in the space provided and forward a coy of the permit to this office to validate the transfer of this authorization. 5. If a conditioned water quality certification has been issued for 1 project, certification as special conditions to this permit. -For your convenience, a copy of the certification is attached if it contains st conditions. 6. You must allow representatives from this office to inspect the authorized activity at any time deemed necessary to ensure that it is being or has been accomplished with the terms and conditions of your permit . Special Conditions: See attached sheet. Further Information: 1. Congressional Authorities: You have been authorized to undertake activity described above pursuant to: If you find that you need more time to complete the Should you If you discover any previously unknown historic or archeological We will you must comply with the conditions specified in the ( ) Section 10 of the Rivers and Harbors Act of 1899 (33 U.S.C. 403). Appendix B Page 10 of 38 - (X) Section 404 of the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. 1344). ( ) o Section 103 of the Marine Protection, Research and Sancti Act of 1972 (33 U.S.C. 1413). 2. Limits of this authorization. a. state, or local authorizations required by law. b. privileges, c, rights of others, d. proposed Federal project . This permit does not obviate the need to obtain other Fedc This permit does not grant any property rights or exclusi7 This permit does not authorize any injury to the property This permit does not authorize interference with any exis. 3. Limits of Federal Liability. In issuing this permit, the Fed Government does not assume any liability for the following: a. Damages to the permitted project or uses thereof as a res other permitted or unpermitted activities or from natural cau b, Damages to the permitted project or uses thereof as a res current or future activities undertaken by or on behalf of th States in the public interest. c. Damages to persons, property, or to other permitted or unpermitted activities or structures caused by the activity authorized by this permit. d. work. e. suspension, or revocation of this permit. I e Design or construction deficiencies associated with the F Damage claims associated with any future modification, 4. Reliance on Applicant's Data: The determination of this off: issuance of this permit is not contrary to the public interest wi in reliance on the information you provided. 5. Reevaluation of Permit Decision. This office may reevaluate decision on this pennit at any time the circumstances warrant, Circumstances that could require a reevaluation include, but are limited to, the following: a. You fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this b. The information provided by you in support of your permi' application proves to have been false, incomplete, or inaccu 0 Appendix B Page 11 of 38 4 above). c. consider in reaching the original public interest decision. significant new information surfaces which this office did no1 Such a reevaluation may result in a determination that it is approprii to use the suspension, modification, and revocation procedures contaii in 33 CFR 325.7 or enforcement procedures such as those contained in * CFR 326.4 and 326.5. The referenced enforcement procedures provide fc the issuance of an administrative order requiring you to comply with ' terms and conditions of your permit and for the initiation of legal action where appropriate. You will be required to pay for any correc' measure ordered by this office, and if you fail to co~nplv with such directive, this office may in certain situations (such as those specil in 33 CFR 209.170) accomplish the corrective measures by contract or otherwise and bill you for the cost. 6. Extensions. General condition 1 establishes a time limit for the completion of the activity authorized by this permit. Unless there ai circumstances requiring either a prompt completion of the authorized activity or a reevaluation of the public interest decision, the corps will normally give you favorable consideration to a request for an extension of this time limit. Your signature below, as permittee, indicates that you accept and agrc to comply with the terms and conditions of this permit. 4/z3/$+ (DATE) This permit becomes effective when the Federal official, designated tc act for the Secretary of the Amy, has signed below. 20 %A- I9W (DATE) - (for the District Engineer) When the structures or work authorized by this permit are still in conditions of this permit will continue to be binding on the new owner of the property. , existence at the time the property is transferred, the terms and To validate the transfer of this permit and the Appendix B Page 12 off 38 -. .associated liabilities associated with compliance with its terms conditions, have the transferee sign and date below. (TRANSFEREE) (DATE) @ , e Appendix B Page 13 of 38 i’ SPECIAL CONDITIONS PERMIT NO. 93-868-EW 1. The permittee shall comply with all aspects of the U.S. Fish a Wildlife Service "Conference Opinion on La Costa Avenue Road Widening, Permit Application (93-868-EW), City of Carlsbad, California (1-6-94-F 15)n dated May 26, 1994. Avenue Remedial Plan for Mitigation Areas" dated February, 1993, prepa by Ogden Environmental for the City of Carlsbad. 2. The permittee shall comply with all aspects of the nLa Costa Appendix B Page 14 of 38 ci - .. 1 c--.~., ..t r*..r. ..._.... 5: r____.__C_ ”- --.-------- Appendix ’ B .-.. - ._, - _.. .__ - - _.. - .__-_....._ *_. -I.. .----.-.- - - ..- . .. -..-. Baae 15 of 38 J DELIBERATELY LEFT BLANK Appendix B Page 16 of 38 ._*. . . .. -_ , . . ... ., ., _. -.- .__a. ___. _...-. . -_ - . ._ . .,,, ^. - . . - --. -..- ._- - - ___. . ..__. .._... _._ ... .. . -I___..___I___._____ ._--.- . .. . __ __._. -.-*-_--._- - .--.---. --. -.-- - Appendix B Page 18 of 38 .. 'I -3, __~ ~~ .. .. 0 4 Appendix B Page 19 of 38 $4 .. * 73-4 . 0 s . 0 - - ---____._ ____ .-. --.- ___ ___ ____,. .: ... .. ,:, "'.', - iU .) 5 % 5 ..-. .._.- .. -7.- _-__.._ ~ ________.- __.--.~--__-_ ~ ._--. . .--.- - / United States Department of the Interior FISH AND WLDLIFE SERVICE ECOLOGICAL SERVICES Carlsbad Field Office 2730 Loker Avenue West Carlsbad, California 92008 J May 26, 199 RECEIVED Colonel Robert VanAntwerp U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Los Angeles District P.O. Box 2711 Los Angeles, CA 90053-2325 Attn: Ms. Elizabeth White, Regulatory Branch Re: Conference Opinion on La Costa Avenue Road Widening, Permit Application (93-868-EW), City of Carlsbad, California District Engineer MAY 3 1 1994 1 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT (1-6-94-F-15) Dear Colonel VanAntwerp: This Conference Opinion responds to your request for fozmal consultation with the Fish and Wildlife Service (Service) pursuant to section 7 of the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (Act). January 31, 1994, and received by us on February 9, 1994. ixcpacts that the permit action associated with the widening of &a Costa Avenuc may have on the coastal California gnatcatcher (polfobti& califoa californica ) (gnatcatcher), a federally listed threatened species. Following the request for consultation on this species, a court decision was rendered vacating the listing of the gnatcatcher as a threatened species undei the Endangered Species Act. As of the date of issuance of this Opinion, the designation of the gnatcatcher remains as Proposed Endangered. has requested a stay of the recent court decision and remains confident this designation shall be temporary. Consequently, this conference has been conducted in accordance with the procedures for formal consultation in 50 CFR I 402.14, as provided in 50 CFR I 402.10 (d). This conference report will be adopted as the Biological Opinion should the coastal California gnatcatcher bc redesignated as threatened, provided that: 1) there is no significant change in the project or any significant new information, and 2) all required mitigation measures, Terms and Conditions and Reasonable Measures are implemented and executed at the prescribed time and place. This Conference-Opinion was prepared using information: Public Notice of permit application (93-868-EW); Army Corps of Engineers (Corps) permit (87-132-CC); La Costa Avenue Remedial Plan for Mitigation Areas, dated February 1993; Initial Environmental Assessment La Costa Avenue Widening Project, Carlsbad, California, dated May 1986; Service correspondence to the Corps dated August 22, -1986 and August 3, 1993; correspondence with the Your request was dated At issue are the The Service contained in the Appendix B Page 22 of 38 Colonel Robert VanAntwerp (1-6-94-F-15) applicant and information obtained during formal consultation between ou staffs; and contained in our files. BIOLOGICAL OPINION It is the opinion of the Service that the proposed project is not likely jeopardize the continued existence of the coastal Calffornia gnatcatcher critical habitat has been designated for this species. Therefore, the proposed action would not adversely modify critical habitat. 0 PESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED ACTION The proposed project is Phase I1 of the realignment and widening of La C Avenue to a four lane major arterial. improvement project was permitted under Corps of Engineers permit numbex 132-CC. Phase I widened the intersection of La Costa Av8nue and El Cami Real to 4 lanes and added a left turn lane, and bicycle and pedsstrian pathways. lane major arterial from Interstate 5 east to the intersection of El Can Real. sections having a 86 to 102 foot right-of-way. landscaped median and crib-style retaining walls along the southern port La Costa Avenue. Wetland impacts for Phase I and Phase 11 total 2.7 acres of weters of th 0.06 acre of disturbed wetlands, and 0.5 acre of willow riparian. Coast sage scrub habitat occurs adjacent to both sides of La Costa Avenue and incur approximately 0.35 acres of impact with project implementation. \ the application for a Department of the Amy permit under section 404 oi Clean Water Act for Phase I1 of the project, the Corps requested the Cit conduct appropriate gnatcatcher surveys to determine the whether this si was present Pn the project area. Surveys were conducted on the ltth, 15 and 18th of November 1993 and revealed 30 pairs of gnatcatchers utilizl habitat within the project rights-of-way. The applicant implemented 6.4 acres of wetland revegetation in August/September 1987 as compensatory mitigation for Phase I and XI wit1 separate areas along the southern portion of Batiquitos Lagoon, north of La Costa Avenue proposed improvements. The February 1993 (Ogden) Remedi Plan for the Mitigation Areas describes the mitigation sites to consist approximately six acres of natural habitat: 5.3 acres of wetland habitai 0.8 acres of coastal sage scrub. The applicant proposes to revegetate i additional 0.32 acres with coastal sage scrub vegetation on cut and fil: slopes along the south side of the roadway. Land uses adjacent to the project consist of residential developments tc east, Interstate 5 to the west, natural habitat to the immediate south I residential development adjacent, and Batiquitos Lagoon to the immediati north. The project 1s more completely described in the initfal EA for 1 project (May 1986) and in the-referenced material. Phase 1 of the La Costa Road Phase 11 of the project proposes to widan La Costa Avenue to The proposed road would have an 80 foot right-of-way, with some The project includes a - United States (0.8 acres of coastal saltmarsh, 1.3 acres of brackish mar e Appendix B Page 23 of 38 s4 Colonel Robert VanAntwerp (1-6-94-F-15) 3 S OF THE PROPOSE3 ACTION ON mL.IJSTED SPECIE Species Account The coastal California gnatcatcher is a recognized subspecies of the Calffornia gnatcatcher (WOD~ - [Brewster)) and is endemic to coastal southern California and northwestern Bajo California, Mexico (American Ornithologists' Union 1983, 1989: 535: Atwood 1980, 1988, 1990, 1991). The coastal race of the black-tailed gnatcatcher (Era, -) has been a Category 2 candidate species since 1982 due to concerns Over local declines of coastal populations of this species. Taxonomic work completed during the late 1980's have indicated that the coastal form of this species ir, in fact a distinct species, E californica (Atwood 1988). The gnatcatcher, a small gray song bird, is an obligate residant of coastal saga scrub dominated plant communities from Los Angela8 County generally south along the coast to the United Statesflexico border (Crinnell and Killer 1944; Garrett and Dunn 1981). The coastal California gnatcatcher (EL Saliforni&, one of three subspecies, was historidly found from Ventura County, California to about 30' N. latitude in Baja California. The southern limit of the California gnatcatcher coincides with the distributional limit of coastal sags scrub. The taxonomy of birds south of 30° N. lrtitude has not been formally adopted. four counties in the United States (Loo Angeles, Orange, Riverside, and San Diego). Bernardino Counties, although both of these counties are within the species' historic range. Coastal sage scrub habitat occurs in patchy or mosaic distributions. distribution and size of these patches of suitable habitat varies throughout the range of the species ahd from year to year. habitat constituents are relatively low-growing, drought-deciduous, and succulent plant species. include coastal sagebrush (Artemisia gallfoe), several species of sage (Salvia spp. ) , California buckwheat (UioeoLlygL fasfculu ), California encelia (Encc'lfa californica), various specias of cactus and cholla (Oountia spp.), and several species of HaooloD amus (Munz 1974; Kirkpatrick and Hutchinson 1980). by Kirkpatrick and Hutchinson (1977), the gnatcatcher apparently routinely occupies only three of these. The gnatcatcher is primarily hsectivorous and defends breeding territories ranging in size from approximately 2 to 40 acres (Atwood 1990). Atwood's comprehensive studfes (1988, 1991) and status.review (1990) further reveal that che breeding season of the species extends from February through July, and apparently peaks in April, although several records exist documenting the extension of the breeding season well into August (A. Kreager, X. Visgirdas, personal communication). Juveniles associate with their parents for several weeks or even months after fledging. Although- considered locally common fewer than 50 years age (Grimell and Miller 1964), Atwood (1990) has concluded that current United States popu- Today, the California gnatcatcher 1s found in only Gnatcatcher populations are not known to be present in Ventura or San The Typical coastal sage scrub Representative plant taxa in this plant community Of the 11 subassociations of coastal sage scrub identified Appendix B Page 24 of 38 '< Colonel Robert VanAntwerp (1-6-94-F-15) lation is almost certainly less than 2,000 pairs. In 1990, Atwood provl estimate of gnatcatcher numbers totalling 1819 to 2262 pairs (Atwood 195 Most recently the maximum population level of gnatcatchers were cvaluatc based on sub-sampling density estimates and remote sensing techniques (P 1992). provides a liberal estimate of 1811 to 2291 pairs of gnatcatchers withii United States. Others have suggested similar numbers of 1645 to 1880 pl a minimum population level (Jones 1991). Because Atwood used liberal mc to derive his maximum population estimate, the Service has suggested th, actual number may be far less than the plaxiwrms estimated by Atwood (Sa: 1991). mile the exact population number of coastal California gnatcatchers rei undetermined, there is little argument that significant declines have o( within the species' range. F'urther, there is strong agreement among ex- that the actual numbers of birds are of secondary concern to the habita regard to long-term ecological management of this species (Atwood 1990, Salata 1991; Merkel et al. 1993). Habitat loss through destruction, degradation, fragmentation, and modif is believed to be the principal reasons for the decline of the gnatcatc' (Atwood 1990, 1992; Salata 1991). Additional factors include nest depr and brood parasitism by the non-native brown-headed cowbird (l5olothruS. It has been estimated that as much as 90 percent of coastal sage scrub vegetation has been lost as a result of development and land comarsion (Westman 1981, 1987; Barbour and Major 1977), leaving coastal sage scru one of the most depleted habitat types in the United States (Kirkpatric Hutchinson 1977; Axelrod 1978; Klopatek et 01. 1979; Westman 1987; O'Le 1990). . c This investigation, while lacking detailed field verification, v a The coastal California gnatcatcher was federally-listed as threatened o 25, 1993, throughout its historic range in southern California and in northwestern Baja California, Mexico. The court ruling vacating the li occurred Kay 2, 1994. The gnatcatcher is threatened by habitat loss an fragmentation occurring in conjunction with urban and agricultural deve (58 FR 16742, 1993). Two pairs of gnatcatchers were detected foraging in the CSS habitat SOL La Costa Avenue. One pair was detected near the intersection of La Cor Avenue and Piraeus Street. This pair was observed foraging mainly in i drainage swale parallel to the east edge of Piraeus Street, but occasic was observed foraging on remnant CSS habitat to the west, between Pirac Street and the freeway off-ramp. The second pair was observed foraging coastal sage scrub habitat at the mouth of the large drainage swale mic between Piraeus Street and Saxony Road, near a large stand of eucalypn Historical documentation of gnatcatcher occurrence exists for habitat immediately east of Saxony Road, but none were currently detected. No gnatcatchers were observed in the habitat south of La Costa Avenue whic .be directly impacted, however, it is considered likely that the gnatca< detected to the west of this location may occasionally utilize the are, foraging habitat. 0 Appendix B Page 25 of 38 *, Colonel Robert VanAntwerp (1-6-94-F-15) For riferences that contain thorough accounts of the ptcatcher and its coastal sage scrub habitat, please see the section entitled 'References and Literature Cited' at the conclusion of this document. Analysis of Impacts The proposed project will result in the direct losr of 2.7 acres of wetland habitat and 0.35 acres of coastal sage scrub. Thc Coastal sage Scrub (CSS) habitat onsite is contiguous with larger, undeveloped natural habitat, including CSS and southern maritime chaparral. While it is unlikely that direct taka in the form of mortality will occur as ( result of the development of this project, the cumulative losses of habitat associated with development of coastal resources are incrementally detrimenta to coastal California gnatcatchers. Connectivity between natural habitats an1 associated species surrounding Batiquitoo Lagoon with natural habitat areas tc the south will be compromised as well. Ogdan concludes in a letter to the City of Carlsbad, dated Jonurry 4, 1994, that no additional noise impacts will be incurred to the resident gnatcatcher: by the proposed widening of Lp Costa Avenue. However, the Service remains concerned about the potential for indirect effect resulting from increased levels or duration of noise. To date, few studies hove been conducted which fully evaluate the affect of noise on passerine species, and PO su&, the extent of such impacts remain difficult to quantilfp. Ogden's report (1993) evaluating the mitigation sites for successful establishment of wetland and upland vegetation as compensation for project related impacts concluded the majority of the sites did not meet astablished criteria. Inundation of the sites, failure of the irrigation system, and delays in implementing rwkdial planting, were felt to contribute to low plan suTviva1, low germination rates, and increased rates of exotic plmt establishment. mitigation areas were not initiated until July 1993 and included a combinatioi of supplemental container planting, seeding, and more intensive wemd removal by the maintenance contractor. In a letter dated March 30, 1994 to tha Corps Ogden concludes the effect from the Remedial Plan on the mitigation areas hzs been positive and the majority of the mitigation areas (i.e., primarily the salt marsh areas) are now well astablished. report is scheduled for September 1994, at which time determination will be made as to whether the sites meet the previously determined succeso criteria. The Service finds the proposed project described above will not jeopardize th continued existence of the species. The Service bases this conclusion on the following reasons: 1) The proponent would take measures to reduce the impact on coastal sage scrub and California gnatcatchers by restoring and preserving areas temporarily impacted by construction activities; 2) the probability of mortality resulting from construction activities is lessened by conducting work outside of the breeding season. Remedial measures to improve the condition of specified A fifth and final monitoring Appendix B Page 26 of 38 -- Colonel Robert VanAntwerp (1-6-94-F-15) v e Cumulative effects are those impacts of future non-Federal (State, local government, or private) activities on endangered or threatened species a critical habitat that are reasonably certain to occur during the course Federal activity subject to consultation. Future Federal actions are su to the consultation requirements established in section 7. of the Act and therefore, are not considered cumulative in the proposed project. Actions that are reasonably certain to occur which will adversely affect gnatcatcher include development of privately owned lands adjadent to coa sage scrub habitat that consist of either occupied habitat or potentiall suitable habitat for future occupation. Essentially all of the future i in the action area is already committed through local planning processer Lights, noise, domestic pets, increased disturbances, probable increase cowbird numbers and loss of habitat buffers and foraging habitat will oc throughout the range of the gnatcatcher. Additionally, since tho krch 1993 listing of the coastal California gnatcatcher, the Service has doc1 several unauthorized activities resulting in the destruction of occupiec gnatcatcher habitat. - Section 9 of the Act prohibits the tab of listed species without speci, exemption. Taking is defined as harassing, harming, pursuing, hunting, shooting, wounding, killing, trapping, capturing, collecting, or ottempq engage in any such conduct. Ham is further defined to include signific habitat modification or degradation that results in death or injury to ' species by significantly impairing essential behavior patterns, includii breeding, feeding, or shelterfng. Under the terms of section 7(b)(4) a1 7(0)(2) of the Act, taking that is incidental to and not intended as pa the agency action is not considered to be prohibited taking under the A provided that such taking is in compliance with this Incidental Take statement. The terms and conditions described below are nondiscretiona must be undertaken by the agency or ma& a binding condition of any gra pennit, as appropriate. The Service anticipates that as many as two pair (four individuals) of California gnatcatchers may be taken as a result of this proposed actio take may be in the form of harassment or harm through loss of habitat f breeding, foraging, and sheltering. Approximately 0.35 acres will be s to destruction from construction of the La Costa Avenue road widening F If, during the course of the action, *e amount or extent of the incide take limit is reached, the Corps shall immediately notify the Service i writing. If the incidental take limit is exceeded, the Corps must Smme cease the activity resulting in the take, and reinitiate consultation h Service immediately to avoid further violation of section 9 of the Act. Operations must be stopped in the interim period between the initiatioi completion of the new consultation if it is determined that the impact additional taking will cause an irreversible and adverse impact on the species, as required by 50 CFR 402.14(5). The Corps should provide an v 0 0 Appendix B Page 27 of 38 q Colonel Robert VanAntverp (1-6-94-F-15) explanation of the causes of the taking. Reasonable and Prudent Maasurea The Service balieves that the following Reasonable and Prudent Measures are necessary and appropriate to minimize incidental take. 1. J The indirect impacts of construction on gnatcatchers shall be minimized and direct impacts shall be offset through the revegetation of all cut- and fill- slopes with native hydroseed mixes and container plantings containing coastal sage scrub species endemic to the project area. 2. Minimize to the extent possible, the killing, harming, or harassing of gnatcatchers and reazoval of coastal sage scrub habitat in conjunction with construction or other site development activities. Monitor and maintain the coastal sage scrub mitigation areas for the long term preservation of the coastal California gnatcatcher. 3. Terms and Condition8 In order to be exempt from the prohibitions of section 9 of the Act, [the agency] is responsible for compliance with the following terms and conditions which implement the reasonable and padent measures described above. These Terms and Conditions are as follows: 1. - Any manufactured slopas along the south side of La Costa Rood shall be hydroseede'd and planted with a container mix of native vegetation. The seed mix and container plants must be acquired from a reliable nursery specializing in the collection and propagation of native plants and mads. originate from San Diego County and consist of native species endemic to tho immediate vicinity of the La Costa Road widening project. The final revegetation composition and quantities shall be approved by the Service prior to application. planting shall occur during the winter rainy season to maximize seedling astablishment . The Corps shall ansure that removal of the 0.35 acres of coastal sage scrub habitat shall be either 1) conducted only outside the breeding season of the gnatcatcher; all construction work within or 300 feet adjacent to occupied gnatcatcher habitat shall be performed from August 15 to February 15; or 2) a survey shall be conducted by a biologist permitted by the Service prior to and during the breeding season to ensure that gnatcatchers are not breeding within or adjacent to the zone of construction. Should gnatcatchers be detected, the Corps or its agents must cease the The seed and container plant source must Hydroseeding and 2. Appendix B Page 28 of 38 fir *- Colonel Robert VanAntwerp (1-6-94-F-15) [construction] activity and reinitiate consultation with the Service immediately. The Corps shall ensure that prior to the commencement of grading, the limits of grading will be flagged under the supervision of a qualified biological monitor. The Corps shall ensure that a coastal sage scrub revegetation plan is prepared and implemented for the 0.35 acre mitigation site. maintenance and monitoring plan shall be prepared and funded by the applicant and approved by the Service within 6 months of the date of the finalization of this Biological Opinion to ensure long-term viability of the mitigation sites. This plan shall address the 0.35 acre mitigation site. The previously implemented revegetation plan for the 1.0 acre site north of La Costa Road shall be incorporated into this plan. The plan shall include specific information regarding: 1) site preparation; 3) plant species to be used in revegetation; 4) planting schedule and methods; 5) irrigation plan; 7) perfonnanca criteria and remedial measures; methods; and 9) annual reports. 0- 3. 4. A 2) planting plan; 6) maintenance criteria including weed abatement measures; 8) monitoring Disposition of Sick, Injured, or Dead Speclmenn The Service's Carlsbad Office is to be notified within three working dq should any threatened species be found dead or injured during this proje Notification must include the date, time, and location of the carcass, a other pertinent informatiqn. Dead animals may be marked in an appropris manner, photographed, and left on-site. Injured animals should be trans to a qualified veterinarian. Should any treated animals survive, the Se should be cohtacted regarding the final disposition of the animals. The Service contact person is Ann Kreager and may be contacted at the letter address or at (619) 431-9440. CONSERVATION RECOMMENDATIONS Section 7(a)(l) of the Act directs Federal agencies to utilize their authorities to further the purposes of the Act by carrying out conservat programs for the benefit of endangered and threatened species. The tern conservation recommendations has been defined as Service suggestions rei discretionary agency activities to minimize or avoid adverse effects of proposed action on listed species or critical habitat or regarding the development of information. The recommendations provided here relate 01 the proposed action and do not necessarily represent complete fulfillmei the agency's 7(a)(l) responsibility for these species. 1. The Corps should participate in Natural Community Conservation P1; and/or other regional planning aimed at the conservation of plant ---- 0 e animal diversity. Appendix B Page 29 of 38 f' fl Colonel Robert VanAnnjerp (1-6-94-F-15) In order for the Service to be kept informed of actions that either minimize or avoid adverse effects or that benefit listed species or their habitats, th Service requests notification of the implementation of any conservation recommendations. - This concludes formal conference on the La Costa Boa4 Widening project. was indicated previously, this Conference Report may be adopted as a Biological Opinion upon listing of the coastal alifornf8 gnatcatcher as endangered or threatenod. required if the action is significantly modified in a manner not discussed above, if new information becomes available on listed species or impacts to listed species, or if the incidental take limit is exceeded. appreciate notification of your final decision con thio matter. or comments should be directed to Ann meager of my staff at (619) 431-9440. As Reinitiation of formal consultation would be We would Any questions Sincerely, &(9&& 6 &j Gail Kobetich Field Supervisor cc: CDFG (Attn: Mr. Bill Tippets) City of Corlsbad (At-: Mr. Pat Entezarrf) Ogden (Attn: Mr. James Prine) Appendix B Page 30 of 38 fl -: / Colonel Robert VanAntwerp (1-6-94-F-15) References Cfted American Ornithologists' Union. 1983. Checklist of North American Biri Sixth Edition. American Ornithologists' Union. Printed by Allen Press, Lavrance, Kansas. 877 pages. 0 American Ornithologists' Union. 1989. Thirty-seventh Supplement to thl American Ornithologists' Union Checklist of North American Birds. Auk 106(3):532-538. Atwood, J. 1980. The United States Distribution of the California Blal tailed Gnatcatcher. Western Birds 11:65-78. Atwood, J. 1988. Speciation and geographic variation in black-tailed gnatcatchers. Ornithological Monographs No. 42. American Ornithologists' Union, Washington, D.C. Atwood, J. 1990. Status review of the California gnatcatcher (pollom californica) . Hanomet Bird Observatory, Manomet, Massachusetts. Atwood, J. 1991. Subspecies limits and geographic patterns of morphological variation in California gnatcatchers (uo~ti14 califom). Sciences 90 (3) 118-133. Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Axelrod, D. 1978. The Origin of Coastal Sage Vegetation, Uta and Baj California. American Journal of Botany 65 (10): 1117-1131. ...+" 0 Barbour, H. and J. Major 1977. Terrestrial Vegatation of California. Wiley and Sons, New York. distribution. Garrett, K. and J. Dunn. 1981. Birds of southern California: status a Los Angeles Audubon Society; 608pp. Grinnell, J. and A. Miller 1944. The Distribution of the Birds of California. Pacific Coast Avifauna 27. Jones, H.L. 1991. A rangewide assessment of the California Gnatcatche (m earifornica). Association of Southern California, Santa Ana. Prepared for Buildfng and Industry Kirkpatrick, J. and C. Hutchinson. 1977. The Community Composition of California coastal sage scrub. Vegetation 35: 21-33. Klopatek, J., 8. Olson, C. Emerson, and J. Jones. 1979. Land Use Conf with Natural Vegetation in the United States. Conservation: 6: 191-199. Environmental Merkel, K.W., D.A. Mayer, U.D. Padley, and J.E. Harris. 1993. Califor gnatcatcher impact evaluation and mitigation for linear utilities construction and maintenance: A position paper based on conclusions of the Impact Evaluation Criteria Workshop for the Appendix B Page 31 of 38 0 AL , Colonel Robert VanAntwerp (1-6- 94-F-15) California Gnatcatcher, San Diego, Califoda (19 June 1992). sponsored by the Sari Diego County Water Authority and Metropolitan Water District of Southern California. Munz, P.A. 1974. A Flora of Southern Cdiforda. University of California Press, Berkeley. Ogden Environmental and Energy Services. 1993. La Costa Avenue Remedial P1; for Mitigation Areas. Prepared for City of Carlsbad. February. O'Leary, J. 1990. Californian Coastal Sage Scrub: Generd Characteristics and Considerations for Biological Conservation. Pages 24-41. in "Endangered Plant Communities of Southern California", A. Schoenhtrr (ad.). Southern California Botanists Special Publication Number 3. Salata, I.. 1991. A status review of the California Gnatcatcher. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Southern California Field Station. March 1991. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. 1993. Federal Register 58(59):16742 WESTEC Services. 1986. Initial Environmental Assessment La Costa Avenue Widening Project. Carlsbad, California. Prepared for City of Carlsbad. Westxmn, W. 1981a. Diversity Relations and Succession in California Coastal Sage Scrub. Ecology 62: 170-181. Westman, W. 1981b. Factors influencing the distribution of species of California Coastal Sage Scrub. Ecology 62: 439-455. Westman, U. 1987. Implications of Ecological Theory for Rare Plant Conservation in Coastal Sage Scrb. "Proceedings of the Conference on Conservation and Management of Rare and Endangered Plants", T. Elias (ed.); California Nat€ve Plant Society, Sacramento. Pages 133-1490 in Appendix 6 Page 32 sf 38 55 0 July 22,1997 jCIl 3 0 1327 ’ EfiG!N&R&G DL- “LQ t?t,d @qT Mr. Greg Wall DEPARTMENT OF FISH AND GAME Environmental Services Division 530 E. Montedto Street, Room 104 Santa Barbara, CA 93103 LA COSTA AVENUE WIDENING - PROJECT NO. 3219 (PERMIT NO. 529093) Dear Mr. Wall: As I discussed with you, in order to efiminate duplication of efforts the State Department 01 and Game will accept the U.S. Fish & Wildlife’s condition for noise mitigation if constn occurs during the restricted window of March 15 to July 15 as follows. Condition 18 of the Fish & Game Permit is hereby modified to allow construction acti between March 15 to July 15. The following mitigation measures shall be taken to reduc noise impact on occupied Gnatcatcher habitat during this period. 1. The City of Catisbad may perform a pre-construction noise study and compare it I noise levels during construction, March 15 to July 15. If noise levels during constn within 300 feet adjacent to occupied Gnatcatcher habitat exceeds preconstruction levels, the City must take actions to reduce the noise levels to pre-construction levi one of the following methods: Direct the contractor to utilize smaller equipment, install additional muffle limit the amount of construction equipment operating at any one time. = Install temporary sound bamers, constructed of plywood backed with ! attenuation material, or other feasible alternatives (e.g., earthen berm would be placed between construction activities and areas occupied k Gnatcatcher. Please iiidiczte you; approval of ~91sn.g~ to Smditicn :8 Sy signing the bottom of this pq pn&p returning one y to t C’ of Carlsbad, 2075 Las Palmas Drive, Carlsbad, CA E v 0 PAT EN R1 .E. Associate Engi er PE:jb APPROVED 6’ r b~?- ct- 0 NAME fi - DATE T.a.:i-, a Appendix B Page 33 of 38 2075 Las Palmas Dr. Carlsbad, CA 92009-1 576 (61 9) 438-11 61 - FAX (61 9) 43 -- - - __ - - - --* ------- -- 330 Golden Shore, Suite SO Long Beach, California 90802 (562) 590-5880 REQUEST TO EXTEND STREAM/- ALTWATION AGREEMENT Pursuant to Section 1600 et seq., I, as Operator (or representative thereof) request the Department of Fish and Game exte ithin or adjacen Count 3 L1 \! \%W - Original Termination Date: Number of extensions specified in Agreement: Project Description: b pMg/2 EL C,AM//\/O -m c l~/NC #?y&E. - Specific portions of project construction which will not be/were not completed by date specified in agreement: - 7 - Reasons project will not be/was not completed by date specified in agreement (include status of mitigation) : XCA m// GA;I/o(r/ -@$% e!& PLkG/rn //I/ I994 I New termination date requested: 5 uL> 1 J \. @? q,% I agree to abide by all tcrme and conditions of abovc-e(pecified AgreaQa!t and undersi that additional tenns and red by the DepartlPcrrt zf conditions affecting wildlife SIGrLXrn!: DATE: PLEASE PRWT NAME: * ADDRESS : I- rARLSdtk4) CAf PHONE NUMBER: q3;5-1/6//(@8:&E ENCLOSED: #/ 094 60 (Requests submitted riPchrrut fee rill be returned to 8 (Please remember to enclose copy of original agreement) FOR OFFICE USE ONLY EXTENSION: APPROVED BY 61- / // NEW AGREEMENT EXPIRATION DATE (A copy of this extension fonn must be kept on site, with the original agreement, during all periods of work) w_ .--e ._ - -, .._--. .. :. .. L .-.,-.-. -.-- . - r. q-rn 7 iy? CALIFORNIA DEF'm OF FISH ANI3 W 330 (4Sidsn Shore, Suite 50 Long Eeach, California 90802 J I_ ,I' :: .. :.?.;,,L>: , - l.. . , :- -:'? -: _- - .,^ ,. .--.- _. - fiat1 ficetion ~0.5-290-93 .I---- Fsqe 2 of 4 AGREEMENT REGARDING PROPOSED 8TREAH OB LAKE ALTEIzATlON TAIS AGRE.EP!ENT, entered into between the State of California, Department of i;~sh an,j G3me, hereinafter called the Department, and Fst Entezari . of 'Zitx Ca1:fcmij , hereinafter called the Gperator, is 3s fcllovs: of fer!sbd: 2075 La$ Palmas Dr . mrlsbad. CA x?oes: (616~3a-1i61 I state of WHEEZ~G,pwsuant to Section 1600 of California Fzsh and Game Code, ti= Operator, on the 2nd day of June , 1993, notified the bpartrnent t*mc they intend to divert or obstruct the natural flow of, or change the 'bed, chennei , or bank of, c'r use material from the strtarnbed(s) of, the following vatcrcz): BEtiauites Lauoon , 8an Diego County, Caiifornia, Section 34.35 Tovnship 3 Bange 461. GjHEfiEA3, the Department (represented by Terri Dickerson 1x1s made an inapeti cf subject area on.the 21tt day of Awil , a, and) has determined that such operations may substantially adversely affect existing fish and vzldlife remurce5 including: sonubir CIS. waterfoul. and all auustic reSomceS 3rlCj. 0 viiciliis in the area. - .-/ TIiEREFOliE, ti'= Eepartment hereby propose3 measures to protect fish and vildlife resources during the Operator's work. The Operator hereby agrees to acc.opt the following rnaesuret/coditions at part of the proposed work. If the Operator's work changes: frm that, stated it2 the notificstion speclfle .3\:0ve, thi5 kgreemant. is no ionger vaiid arid P r-ev rlotiflc.atlort shall be 51.db1ul~t.ed to the bemrtrnent. of Fish and Game. provisions. of t.n:s Agresment, and with ot.1-m- gcrt.it-ient code 3ecti0n5, includinc but. nut limited t.o Fish and Game Code Sections 5650; 5652, 5337, and 594&, us1 res 1-1 1 t i n proe.ecut i on . Faiirre to comply with the Nothing in thi E. Agreement author1se.s the Operator tu creTpa5e cv-1 any land m probxrt.y, nor dnes it relieve the Ope:-.stcr of responsibility for comijlisz-ce viCh applicable federal, ztate, or local laws OI-. ordinances. A oonsummated . Agreement does not c0nstitut.s Depar-tntent. of Flsh and Game endorsemerit of' t.he propmed operation, or asswe the rlepar-tmcnt ' 3 coti.;urretice with permits required from other agencies. T)-ii s AtJresUtent &comes effective the .h+,.; of &tx:-tmtnt ' c .Sicn?tijrc and I-amsin In effect. fGr t.hst t.ims 1-14r.e~~,31--~ to s,3+.13f\r the t~r~~:,:cnditi,:~ns !2f r,hj =' rigreement., * t.c?-miuatcs July I, 1994 f CI~ Dro.je!:t. c.o:lst~yicr. ir~r1 0:7 1 \'. This ,+~;--acm~r~t. 31-13 1 i 0 Appendix B Page 35 of 38 - -, .y3'3t 2 or & STEEA~EZ ALTERLITION CONPITIONS FOR NOTIFfCATII2N NUMBE?: T-290-93 1. :-..i.t~lvpd by this Pgremcnt. clgerst.o!- is precluded from doing other activities at. the site. Hovev~r, zctivic~es IICt. epeclfically agreed to and resolved by this Agreement shali -be subject :,c. sey-rate notification per Fish and C3mt Code Sections 1600 et seq. .z. Clty of Carlsktad, impacting 1.5 acres of stream. 3. The 3gr-d work includes uccivitits associated with No. 2 above. The prtjecf area IS located in Batiquitos Lagoon in 8an Diego County. Specific vorl.; areas anti mi t,ipation mtasur3% are described on/in the plans and documents submitted by the Operator and shall be implemented as proposed unless directed differently by thiz agreement. ' 4. The Operator shall request an cxtbpsion of thie agreement prior to its termination. Extensions may be want+ for up to 12 months from thd date of termination of the agreement and are subject to Departmental approval. extension request and fats shall be submitted to the Dtpsrtment's liegiori 5 Qffice i the above address. If the Operacor fail3 to request the extension prior to the jgreement'f termination thsr: the Operator shall submit a new notificacion with fst and required information to the Department. expix-4 agreement is a violation of Fish and @ame Code Boction 1600 et. seq. The Operator may request up to a maximum of -L-extension of this agreement. 5. This agreement is for Phase I1 only. "he Optrator shall not impact. more t.han 1 a,:res of stream. The Operator impached 1.2 acrtts of stream for Phase I uncler 8tresruked Alteration Agreement 5-189-86 and 5-190-66. The Operator instalid m:cigatron in six sites for Pip8es 1 and 11 in 19%' with the crea%ion of 4.7 acres of marsh bbitat, 1.7 acres of riparian habitat and also approximately 1 acre of coasts1 sag- scrub glantings between the lagoon and Ls Costa Avenue. Tire 5;tes t-:a had four years of monitoring. E?. Ti Ctperstur shall implement. tk "La Costa Avenue Remedial Pian for Mitiya+,ron Areas", dated February 1993, by Ogdst-t. This includes exotic species removal buth ith hi:-^ and nearby the rnibigation sites, hem renicvsl 'I and riev plant installatlons snd hydroseeding. 7. after the remedial plan recommendation8 have Gcen carried out. Tlmse area3 vhil=!-: have not. achieved a minimum of 80% survival the first, year (and 100% thereafter/ f the new plant.ings, or have not. attained 90% coverage with natives, or nave riot. f1sd tiw rxc>=,tics effectively removed, shall k monitored and ruaincained for an addl t icr-1 3 years. Maintenance and monitoring may terminate garlicr if all t.he SUCCC~S t:ritstria 'have hen met, subject t.0 litwri,mciit review and approval. 6. If the survival and cwer requirements have not. ken met, the Operator is resp2nsibl.e for replacament planting tu schisve ~hese requirements. Eeplacement ylststjs e'hall be martitored with the same survival and growth requirements for 3 ye.: a f t.er plant 1 ng . T~T f,~ll~ving provisions constitute t.hc limit of sctivit.ics egred t:~ b!id The signing of this kw=ment. &es not. imply t.hat. t.rie T'ns Gperator proposer to alter the streambed $0 widen La Ccdta Avenue 'in the The Any activities conducted w~der- an The Cpwator shall monitor and maintain the site3 a minimum of one more year Appendix B Page 36 of 38 - yege 2 5f A STIZDMEECI ALTEMTION CC"ITION8 FOR NOTIFICATION NYJME.ER: 5-29n-gZ 5. An annual report ahall bb Submitted to the Department by Jan. P of each ye2 spcies. The number by species Of plants replaceci, an overview cjf tne revegetat effort.,' and the rnrthod used to assess these paraheters shall also be ~ncluded. Pimcoc from designated photo $tations shall be inciuded. 10. No rip rap shall be placed in the stream. i I. The Department sbrongly recommends the Operato?- landscape the median st.r ig w1ti-i & native species, - tbe mi? of nat,Ive sfxcics and exotic species dsecr in the documents submi tteu . 12. Disturbance or removal of veget.aticr-1 Bhall not, exceed the liaiits apgroveii t8hc Dctpar%ment. The disturted portions of any stream channel viChin th high I, mark of the gmem shall .ke rsstored to Ckir original condition under t.ht dire of tJw Da-rtment.. exgozed ereas wikh vsgstat.ion native to t,be area. 13. Equioment. &all not. be operated in vtt3ted area= i inciuding but. not. linit~c pantjed, flowing, or ws%iand arc3s). 14. Prepzirat.irs.n shall be made so Chat. rtnoff from steep, erojibie surfaces vi1 divsrtrd int.o stable Bras with lit,t.le CrOSlOn pcrt.tnt,ial. Frequent water check e shell ke placed on dirt. roads, cat. t.recks, or okhr work trzils to ccmt,ra1 era: 15. Wacer c:c+ntaining mud, silt or other gai!utent,s from aggregate wschrny cy c ac.t.ivit.ies shall nut be allowsd to enter a lake or flowing st.raam 12r placed in 1LxatiO:is t.hait, may be subjecbsd t.0 high storm flow.. 16. Structru-es and associated materials not designed to vi thstand high sesoc.ne fiows si-mi1 be removed t5 artas above the high water mark tef~ce mch ficws occ 17. The px-imsttr of the vork 3ite Shall be adequately flagged to prevent. dam adjacent riparian habitat. c ,hit. repx-r, ahail inciude the survival, % cover, and height ~f 'mth Lrre sncj sk .. Eest.oration shall include the revegcbacion of st.ripp& or - ! ~ . . --I ?.* I e. .The Opr.ako&hai 1 'noTr+bGe/ _^-id.- ..- impact vegetation within . .. _.. the' - .~ _. seread' - < ~ &.L .i. *. from -. . hi tcr-.J;ly tS a to avqid-impactr .tqGEe3ting birds. . _L 7 . 19. %aging/storage &rea3 for equiptent aiid materials shall be iccated oucslde t fie s trearii/ iake . 20. Access to the vorksite shall be via e:ti8tiny rosdr and access ramps.. 21. Spoil rites %hall not Lw lo,:ateii within 3 streamilskt, where spii s!-a11 t washed back i:-lto a 3brcam/lake, or wnere it vi i I covcr aquatic or riwr-ian vegecat, i on. LL. The Oserstor dlrsll comply with ail !IG~.W ard 1:cilut.ioti laws, ,411 contrac wk:cmtractor~ and empioyees shall niso c!ky these !ma and its ahall be t.1-e c ._ ,. .-..I I - -..~.Y-"..---9-~- .. II .1 0 resLwreibi lity or' the operatm to enzu-e compl i,at-;se. Appendix B Page 37 of 38 P3;rt 4 Gf s STEt'hmEp ALTERATION CWITIGNS FOE. NCITIFICATIc7N NU!'fED: 23. Raw cement/concrete or washings thereof, aspbait, pa:nt 3r other coating mat.eriai, oil or ot.her petroleum products, or erny other subst.ance?s which coulci bo h.sz3rdous to aquatic life, resulting from project, related activities, shall ~ji. - ztreverit.ed from contaminating the coil and/or entering the water3 of the s~~cs.. c,f these materials, plnc.ed within or where they may enter a stream or lake, by Cq;erat.or. OZ- any part,y working under con%rwt, or with the permission c~i the Operator, skd 1 he removed immediately. 24. No triebri3, aoil, silt,, sund, bark, slash, .sawdust, rubbish, cement or c:ot-tcr-et.e or vashings thereof, oil or petroleum products or other organic or earth? rrraCeria1 from any construction, or associated ac.t.ivity of whatever nature shall 1-x allc.wed r. er1t.e:- 1nt.o or placed vhere it. .may be wasbd by rainfall or runoff into, waters cf t.h Stace. When operaticm art completed, any excess materials ur debris skmli 1-x removed from the work area. No rubbish shall be depcaaited within 150 feet. of t'k nigh water mark of any stream. 25. No equipment maintenance shall ke done within or near any streatn chamel or lake margin where patrolem products or other pllu~ants from ti-e equipment. may ent.er these areas under any flow. 26. The Qperabor &ail provide u cow of thia Agreement to all contractors, subcontractors, and the Operator's project supervieors. Copies of the brcrmenta shall be readily available at work sites at all time3 during periods of active vorh and nsust. bt presented to any hwrt.rntnt personnel, or mrsonnel from enot.lwr a~ency i.qxm demand. 27. Tk~e Operator shall notify the Department, in writing, st le88t five (5) day8 prior to initiation of construction (project) activities and at least. five (5) day3 prior to completion of construction (project 1 activities. sant. to $he Department at. 330 Golden Shore, &e 50, Long titach, CA 90802, At.t,n: EE 28. The Depart.rneht. reserves t.he right. to suspend and/or revoke this iigrttmetit, if the ljtpartmcnt determines that the circumstances warrant.. The circumstances that could require a reevaluation include, but are nut limited to, the foliowing: 5-290-93 Any Natgtficatim shail ke 3. Failure to comply vith the termaiconaitions of this Agreement. b. The information provided by the Operstcr in support of the Not7ification is determined by th5 Department to be3 incomplete, or inaccurate. 12. Nien new information becomer available to the Department representative( 3 ) that was not known wner-1 preparing the original tsrms/condiSrons of this Agreeacnt. c.hangcd, m- conditions affectinu fish and wildlife ~~SO~A-CCS ch43nge, d. The prozcrct 36 described in the Notificstion/Agr~ment has pyFti) Caiifernla hpt. of Fish and name -i.nOZi&-f~X~~~ - Fnv irlmmtntn 1 LA! e ---I ZLdfZ -La--- 7\43 ( 3 1 gnst,rrre j i dace) g-aiqt. 111 Y==) Appendix B Page 38 of 38 0- APP E N DIX "C" d e Standard Drawing 0 Contract No. 3215 (Re-Bid) e% E* 2/26/97 STANDARD DRAWINGS AnACHED D-I Curb Inlet Type "A 02 Curb Inlet - Type "B" D-7 Catch Basin Type "I=" D-9 Storm Drain Cleanout-Type "A 0-25 Curb Outlet-Type "A" D-30 Straight Headwall-Type "A" D-34 Wing Headwall D-40 Rip Rap Energy Dissipator D-70 Minor Drainage Channel D-72 D-75 Drainage Ditches D-76A D-76B D-79A DS-5 Concrete Pipe Collar E- 1 G-2 Curb & Gutter-Combined G-7 Sidewalk-Typical Sections G-I 2 Cross Gutter G-14A Concrete Driveway G-27 Pedestrian Ramp L-3 Concrete Mowing Strip M-1 0 Street Survey Monument M-34 Guard Rail Flares Cutoff Wall for Drainage Channel Single Box Culvert Details No. 1 Single Box Culvert Details No. 2 Box Culvert Wtngwall Details No. 1 Modified Street Lighting Standard a 2/26/97 Contract No 321 5 (Re-Bid) TRndtion tu normal ---- --.I- 0 SECTION B-B PLAN !!!D SECTION C-C SECTION A-A 1. SII Standard Orawing 0-11 & 0-12 2 Tvpa am designated as follm (no wing) A. (one wing) A-1. (two mngs) A-2. 3. Expod eddpa of cancntl dull ba mundrd with a diu of 112". 4. When V exceeds 4' stops shlll ba imallrd. Sea Standard Drawing 0.11 for details. 5. Conarm punrr to match adjacent gum 6. An expamion joint shall be pld at the mds of the inlet when the curb is to adjoin. 7. Ravidt 1H' tooled groove in top dab in lina with back of adjacent curb. 8. Surhcr of top d.b rhrU ba rideuulk finithrd to drain toward nm at a dope of 114' per foot for dditiond notes and details. LEGE 15' - - - a CURB INLET - TYPE A I4n uound oprninp TMon to nod curb height in 10 h on both ides unless PLAN SECTION A-A LEGENO ON PLANS YS' Typt E-1 inlat 6. An expansion joint shall be placed 8t the ends of the inlet whem the curb k to adjoin. 7. Provide 1N" tooled groove in top drb in lina with bck of dent curb. 8. Surface of top dab shall be sidewalk finithad to drain toward strwt at a dope of 114" per foot. 9. Maintain 1 1/2" dear @np betmen reinforcing and surface unless otherwise notad. A -p) ld- CUR8 INLET - TYPE B llknhok fnm and ewer. ElnrhamOnpi8llS 11" unkrr thovm @ SECTION A-A SECTION B-B u 0 PLAN 2 When V exceeds 1' nrpr Wl k idld. See Sbndord Dnwiq 0-1 1 for dmilr. 3. Expad edges of comw dull be rounded with a radius of 112". 4. Opanhgs on both sides unless othamin shown on plrru. 5. Wiin 1 1R" dm rpwing betwwn reinforcing and surfser LEG EN1 -- ---- 0 CATCH SASlN - TYPE F MvlhokFpmrrdco= 4-14AroundpipI Slopa flwr 121 touvanh outlet 1. See Standard O&ng 0-11 for additional notar and detail+ 2. Concrete base shall be 560-C-3250 3. All precast componwaa BJI be Rinforcsd with 114" dmmr -1, LEGEND ON PLANS wound spirally on 4" cmtm. --- - --EzT-----'- ---_-- I I &U& - dj I crcrr a.c.E.1*01 ORAWING NUMBER Do! STORM DRAIN CLEANOUT - TYPE A ! 0 - ------- SECTION A-A Yonolithi Guttar - I 0 2 1/2'x Tx 1Wx 4'm Galvinizad Steel Angle ANCHOR DETAIL SECTION B-B 1. Concrete shall be 5604-3250 2. 0-imide diameter of pipe or depth of channel. 3. Saaion to be doped laterally with top conforming to the grad= of the existing sidewalk and curb. 4. Manhole frame 8nd cover my be delated with opan chmnel. 5. Trowel finish top turfaca and mproduo mrkings of existing sidewalk and curb. 6. Tml finish floor of outlet. LEGENU z=@ e CURB OUTLET - TYPE A ELEVATION DOUBLE HEADWALL ELEVATION SINGLE HEADWALL s. NOTES . 1. Conemu shall be 56OC-3250 2 All reinforcing st881 I4 ~UR All nrtical and horizontal tit ban Is" maximum spacing. LEGEND ON PLANS ------ --_-- &UU &z./T?s DRAWING NUMBER Dm30 [CIRCULAR PIPE] -W RC.E tsar Dn. 1-I 4_rr*lr ... w. 2”d.-- - SECTION A-A ELEVATION SECTION 8-B 1. Concrete shall be 560-C-3250 2. Expotad comfs to be chamfed 3/4“. 3. Multiple pipes to be set a distence of OR, with a 1’ minimum between outside diameters of pipas. 4. Top of headwall shall be placed approximately parallel to profile grade when the grade is 3% or mom. 5. Skewed pipes: Dimension W to be increased in width or length due to skew or multiple piper 6. For pipe wall thicknett qmater than 3” um alternate Detail-C. LEGEND ON P REWIYEIIDLO BY WE SAW DIEGO WING AND U TYPE HEADWALLS I DRAWING NUMBER 0-34 FOR 12” TO 36” PIPES I I 11 II - Cuur.hiUla )IC c lml DWI DRAWING NUMBER D-40 RIP RAP ENERGY DISSIPATOR I I - RECOYYENOLO av in€ SUI DIEGO REGIONAL S7UUllROS WYUTTEL L??ugk& &.z M7S cub rli~~~im u c L iwi OU. DRAWING NUMBER 0-70 J- SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING r MINOR DRAINAGE CHANNEL ELEVATION 7 I ---- ---- ---- SECTION A-A 1. Thicknat and wall depth shall be as shown on plan. 2 Reinforcing in cutoff wall shall bd the same as that quid in channel. . LEGEND ON PLANS EEEEEIl 3. COIIUB~ drall be 56&C3250 Cwonhtulr* U r I 111107 Ore . CUTOFF WALL FOR DRAINAGE CHANNEL I NUMBER D-72 1 DRAWING 3" 4Mc-rn Conam w T 2500 psi, air phd concr8m with l%"xlH" 17 plol smca br munded ntha option . of tha wrmrmr. nrttinq. WE A BROW DITCH TYPE B a ?5 5 I r 3" 4MC-2000 ebnaatr 01 3" 2500 psi, air plrcsd mncm with 1W"xlW" 17 gag8 stucco netting. TYPE C TERRACE DITCH MPE D 1. Longkudinal dopa of lined dii shall bo 296 minimum. 2 Om slope down ditches dull employ 6" thidrmed edge thction at both sides of ditch. LEGENl - RECDYTElOEO REOIOUL SA# DRAINAGE DITCHES REGIONAL STNIOAROS CUNNIREE d?L&k& &&.IT= I - 1 SINGLE BOX CULVERT DETAILS NO. 2 cl%4~& m DRAWING NUMBER 1 LE~L r SEC B-8 CHANGE IN GRADE EXCEEDS 0.10 FT. PER FT 9 21. WERE PIPES OF DIFFERENT DIAMETERS ARE JOINED WITH A CONCRETE COLLAR, L AND T 02 WHICHEVER IS GREATER. .SHALL BE THOSE OF THE LARGER PIPE. O=D1 OR 31. FOR PIPES LARGER THAN 66" A SPECIAL COLLAR DETAIL IS REQUIRED 41. FOR PIPE SIZE NOT LISTED USE NEXT SIZE LARGER. 5). OMIT REINFORCING ON PIPES 24' AND LESS IN DIAMETER AND ON ALL PIPES WHERE ANGLE A IS LESS THAN IO'. 6). WHERE RElNFORClNG IS REWIRED THE DIAMETER OF THE CIRCULAR TIES SHALL BE D+12xWALL THICKNES 71. WHEN Dl IS EOUAL TO OR LESS THAN 02, JOIN INV AND WHEN Dl IS GREATER THAN 02 JOIN SOFFITS. 81. PIPE MAY BE CORRUGATED METAL PIPE, CONCRETE PIPE OR REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE. I) CONCRETE PIPE COLLAR I 9 JFPLDXN TAL AnnLmJthPmoc Curb Ovlrhuyl 1’ min Hand hob to face undiirbd brth FOUNDATION Finifhad GRde Anchor bolts must MOUNTING LAMP SIZE I70 M.V. 400 M.V. MGfouc SIIllDAllOS Wyl’ r--- Waktmd Ram Joint I I' ----------- I I NON-CBNTI GUOOS ---- Wsrluned Rm Joint CONTIGUOUS NOTES 1. Conurn dull be 520.c250Q 2 Sa Stand8rd DRwing 6-9 and G-10 for joint dmk LEGEND ON PLANS nemm nuomus mrrn aplmrpwnmh PLAN Base material BL shown on plans SECTION A-A NOTES: 1. Concram shall k 560-C-3250. =Weakened plane joints. 2. ------- ----- 3. - - =Typical flowlines. 4. O-Ehtionr to k shown on plans. 5. Return segments to ba P TW. 6. Curb batween P.C.R.s shall be considered as i. h rl oms subgndr thrl be mmpctd to Qs% nrin -- pirt of crms gutter. dah compaction to e depth of lr. LEGEND ON PLANS 8-73 CROSS GUTTER R/W PIAN Edge of Sidewalk 5 l/r Residential SECTION 1. No concrete shall be be placed until forms and subgrade are inspected by the Agency. 2. Concrete shall be 520-C-2500. 3. See Standard Omwings G-15 and G-16 for width and location requirements 4. Driveway ramp to extend to 10 feet from curb face or to property linr whichever is 5. See Standard Drowings G-2 and G-10 for curb and joint details. less. (For commerciol driveways only) 0 TYPE A gutter grade to maximum 6. W e . PrwwrrpPrOx. NOTE SW Standard Dmving 6-32 for genarai nom -e - DRAWblG NUMBER TYPES A AND B (N EW CON STRU CTlO #) WItbmd pbnkina Fenm Pon Footing WE B SHRUB AREAS Rwfonnrd Joint Filbr UcpANSlOM JOINT MAX. 20 FT. 0. C. NOTES: 1. Wr drdl k continuour with 12 inch ambp at @lick 2 Cow thrll k dm 52OC-2500 ad LI~M color 8) my admt COnEnQ. 3. Inndl wukmd ph joints at each hna post. 4. lnmli exputsion joints whem ha mowing strip aha my wntntl impmmt. DRAWING, ~-3 CONCRETE MOWING STRIP NUMBER I RISER RING p.c:c. m Grout wound box Slope surface of grout pad to drain aw8y from cover. and to maat existing @. Mck support all around on 2" sand base. PLAN-IN UNPAVED AREA I TYPICAL MONUMENT SECTION IN PAVED AREA 1. Cow and frame to be cazt integrally with pipl box. 2 Monument bm may k tat in pba or pnc& 3. Form and taper up- upper 8" of ad in pbabrama top d~ter of 5". (Reeast basethrtt bamd 4. Monument marker shall be a domd bnrt, 3" in dhmrm. I backfilled). I 5. Monument Lowtion: , %?$ a) Set. on all centerline intersections unless #tusl location u modifid by the Agency and shown in modified location M map. When antdine i-on is impractical, offset 5 feet on canterline of major street, (me detail at right). If neither mtedint can be occupied, tm) monumana will be set in line around the front on the parim of a 1Gfoot dheter circle, whose center is the point. b) Set on centerline at intervsk not exceeding loo0 feet on straight rum c) Set on centerline at poina of Wmtu~. d)'Set on center at canter points of culde-sacs. e) Set on canterline when center point of cuktcar is offset from centerline. f) These standards may be modified at the dmtion of the -cy in m where strict complianta them with results in more monuments than it dden necessary. The following technique for reducing the number of monumena will be routine. g) Substitution of on8 monument on tha "Point of Interaction" for monuments at the "Beginning of Cum" and the "Ending of Cum'' urhm thr "Point of Intenaction" hlb within the pavement am. h) O~letion of my monument othamira npuind by thsa standuds wt~m its podtion cw be doterminad by turning on8 mgla from a point on a straight lii between two other monummy providing such point is not more than 300 feet from tfa point on which tha drlrted monument would ham been placed. Alternate location of rm dbtantss &Om 1 division map if alterr is d. LOCATION OF SURVEY MON